TRANSCRIPTEnglish

AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner (CLF-C02) Certification Exam Practice Question and Answers | Pass

10h 34m 28s65,106 words11,821 segmentsEnglish

FULL TRANSCRIPT

0:02

Hello and welcome to this new video. In

0:05

this video, we're going to cover 600

0:07

latest and important question answers

0:10

for AWS Cloud Practitioner CLF C02

0:13

version. So before going to the question

0:15

answers, we request you to kindly

0:17

subscribe to our YouTube channel if

0:18

you're not already a subscriber. And

0:20

these question answers PDF is also

0:22

available to download from

0:24

shapingpixel.com website. The full link

0:26

will be in the description.

0:28

So let's jump onto the questions.

0:37

Question number one. A company plans to

0:39

use an Amazon Snowball Edge device to

0:42

transfer files to the AWS cloud. Which

0:46

activities related to a Snowball Edge

0:48

device are available to the company at

0:50

no cost?

0:52

Option A, use of the Snowball Edge

0:54

appliance for a 10-day period.

0:57

Option B, the transfer of data out of

1:00

Amazon S3 and to the Snowball Edge

1:02

appliance.

1:04

Option C, the transfer of data from the

1:07

Snowball Edge appliance into Amazon S3.

1:10

And option D, daily use of the Snowball

1:13

Edge appliance after 10 days.

1:17

So the right answer here is option C.

1:21

Data transfer into Amazon S3 is 0 per

1:25

GB. Data transfer out of Amazon S3 is

1:29

priced by region.

1:39

So question number two, a company has

1:42

deployed applications on Amazon EC2

1:44

instances. The company needs to access

1:47

application vulnerabilities and must

1:49

identify infrastructure deployments that

1:52

do not meet best practices.

1:56

Which AWS service can the company use to

1:58

meet these requirements?

2:02

The options are AWS trusted advisor,

2:06

Amazon Inspector, AWS Config, Amazon

2:10

Guard Duty.

2:13

So the right answer here is option B.

2:15

Amazon Inspector.

2:24

Amazon Inspector is an automated

2:27

vulnerability management service that

2:29

continually scans AWS workloads for

2:32

software vulnerabilities and unended

2:35

network exposure. The key word here is

2:38

vulnerabilities.

2:47

Question number three. A company has a

2:49

centralized group of users with large

2:52

file storage requirement that have

2:54

exceeded the space available on

2:56

premises.

2:58

The company wants to extend its file

3:00

storage capabilities for this group

3:03

while retaining the performance benefit

3:05

of sharing content locally. What is the

3:08

most operationally efficient AWS

3:11

solution for the scenario?

3:14

Option A, create an Amazon S3 bucket for

3:17

each user. Mount each bucket by using an

3:20

S3 file system mounting utility.

3:24

Option B, configure and deploy an AWS

3:27

storage gateway file gateway. Connect

3:30

each user's workstation to the file

3:32

gateway.

3:34

Option C, move each user's working

3:37

environment to Amazon Workspaces. Set up

3:40

an Amazon works account for each user.

3:44

Option D, deploy an Amazon EC2 instance

3:48

and attach an Amazon elastic block store

3:51

provided IOPS value. Share the EBS

3:54

volume directly with the users.

3:59

So the right answer here is option B.

4:10

Question number four, according to

4:12

security best practices, how should an

4:15

Amazon EC2 instance be given access to

4:17

an Amazon S3 bucket?

4:21

Option A, hardcode an IM user secret key

4:25

and access key directly in the

4:26

application and upload the file.

4:30

Option B, store the IM user secret key

4:33

and access key in a text file on the EC2

4:36

instance. Read the keys, then upload the

4:38

file.

4:40

Option C, have the EC2 instance assume a

4:44

role to obtain the privileges to upload

4:46

the file.

4:48

And option D, modify the S3 bucket

4:51

policy so that any service can upload to

4:54

it at any time.

4:58

So the right answer here is option C.

5:02

Have the EC2 instance assume a role to

5:05

obtain the privileges to upload the

5:07

file?

5:16

Question number five, which option is a

5:19

customer responsibility when using

5:21

Amazon Dynamo DB under the AWS shared

5:24

responsibility model?

5:27

Option A, physical security of Dynamo

5:29

DB.

5:31

Option B, patching of Dynamo DB. Option

5:35

C, access to Dynamo DB tables. And

5:39

option D, encryption of data addressed

5:42

in Dynamo DB.

5:45

So the right answer here is option C,

5:49

access to Dynamo DB tables.

5:57

Under the AWS share responsibility

5:59

model, controlling and managing access

6:01

to AWS services including Amazon Dynamo

6:05

DB tables is a customer responsibility

6:08

while AWS take care of the physical

6:11

infrastructure, patching and encryption

6:13

of data at rest in Dynamo DB. Customers

6:17

are responsible for setting up proper

6:20

access controls, authentication and

6:23

authorization to protect their data and

6:26

resources.

6:35

So question number six, which option is

6:38

a perspective that includes foundational

6:42

capabilities of the AWS cloud adaption

6:45

framework AWS CF.

6:48

The options are sustainability,

6:51

performance, efficiency, governance,

6:54

reliability.

6:57

So the right answer here is option C,

6:59

governance.

7:07

The six AWS CF

7:10

prospectives are business, people,

7:13

governance, platform, security and

7:16

operations.

7:25

Question number seven. A company is

7:27

running and managing its own Docker

7:29

environment on Amazon EC2 instances. The

7:33

company wants an alternative to help

7:35

manage cluster size, scheduuling and

7:38

environment maintenance.

7:40

Which AWS service meets these

7:42

requirements

7:44

and the options are AWS Lambda, Amazon

7:47

RDS, AWS Fargate, Amazon Athena.

7:54

So the right answer here is option C.

7:56

AWS Fargate.

8:03

AWS Fargate is a serverless

8:05

pasco comput engine that lets you focus

8:08

on building applications without

8:10

managing service.

8:12

AWS Fargate is compatible with both

8:15

Amazon Elastic Container Service and

8:17

Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service.

8:30

Question number eight. A company wants

8:33

to run a NoSQL database on Amazon EC2

8:36

instances.

8:38

Which task is the responsibility of AWS

8:40

in this scenario?

8:43

Option A, update the guest operating

8:45

system of the EC2 instances.

8:48

Option B, maintain high availability at

8:51

the database layer. Option C, patch the

8:55

physical infrastructure that hosts the

8:57

EC2 instances.

8:59

Option D, configure the security group

9:01

firewall.

9:05

So the right answer here is option C,

9:07

patch the physical infrastructure that

9:09

hosts the EC2 instances.

9:19

patch the physical infrastructure that

9:21

hosts the EC2 instances. Guest operating

9:24

system is always responsibility of

9:26

customer and host of AWS.

9:42

Question number nine, which AWS services

9:45

or tools can identify resizing

9:48

opportunities for Amazon EC2 instances?

9:51

Choose two and the options are AWS Cast

9:54

Explorer, AWS Building Conductor, Amazon

9:59

Code Guru, Amazon Sage Maker,

10:04

AWS Compute Optimizer.

10:07

So the right answer here is option A and

10:10

option E.

10:15

AWS cost explorer and AWS compute

10:18

optimizer.

10:26

Question number 10. Which of the

10:28

following are benefits of using AWS

10:30

trusted advisor? Option A, providing

10:33

high performance container

10:36

orchestration.

10:37

Option B, creating and rotating

10:40

encryption keys.

10:42

Option C, detecting underutilized

10:45

resources to save costs. Option D,

10:48

improving security by proactively

10:50

monitoring the AWS environment. Option

10:54

E, implementing enforced tagging across

10:57

AWS resources.

11:00

So the right answer here is option C and

11:03

option D.

11:07

Benefits of trusted advisor. Cost

11:09

optimization. Performance. Security.

11:13

Fall tolerance. Service quotas.

11:27

Question number 11. Which of the

11:29

following is an advantage that users

11:31

experience when they move on premises

11:34

workloads to the AWS cloud?

11:37

Option A, elimination of expenses for

11:40

running and maintaining data centers.

11:43

Option B, price discounts that are

11:46

identical to discounts from hardware

11:48

providers.

11:50

Option C, distribution of all

11:52

operational controls to AWS.

11:56

Option D, elimination of operational

11:58

expenses.

12:01

So the right answer here is

12:05

option A.

12:10

Elimination of expenses for running and

12:12

maintaining data centers.

12:22

Question number 12. A company wants to

12:25

manage deployed IT services and govern

12:28

its infrastructure as a code templates.

12:31

Which AWS service will meet this

12:33

requirement?

12:36

And the options are AWS resource

12:38

explorer,

12:40

AWS service catalog,

12:43

AWS organizations,

12:46

AWS systems manager.

12:49

So the right answer here is option B.

12:53

AWS service catalog

12:58

AWS service catalog lets you centrally

13:00

manage your cloud resources to achieve

13:03

governance at scale of your

13:05

infrastructure as code templates

13:08

written in cloud formation or terapform

13:11

configurations.

13:13

With AWS service catalog, you can meet

13:15

your compliance requirements while

13:18

making sure your customers can quickly

13:20

deploy the cloud resources they need.

13:30

Question number 13. Which AWS service or

13:33

tool helps users visualize, understand,

13:37

and manage spending and usage over time?

13:42

And the options are AWS organizations,

13:45

AWS pricing calculator,

13:48

AWS cost explorer,

13:51

AWS service catalog.

13:55

So the right answer here is option C,

13:58

AWS cost explorer.

14:07

AWS Cost Explorer has an easy to use

14:10

interface

14:11

that lets you visualize, understand, and

14:14

manage your AWS cost and usage over

14:16

time. Get started quickly by creating

14:20

custom reports that analyze cost and

14:23

usage data.

14:25

Analyze your data at a high level

14:30

or dive deeper into your cost and usage

14:33

data to identify trends, pinpoint cost

14:36

drivers and detect anomalies.

14:48

Question number 14. A company is using a

14:51

central data platform to manage multiple

14:53

types of data to its customers. The

14:57

company wants to use AWS services to

15:00

discover, transform and visualize the

15:03

data.

15:04

Which combination of AWS services should

15:07

the company use to meet these

15:09

requirements? Choose two. And the

15:12

options are AWS Glue, Amazon Elastic

15:15

File System,

15:17

Amazon Red Shift, Amazon Quicksite,

15:22

Amazon Quantum Ledger Database.

15:26

So the right answer here is

15:30

option A and option D.

15:38

AWS Glue is a serverless data

15:40

integration service that makes it easier

15:43

to discover, prepare, move, and

15:45

integrate data from multiple resources

15:48

for analytics, machine learning, and

15:50

application development.

15:53

Amazon Quicksite powers datadriven

15:55

organizations with unified business

15:57

intelligence at hypers scale. With

16:00

Quicksite, all users can meet varying

16:03

analytic needs from the same source of

16:06

truth through modern interactive

16:08

dashboards, pagated reports, embedded

16:12

analytics, and natural language queries.

16:23

Question number 15. A global company

16:26

wants to migrate its third-party

16:28

applications to the AWS cloud. The

16:31

company wants help from a global team of

16:34

experts to complete the migration faster

16:36

and more reliable in accordance with AWS

16:40

internal best practices.

16:42

Which AWS service or resource will meet

16:45

these requirements?

16:47

And the options are AWS support, AWS

16:51

professional services, AWS launch

16:54

wizard, AWS manage services.

16:59

So the right answer here is option B.

17:02

AWS professional services.

17:09

AWS partner network APN.

17:14

Consulting partners help customers

17:16

design, architect, build, migrate, and

17:19

manage workloads and applications on

17:21

Amazon Web Services.

17:32

Question number 16.

17:34

An e-learning platform needs to run an

17:36

application for 2 months each year. The

17:40

application will be deployed on Amazon

17:43

EC2 instances.

17:45

Any application downtime during those

17:47

two months must be avoided.

17:51

Which EC2 purchasing option will meet

17:53

these requirements most cost

17:55

effectively?

17:57

And the options are reserved instances,

18:00

dedicated hosts, spot instances, on

18:04

demand instances.

18:07

So the right answer here is

18:11

option D. On demand instances

18:17

on demand instances are recommended for

18:21

users that prefer the low cost and

18:23

flexibility of EC2 without any upfront

18:26

framement upfront payment for long-term

18:29

amendments.

18:31

applications with short-term spiky or

18:34

unpredictable workloads that cannot be

18:36

interrupted.

18:38

Applications

18:39

being developed or tested on EC2 for the

18:42

first time.

18:51

Question number 17. A developer wants to

18:54

deploy an application quickly on AWS

18:57

without manually creating the required

18:59

resources.

19:01

Which AWS service will meet these

19:03

requirements?

19:04

The options are Amazon EC2,

19:08

AWS elastic beanto,

19:11

AWS code build, Amazon personalize.

19:18

So the right answer here is option B.

19:20

AWS elastic beanto.

19:28

With Elastic Beantock, you can quickly

19:30

deploy and manage applications in the

19:32

AWS cloud without having to learn about

19:35

the infrastructure that runs those

19:37

applications. Elastic Beantock reduces

19:40

management complexity without

19:42

restricting choice or control. You

19:45

simply upload your application and

19:47

Elastic Beantock automatically handles

19:50

the details of capacity provisioning,

19:52

load balancing, scaling and application

19:55

health monitoring.

20:05

Question number 18. The company is

20:08

storing sensitive customers data in an

20:10

Amazon S3 bucket. The company wants to

20:12

protect the data from accidental

20:14

deletion or overriding.

20:17

Which S3 feature should the company use

20:20

to meet this requirements?

20:22

We have the following four options. S3

20:24

life cycle rules. S3 versioning, S3

20:29

bucket policies, S3 serverside

20:31

encryption.

20:34

So the right answer here is option B, S3

20:38

versioning.

20:42

Versioning in Amazon S3

20:45

is a means of keeping multiple variants

20:47

of an object in the same bucket. You can

20:50

use the S3 versioning feature to

20:52

preserve, retrieve, and restore every

20:55

version of every object stored in your

20:58

buckets. Versioning enabled buckets can

21:01

help you recover object from accidental

21:03

deletion or override. For example, if

21:07

you delete an object, Amazon S3 inserts

21:10

a delete marker instead of removing the

21:13

object permanently.

21:26

Question number 19. Which AWS service

21:29

provides the ability to manage

21:30

infrastructure as code?

21:34

And the options are AWS code pipeline,

21:38

AWS code deploy, AWS direct connect, AWS

21:43

cloud formation.

21:46

So the right answer here is option D.

21:48

AWS cloud formation.

21:56

AWS cloud formation lets you model,

21:59

provision and manage AWS and third party

22:01

resources by treating infrastructure as

22:04

code.

22:15

Question number 20. An online gaming

22:18

company needs to choose a purchasing

22:20

option to run its Amazon EC2 instances

22:22

for one year. The web traffic is

22:26

consistent and any increase in traffic

22:29

are predictable. The EC2 instances must

22:32

be online and available without any

22:35

disruption.

22:37

Which EC2 instances purchasing option

22:39

will meet these requirements most cost

22:41

effectively

22:43

and the options are on demand instances,

22:47

reserved instances, spot instances, spot

22:51

fleet.

22:54

So the right answer here is option B,

22:57

reserved instances.

23:06

Amazon EC2 reserved instances provide a

23:09

significant discount compared to

23:11

ondemand prices pricing and provide a

23:14

capacity reservation when used in a

23:16

specific availability zone.

23:28

Question number 21. Which AWS service or

23:32

feature allows a users to establish a

23:35

dedicated network connection between a

23:37

company's on premises data center and

23:41

AWS cloud

23:43

and the options are AWS direct connect

23:47

VPC peering AWSVPN

23:50

Amazon root 53.

23:55

So the right answer here is option A.

23:57

AWS direct connect.

24:05

Create a dedicated network connection to

24:07

AWS. The AWS direct connect cloud

24:10

service is the shortest path to your AWS

24:14

resources. While in transit, your

24:16

network traffic remains on the AWS

24:18

global network and never touches the

24:21

public internet.

24:32

Question number 22. Which option is a

24:36

physical location of the AWS global

24:38

infrastructure?

24:40

The options are AWS data sync, AWS

24:44

region, Amazon connect, AWS

24:47

organizations.

24:50

So the right answer here is option B AWS

24:54

region.

25:00

AWS has the concept of a region which is

25:03

a physical location around the world

25:05

where we cluster data centers.

25:16

Question number 23. A company wants to

25:19

protect its AWS cloud formation systems

25:23

and assets while performing risk

25:25

assessment and mitigation tasks.

25:28

Which pillar of the AWS well architected

25:31

framework is supported by these goals?

25:35

And the options are reliability,

25:37

security, operational excellence,

25:40

performance, efficiency.

25:43

So the right answer here is

25:47

option B security.

25:51

So this is conclusion of security

25:54

builder. Help you build and operate

25:56

architectures that protect information

25:58

systems and assets while delivering

26:01

business value.

26:10

Question number 24. What is the purpose

26:13

of having an internet gateway within a

26:15

VPC?

26:17

Option A to create a VPN connection to

26:20

the VPC.

26:22

Option B to allow communication between

26:24

the VPC and the internet. Option C to

26:28

impose bandwidth constraints on internet

26:31

traffic. Option D to load balance

26:34

traffic from the internet across Amazon

26:36

EC2 instances.

26:40

The right answer here is option B to

26:43

allow communication between the VPC and

26:45

the internet.

26:52

An internet gateway is a horizontally

26:54

scaled, redundant, and highly available

26:57

VPC component that allows communication

27:00

between your VPC and the internet.

27:07

Question number 25. A company is running

27:10

a monolithic on premises application

27:13

that does not scale and is difficult to

27:16

maintain. The company has a plan to

27:18

migrate the application to AWS and

27:20

divide the application into

27:22

microservices.

27:24

Which best practice of the AWS

27:26

wellarchchitected framework is the

27:28

company following with this plan?

27:32

Option A, integrate functional testing

27:35

as part of AWS deployment. Option B, use

27:39

automation to deploy changes. Option C,

27:43

deploy the application to multiple

27:45

locations. Option D, implement loosely

27:49

coupled dependencies.

27:52

So the right answer here is option D,

27:55

implement loosely coupled dependencies.

28:02

Dependencies such as queuing systems,

28:05

streaming systems, workflows, and load

28:08

balancers are loosely coupled. Loose

28:11

coupling helps isolate behavior of a

28:14

component from other components that

28:17

depend on it, increasing resilency

28:20

and agility.

28:29

Question number 26. A company has an AWS

28:33

account. The company wants to audit its

28:36

password and access key rotation details

28:39

for compliance purposes.

28:42

Which AWS service or tool will meet this

28:44

requirement?

28:46

And the options are IM access analyzer,

28:50

AWS artifact,

28:52

IM credential report, AWS audit manager.

28:58

So the right answer here is option C, IM

29:02

credential report.

29:09

You can use credential reports to assist

29:12

in your auditing and compliance efforts.

29:15

You can use the report to audit the

29:18

effects of credential life cycle

29:20

requirements such as password and access

29:22

key updates.

29:32

Question number 27. A company wants to

29:35

receive a notification when a specific

29:37

AWS cost threshold is reached. Which AWS

29:41

services or tools can the company use to

29:44

meet these requirements? Choose two. The

29:46

options are Amazon simple Q service, AWS

29:50

budgets, cost explorer, Amazon

29:54

cloudatch, AWS cost and usage report.

29:59

So the right answer here is

30:02

option B and option D.

30:08

AWS budgets and Amazon Cloudatch.

30:18

Question number 28.

30:20

Which AWS service or resource provides

30:24

answers to the most frequently asked

30:27

security related questions that AWS

30:29

receives from its users?

30:33

The options are AWS artifact, Amazon

30:36

connect, AWS chatbot, AWS knowledge

30:40

center.

30:42

So the right answer here is option D.

30:45

AWS knowledge center.

30:50

The AWS knowledge center is a

30:52

comprehensive resource that provides

30:55

answers to the most frequently asked

30:57

security related questions that AWS

31:00

receives from its users. It is a central

31:03

repository of security information and

31:06

guidance covering a wide range of

31:08

topics.

31:17

Question number 29.

31:20

Which tasks are customers

31:21

responsibilities according to the AWS

31:24

shared responsibility model? Choose two.

31:28

Option A, configure the AWS provided

31:31

security group firewall. Option B,

31:34

classify company assets in the AWS

31:36

cloud. Option C, determine which

31:40

availability jones to use for Amazon S3

31:43

buckets. Option D, patch or upgrade

31:47

Amazon Dynamo DB. Option E, select

31:51

Amazon EC2 instances to run AWS Lambdon.

31:56

So the right answer here is option A and

31:59

option B.

32:07

Question number 13. Which of the

32:10

following are pillars of the AWS well

32:12

architected framework? Choose two. The

32:15

options are availability,

32:18

reliability, scalability, responsive

32:21

design, operational excellence.

32:25

So the right answer here is option B and

32:28

option E.

32:32

Reliability and operational excellence.

32:36

AWS well architected helps cloud

32:38

architects build secure, high-erforming,

32:42

preent and efficient infrastructure for

32:44

a variety of applications and workloads.

32:47

Built around six pillars, operational

32:49

excellence, security, reliability,

32:52

performance, efficiency, cost

32:54

optimization, and sustainability.

33:04

Question number 31.

33:07

Which AWS service or feature is used to

33:10

send both text and email messages from

33:12

distributed applications?

33:15

Option A, Amazon simple notification

33:17

service.

33:19

Option B, Amazon simple email service.

33:23

Option C, Amazon Cloudatch alerts. and

33:27

option D, Amazon simple Q service.

33:32

So the right answer here is option A,

33:34

Amazon simple notification service.

33:44

Amazon simple notification service sends

33:47

notifications two ways A to A and A2P.

33:52

A2A provides high throughput pushbased

33:55

many to many messaging dist between

33:58

distributed systems microservices and

34:00

eventdriven serverless applications.

34:03

These applications include Amazon simple

34:05

Q service, Amazon Kinesis data fire

34:08

host, AWS Lambda and other HTTPS

34:11

endpoints. A2P functionality lets you

34:14

send messages to your customers with SMS

34:17

text, push notifications, and email.

34:28

Question number 32. A user needs

34:32

programmatic access to AWS resources

34:34

through the AWS CLI or the AWS API.

34:38

Which option will provide the user with

34:41

the appropriate access? And the options

34:44

are Amazon inspector access keys, SSH

34:49

public keys, AWS key management service

34:52

keys.

34:55

So the right answer here is option B.

34:58

Access keys.

35:02

Access

35:06

keys are long-term credentials for an IM

35:09

user or the AWS account root user. You

35:13

can use access keys to sign programmatic

35:16

request to the AWS CLI or AWS API.

35:30

Question number 33. The company runs

35:34

thousands of simultaneous

35:36

simulations using AWS batch. Each

35:39

simulation is stateless, is fall

35:42

tolerant, and runs for up to 3 hours.

35:45

Which pricing model enables the company

35:48

to optimize cost and meet these

35:50

requirements?

35:53

The options are reserved instances, spot

35:56

instances, on demand instances,

35:59

dedicated instances.

36:02

So the right answer here is option B.

36:05

Spot instances.

36:12

Spot instances are good fit for

36:14

stateless fall tolerance workloads that

36:17

can be interrupted without any impact on

36:19

the overall job.

36:31

Question number 34.

36:33

What does the concept of agility mean in

36:36

AWS cloud computing? Choose two. And we

36:39

have the following five options. Option

36:41

A, the speed at which AWS resources are

36:45

implemented.

36:47

Option B, the speed at which AWS creates

36:50

new AWS regions. Option C, the ability

36:54

to experiment quickly. Option D, the

36:58

elimination of wasted capacity. Option

37:01

E, the low cost of entry into cloud

37:04

computing.

37:07

The right answer here is option A and

37:10

option C.

37:24

Question number 35. A company needs to

37:27

block SQL injection attacks. Which AWS

37:31

service or feature can meet these

37:33

requirements?

37:35

And the options are AWS WAF, AWS Shield,

37:40

Network ACL, Security Groups.

37:45

So the right answer here is option A.

37:48

AWS WAF.

37:56

AWSW AF helps you protect against common

38:00

web exploits and bots that can affect

38:04

availability, compromise security or

38:07

consume excessive resources.

38:16

Question number 36. Which AWS service or

38:20

feature identifies whether an Amazon S3

38:23

bucket or an IM role has been shared

38:26

with an external entity?

38:29

Option A, AWS service catalog,

38:33

option B, AWS systems manager, option C,

38:37

AWS IM access analyzer and option D AWS

38:42

organizations.

38:44

So the right answer here is

38:47

option C. AWS IM access analyzer.

38:58

IM access analyzer helps identify

39:01

resources in your organization and

39:04

accounts that are shared with an

39:05

external entity.

39:14

Question number 37. A cloud practitioner

39:18

needs to obtain AWS compliance reports

39:21

before migrating an environment to the

39:24

AWS cloud. How can these reports be

39:27

generated?

39:30

Option A, contact the AWS compliance

39:32

team.

39:34

Option B, download the reports from AWS

39:37

artifact.

39:39

Option C, open a case with AWS support.

39:43

Option D, generate the reports with

39:45

Amazon Mackie.

39:50

So the right answer here is option B,

39:53

download the reports from AWS Artifact.

40:04

AWS artifact is a portal that provides

40:06

access to various compliance reports

40:09

including certifications, attestations

40:11

and other relevant documents. You can

40:14

download these reports directly from AWS

40:16

artifact.

40:27

Question number 38. An e-commerce

40:29

company has migrated its IT

40:32

infrastructure from an on premises data

40:35

center to the AWS cloud. Which cost is

40:38

the company's direct responsibility?

40:41

Option A, cost of application software

40:43

licenses,

40:45

option B, cost of the hardware

40:47

infrastructure on AWS.

40:49

Option C, cost of power for the AWS

40:52

servers. And option D, cost of physical

40:55

security for the AWS data center.

40:59

So the right answer here is option A.

41:03

Cost of application software licenses.

41:16

Question number 39. A company is setting

41:19

up AWS identity and access management on

41:22

an AWS account. Which recommendation

41:25

compiles complies with IM security best

41:29

practices?

41:31

Option A, use the account root user

41:33

access keys for administrative tasks.

41:37

Option B, grant broad permissions so

41:40

that all company employees can access

41:42

the resources they need. Option C, turn

41:46

on multiffactor authentication for added

41:48

security during the login process.

41:51

Option D, avoid rotating credentials to

41:55

prevent issues in production

41:57

applications.

42:00

So the right answer here is option C.

42:08

Enabling multiffactor authentication for

42:10

user accounts, especially for users with

42:13

administrative or highprivilege access,

42:16

is a crucial security best practice. MFI

42:20

adds an additional layer of security by

42:22

requiring users to provide two or more

42:25

verification factors.

42:28

Something they know like a password or

42:31

something they have like a temporary MFA

42:33

code from a hardware token or mobile

42:36

before gaining access. These

42:39

significantly reduces the risk of

42:41

unauthorized access even if login

42:43

credentials are compromised.

42:53

Question number 40. Elasticity in the

42:56

AWS cloud refers to which of the

42:58

following? Choose two. Option A. How

43:02

quickly an Amazon EC2 instance can be

43:04

restarted?

43:06

Option B, the ability to rightsize

43:08

resources as demand shifts. Option C,

43:12

the maximum amount of RAM an Amazon EC2

43:16

instance can use. Option D, the pay as

43:20

you go billing model. Option E, how

43:23

easily resources can be produced when

43:25

they are needed.

43:28

So the right answer here is option B and

43:31

option E.

43:38

Elasticity is the ability to add and

43:40

release resources as business needs

43:43

change. It has nothing to do with

43:46

pricing.

44:00

Question number 41. Which service

44:03

enables customers to audit API calls in

44:06

their AWS accounts?

44:10

And the options are AWS cloud trial,

44:13

AWS trusted advisor, Amazon Inspector,

44:18

AWS X-Ray.

44:22

So the right answer here is option A.

44:24

AWS cloud trial.

44:30

AWS cloud trial is a service that

44:32

records all API calls made on your AWS

44:35

account. It provides a detailed history

44:38

of events including who made the call,

44:41

what actions were performed and from

44:43

which IP address the call originated.

44:47

This audit trail is valuable for

44:50

security compliance, troubleshooting and

44:52

monitoring purposes. And it helps you

44:54

maintain visibility into how your AWS

44:57

resources are being used.

45:08

Question number 42. What is a customer

45:10

responsibility when using AWS Lambda

45:12

according to the AWS shared

45:14

responsibility model?

45:16

Option A, managing the code within the

45:19

Lambda function. Option B, confirming

45:22

that the hardware is working in the data

45:24

center.

45:26

Option C, patching the operating system.

45:29

Option D, shutting down Lambda functions

45:32

when they are no longer in use.

45:37

So the right answer here is option A.

45:40

Managing the code with the lambda

45:42

function.

45:50

In the AWS shared responsibility model,

45:53

AWS is responsible for the

45:54

infrastructure and security of the cloud

45:58

while customers are responsible for the

46:00

security in the cloud. When using AWS

46:02

Lambda, customers are responsible for

46:04

managing the code and configuration

46:07

within the Lambda function. These

46:09

includes writing and updating the code,

46:12

configuring the functions, execution

46:14

environment, and ensuring that the code

46:17

complies with security best practices

46:20

and is free from vulnerabilities.

46:30

Question number 43. A company has 5

46:33

terabyte of data stored in Amazon S3.

46:36

The company plans to occasionally run

46:38

queries on the data of for analysis.

46:42

Which AWS service should the company use

46:44

to run these queries in the most cost

46:46

effective manner?

46:49

And the following options are Amazon Red

46:52

Shift, Amazon Athena, Amazon Kinesis,

46:56

Amazon RDS.

46:58

So the right answer here is option B,

47:01

Amazon Athena.

47:07

Amazon Athena is a serverless

47:09

interactive analytics service built on

47:12

open-source framework supporting open

47:15

table and file formats. Athena provides

47:18

a simplified flexible way to analyze

47:20

pabytes of data where it lives analyze

47:24

data or build applications from an

47:25

Amazon simple storage service data lake

47:29

and 30 data sources

47:31

including on premises data sources or

47:34

other cloud systems using SQL or Python.

47:37

Athena is built on open-source Trino and

47:41

Presto engines and Apache Spark

47:43

frameworks with no provisioning or

47:45

configuration effort required.

47:58

Question number 44, which AWS service

48:01

can be used at no additional cost?

48:05

And the options are Amazon Sage Maker,

48:08

AWS Config, AWS organizations,

48:12

Amazon Cloudatch.

48:15

So the right answer here is option C,

48:18

AWS organizations.

48:27

AWS organizations is an account

48:29

management service that enables you to

48:32

consolidate

48:33

multiple AWS accounts into an

48:35

organization that you create and

48:37

centrally manage. AWS organizations is

48:41

offered at no additional charge. You are

48:43

charged only for AWS resources that uses

48:46

and roles in your member account you

48:49

accounts use. For example, you are

48:51

charged the standard fees for Amazon EC2

48:54

instances that are used by users or

48:56

roles in your members account.

49:07

Question number 45. Which AWS cloud

49:10

adoption framework capabilities belongs

49:13

to the people prospective?

49:17

options are data architecture, event

49:20

management, cloud fluency, strategic

49:24

partnership.

49:27

So the right answer here is option C,

49:30

cloud fluency.

49:43

Question number 46. A company wants to

49:46

make an upfront commitment for continued

49:48

use of its production Amazon EC2

49:50

instances in exchange for a reduced

49:52

overall cost. Which pricing options meet

49:56

these requirements with the lowest cost?

49:58

Choose two and the options are spot

50:01

instances on demand instances, reserved

50:04

instances, savings plans, dedicated

50:06

hosts.

50:08

So the right answer here is option C and

50:11

option D.

50:14

Reserved instances provide a significant

50:17

discount compared to on demand pricing

50:19

in exchange for a one-time upfront

50:21

payment and or a lower hourly rate. The

50:25

more you commit, the greater the

50:27

discount. Option D, savings plans.

50:30

Savings plans offers flexible pricing

50:32

and savings on your AWS usage with

50:36

discounts of up to 72%

50:39

compared to ondemand pricing. With

50:42

savings plans, you commit to a certain

50:44

amount of usage for a one or threeear

50:47

term and receive a lower rate for the

50:50

you for that usage.

51:00

Question number 47. A company wants to

51:03

migrate its on premises relational

51:05

databases to the AWS cloud. The company

51:08

wants to use infrastructure as close to

51:10

its current geographical location as

51:12

possible. Which AWS service or resource

51:16

should the company use to select its

51:18

Amazon RDS deployment area? And the

51:21

options are Amazon connect, AWS

51:24

wavelength, AWS regions, AWS direct

51:27

connect. So the right answer here is

51:30

option C. AWS regions

51:37

AWS connect customer service cloud

51:40

contact center AWS wavelength 5G devices

51:44

AWS direct connect dedicated network

51:46

connection bypass public network.

51:55

Question number 48. A company is

51:58

exploring the use of the AWS cloud and

52:00

needs to create a cost estimate for a

52:02

project before the infrastructure is

52:04

provisioned. Which AWS service or

52:08

feature can be used to estimate cost

52:10

before deployment?

52:13

Option A, AWS free tire, option B, AWS

52:17

pricing calculator. Option C, AWS

52:20

billing and cost management. Option D,

52:22

AWS cost and usage report.

52:26

So the right answer here is option B.

52:28

AWS pricing calculator.

52:36

AWS pricing calculator is a web- based

52:38

planning tool that you can use to create

52:41

estimates for your AWS use cases. You

52:44

can use it to model your solutions

52:47

before building them. Explore the AWS

52:49

service price points and review the

52:51

calculations beyond behind your

52:53

estimates.

53:01

Question number 49. A company is

53:04

building an application that needs to

53:06

deliver images and videos globally with

53:08

minimal latency. Which approach can the

53:12

company use to accomplish these in a

53:14

cost-ffective manner?

53:19

A deliver content through Amazon

53:21

CloudFront. Option B, store the content

53:23

on Amazon S3 and enable S3 cross region

53:26

replication. Option C, implement a VPN

53:30

across multiple AWS regions. Option D,

53:33

deliver the content through AWS private

53:35

link.

53:37

So the right answer here is option A,

53:40

deliver the content through Amazon

53:42

CloudFront.

53:49

Securely deliver content with low

53:51

latency and high transfer speeds.

54:01

Question number 15. Which option is a

54:04

benefit of the economies of scale based

54:06

on the advantages of cloud computing?

54:10

Option A, the ability to trade variable

54:12

expenses for fixed expenses. Option B,

54:15

increased speed and agility. Option C,

54:19

lower variable cost over fixed costs.

54:22

Option D, increased operational cost

54:25

over across data centers.

54:28

So the right answer here is option C,

54:30

lower variable cost over fixed costs.

54:37

Benefit from massive economies of scale

54:40

by using cloud computing. You can

54:42

achieve a lower variable cost than you

54:44

can get on your own because usage from

54:48

hundreds of thousands of customers is

54:50

aggregated in the cloud. Providers such

54:52

as AWS can achieve higher economies of

54:55

scale which translates into lower pay as

54:58

you go prices?

55:07

Question number 51. Which of the

55:09

following is a software development

55:11

framework that a company can use to

55:13

define cloud resources as code and

55:16

provision the resources through AWS

55:18

cloud formation?

55:20

Options are AWS CLI, AWS developer

55:24

center, AWS cloud development kit, AWS

55:28

codear.

55:30

So the right answer here is option C.

55:33

AWS cloud development kit. AWS CDK is a

55:36

software development framework that

55:38

enables developers to define

55:40

infrastructure as code using familiar

55:42

programming languages like TypeScript,

55:44

Python, Java, C# and more. With AWS CDK,

55:49

you can define cloud resources, the

55:51

relationships and provisioning logic in

55:54

your preferred programming language. AWS

55:57

CDK also generates cloud formation

55:59

templates based on your code, making it

56:02

easier to manage and deploy

56:04

infrastructure resources in AWS.

56:12

Question number 52. A company is

56:15

developing an application that uses

56:17

multiple AWS services. The application

56:20

needs to use temporary limited privilege

56:22

credentials for authentication with

56:24

other AWS APIs. Which AWS service or

56:29

feature should the company use to meet

56:32

these authentication requirements?

56:34

Option A, Amazon API gateway. Option B,

56:38

A IM users. Option C, AWS security token

56:43

service. Option D, IM instance profiles.

56:48

So the right answer here is option C.

56:50

AWS security token service. AWS provides

56:54

AWS security token service as a web

56:57

service that enables you to request

56:59

temporary limited privilege credentials

57:01

for users.

57:10

Question number 53. Which AWS service is

57:14

a cloud security posture management

57:16

service that aggregates alerts from

57:18

various AWS services and partner

57:20

products in a standardized format and

57:23

the options are AWS security hub, AWS

57:26

trusted advisor, Amazon Event Bridge,

57:29

Amazon Guard Duty. So the right answer

57:32

here is option A, AWS security hub.

57:36

AWS Security Hub is a cloud security

57:39

posture management service that performs

57:42

automated continuous security best

57:44

practices checks against your AWS

57:46

resources to help you identify

57:48

misisconfigurations and aggregates your

57:51

security alerts in a standardized format

57:54

so that you can more easily enrich,

57:56

investigate and remediate them.

58:07

Question number 54. Which AWS service is

58:10

always provided at no charge? The

58:13

options are Amazon S3, AWS identity and

58:16

access management, elastic load

58:19

balances, AWS W AF.

58:23

So the right answer here is option B.

58:26

AWS identity and access management

58:34

IM is a feature of your AWS account and

58:37

is offered at no additional charge.

58:50

Question number 55. To reduce cost, a

58:54

company is planning to migrate a NoSQL

58:56

database to AWS. Which AWS service is

58:59

fully managed and can automatically

59:01

scale through capacity to meet database

59:04

workload demands? And the options are

59:07

Amazon Redshift, Amazon Aurora, Amazon

59:10

Dynamob, Amazon RDS.

59:14

So the right answer here is option C,

59:17

Amazon Dynamo DB.

59:26

Amazon DynamoB is a fully managed NoSQL

59:29

database service that provides fast and

59:32

predictable performance with seamless

59:34

scalability.

59:45

Question number 56. A company is using

59:47

Amazon Dynamo DB. Which task is the

59:50

company's responsibility according to

59:52

the AWS shared responsibility model? And

59:55

the options are option A patch the

59:57

operating system option B provision host

60:02

option C manage database access

60:04

permissions and option D secure the

60:07

operating system.

60:10

So the right answer here is option C

60:12

manage database access permissions.

60:25

Question number 57. A company has a test

60:28

AWS environment. A company is planning

60:31

on testing an application within AWS.

60:33

Application testing can be interrupted

60:35

and does not need to run continuously.

60:38

Which Amazon EC2 purchasing option will

60:41

meet the requirements most cost

60:44

effectively?

60:45

And the options are on demand instances,

60:48

dedicated instances, spot instances,

60:51

reserved instances.

60:54

So the right answer here is option C,

60:56

spot instances.

61:11

Question number 58. Which AWS service

61:14

gives users the ability to discover and

61:16

protect sensitive data that is stored in

61:19

Amazon S3 buckets? The options are

61:23

Amazon Mackie, Amazon Detective, Amazon

61:26

Guard Duty, AWS IM Access Analyzer.

61:32

So the right answer here is option A.

61:35

Amazon Macki.

61:43

Amazon Mackie is a data security service

61:46

that discovers sensitive data using

61:48

machine learning and pattern matching.

61:50

Provides visibility into data security

61:52

risk and enables you to automate

61:55

protection against those risks.

62:07

Question number 59. Which of the

62:10

following services can be used to block

62:12

network traffic to an instance?

62:15

Choose two. The options are security

62:17

groups, Amazon virtual private cloud,

62:21

flow logs, network ACL, Amazon

62:24

cloudatch, AWS cloud trial.

62:29

So the right answer here is option A and

62:31

option C. Security groups and network

62:35

ACL.

62:42

Security groups are stateful firewalls

62:45

that control inbound and outbound

62:47

traffic at the instance level. You can

62:50

configure security groups to allow or

62:52

deny specific types of network traffic

62:55

to and from your instances. Network ACL

62:59

are stateless firewall that control

63:01

traffic at the subnet level. Network ACL

63:04

define rules to allow or deny traffic

63:06

based on source and destination IP

63:09

addresses, ports, and protocols.

63:21

Question number 60. Which AWS service

63:24

can identify when an Amazon EC2 instance

63:27

was terminated? And the options are

63:30

option A AWS identity and access

63:32

management, option B AWS cloud trial,

63:36

option C AWS compute optimizer and

63:40

option D Amazon event bridge.

63:44

So the right answer here is option B AWS

63:47

cloud trial.

63:54

AWS cloud trial is a service that

63:56

records all API activity in your AWS

63:58

account, including the termination of

64:01

EC2 instances. It creates log entries

64:04

for various events, providing an audit

64:07

trail of actions taken on resources. By

64:11

reviewing cloud trial logs, you can

64:13

identify when an EC2 instance was

64:16

terminated, who initiated the

64:18

termination, and other relevant details

64:20

about the event?

64:31

Question number 61. Which of the

64:33

following is a fully managed MySQL

64:35

compatible database?

64:37

And the options are Amazon S3, Amazon

64:40

Dynamob, Amazon Red Shift, Amazon

64:43

Aurora.

64:46

So the right answer here is option D,

64:49

Amazon Aurora.

64:57

Amazon Aurora is a relational database

65:00

service that is compatible with MySQL

65:02

and PostSQL. It is fully managed by AWS

65:05

and is designed for high availability,

65:08

performance, and scalability while

65:09

maintaining MySQL compatibility. Aurora

65:12

offers features like automated backups,

65:15

read replicas, and seamless failure to

65:18

ensure data durability and availability.

65:21

It's a popular choice for applications

65:23

that require MySQL compatible database

65:26

with the benefits of a fully managed

65:28

service.

65:36

Question number 62.

65:38

Which AWS service supports a hybrid

65:40

architecture that gives users the

65:43

ability to extend AWS infrastructure,

65:46

AWS services, APIs and tools to data

65:49

centers, collocation environments or on

65:52

premises facilities.

65:55

The options are AWS no mobile, AWS local

65:58

Jones, AWS outpost and AWS Fargate.

66:05

So the right answer here is option C.

66:08

AWS outposts.

66:13

AWS outposts enable you to run AWS

66:15

infrastructure and services on premises

66:17

while seamlessly connecting to the AWS

66:19

cloud. This service extends the AWS

66:22

ecosystem to your on premises locations

66:25

allowing you to take advantage of cloud

66:28

benefits while addressing the

66:29

requirements of data residency,

66:32

low latency applications and specific

66:34

regulatory needs in hybrid environments.

66:43

Question number 63. Which AWS service

66:46

can run a managed postry SQL databases?

66:50

that provides online transaction

66:52

processing OLTP and the options are

66:55

Amazon Dynamob, Amazon Athena, Amazon

66:59

RDS, Amazon EMR.

67:03

So the right answer here is option C,

67:05

Amazon RDS.

67:11

Amazon RDS supports various database

67:14

engines including PostgresSQL and offers

67:16

a managed database service suitable for

67:18

OLTP workloads. With Amazon RDS for

67:22

PostgresSQL, you can easily set up,

67:24

operate and scale a PostRSQL database

67:27

without the administrative overhead of

67:29

managing the infrastructure.

67:39

Question number 64. A company wants to

67:42

provide managed Windows virtual desktops

67:44

and applications to its remote employees

67:47

over secure network connections. Which

67:50

AWS services can the company use to meet

67:52

these requirements? Choose to. And the

67:55

options are Amazon Connect, Amazon

67:58

AppStream,

68:00

Amazon Workspaces, AWS Sight to

68:02

SightVPN,

68:04

Amazon Elastic Container Service, Amazon

68:06

ECS.

68:09

So the right answer here is option B and

68:12

option C. Amazon AppStream 2.0,

68:17

Amazon Workspaces.

68:22

Amazon AppStream 2.0 0 is a service that

68:25

enables you to stream desktop

68:27

applications to users through web

68:29

browsers. You can deliver Windows

68:31

applications securely to remote users

68:33

without the need to provision and manage

68:35

full virtual desktops.

68:38

Option C, Amazon Workspaces is a fully

68:41

managed desktop as a service solution

68:43

that provides Windows desktop to users.

68:47

You can configure and manage virtual

68:48

desktops for remote employees using

68:50

workspaces.

68:57

Question number 65. A company wants to

69:00

monitor for misconfigured security

69:02

groups that are allowing unrestricted

69:04

access to specific ports. Which AWS

69:07

service will meet this requirement?

69:10

The options are AWS trusted advisor,

69:13

Amazon cloudatch, Amazon guard duty, AWS

69:17

health dashboard.

69:19

So the right answer here is option A.

69:22

AWS trusted advisor.

69:29

Unrestricted access check security

69:31

groups for rules that allow unrestricted

69:33

access to a resource. Unrestricted

69:35

accesses increase opportunities for

69:37

malicious activities. For more details,

69:39

see the trusted advisor frequently asked

69:42

questions.

69:53

Question number 66.

69:56

Which AWS service is a key value

69:58

database that provide sub millisecond

70:01

latency on a large scale? The options

70:04

are Amazon Dynamob, Amazon Aurora,

70:07

Amazon Document DB, Amazon Neptune.

70:12

So the right answer here is option A.

70:14

Amazon Dynamo DB

70:20

because Amazon DynamoB is a non-

70:22

relational database that delivers

70:24

reliable performance at any scale. It's

70:27

a fully managed multi-reion multim

70:30

masteraster database that provides

70:31

consistent singledigit millisecond

70:34

latency and offers built-in security

70:37

backup and restore and in-memory

70:39

catching.

70:51

Question number 67. Which AWS services

70:54

or features provide disaster recovery

70:56

solutions for Amazon EC2 instances?

70:59

choose to and the options are EC2

71:02

reserved instances, EC2 Amazon machine

71:05

images, Amazon elastic block store

71:08

snapshots, AWS shield, Amazon guard

71:12

duty.

71:13

So the right answer here is option B and

71:16

option C. EC2 mach Amazon machine

71:20

images, Amazon elastic block store

71:23

snapshots.

71:31

Amazon machine images are used to create

71:34

backups of EC2 instances and they can be

71:37

used to launch replacement instances in

71:39

the event of a disaster or data loss.

71:42

AMIs are essential

71:45

for creating recovery points for your

71:47

EC2 instances.

71:50

EBS snapshots allow you to create point

71:52

in time backups for your EBS volumes.

71:55

These snapshots can be used to restore

71:58

data or create new EBS volumes, making

72:01

them a key component of disaster

72:04

recovery for EC2 instances.

72:17

Question number 68. Which AWS service

72:20

provides command line access to AWS

72:22

tools and resources directly from a web

72:25

browser?

72:27

And the options are AWS cloud HSM, AWS

72:31

CloudShell, Amazon Workspaces, AWS Cloud

72:35

Map.

72:37

So the right answer here is option B AWS

72:40

cloud shell.

72:49

Using AWS CloudShell, a browser-based

72:52

shell, you can quickly run scripts with

72:55

the AWS command line interface,

72:57

experiment with service APIs using the

72:59

AWS CLI, and use other tools to increase

73:02

your productivity. The cloud shell icon

73:05

appears in AWS region where cloud shell

73:08

is available.

73:17

Question number 69. A network engineer

73:20

needs to build a hybrid cloud

73:22

architecture connecting on premises

73:23

network to the AWS cloud using AWS

73:27

direct connect. The company has a few

73:30

VPCs in a single AWS region and expects

73:33

to increase the number of VPCs to

73:35

hundreds over time. Which AWS service or

73:38

feature should the engineer use to

73:41

simplify and scale these connectivity as

73:44

the VPCs increase in number? And the

73:47

options are VPC endpoints, AWS transit

73:51

gateway, Amazon root 53, AWS secrets

73:54

manager.

73:59

So the right answer here is option B,

74:01

AWS transit gateway.

74:13

AWS transit gateway connects your Amazon

74:15

virtual private clouds and on premises

74:18

networks through a central hub. These

74:20

connection simplifies your network and

74:22

puts an end to complex peering

74:24

relationships. Transit gateway acts as a

74:28

highly scalable cloud router. Each new

74:31

connection is made only once.

74:41

Question number 70. A company wants to

74:43

establish a schedule for rotating

74:46

database user credentials. Which AWS

74:49

service will support this requirement

74:50

with the least amount of operational

74:52

overhead? The options are AWS systems

74:55

manager, AWS secrets manager, AWS

74:59

license manager, AWS managed services.

75:04

So the right answer here is option B.

75:06

AWS secrets manager.

75:16

AWS Secrets Manager helps you manage,

75:18

retrieve, and rotate database

75:20

credentials, API keys, and other secrets

75:22

throughout their life cycles.

75:33

Question number 71. Which AWS service is

75:36

used to provide encryption for Amazon

75:39

EBS? And the options are AWS certificate

75:42

manager, AWS systems manager, AWS KMS,

75:46

AWS config.

75:49

So the right answer here is option C.

75:52

AWS KMS.

76:01

AWS key management service lets you

76:03

create, manage, and control

76:05

cryptographic keys across your

76:07

applications and AWS services.

76:17

Question number 72. A company wants to

76:20

manage its AWS cloud resources through a

76:23

web interface. Which AWS service will

76:26

meet this requirement? And the options

76:28

are AWS management console, AWS CLI, AWS

76:33

CDK, AWS cloud9.

76:37

So the right answer here is option A.

76:40

AWS management console.

76:47

The AWS management console is a web

76:49

application that comprises and refers to

76:52

a broad collection of service consoles

76:54

for managing AWS resources.

77:03

Question number 73. Which of the

77:05

following are advantages of the AWS

77:08

cloud? Choose two. And the options are

77:10

option A trade variable expenses for

77:13

capital expenses. Option B high economy

77:16

of scale. Option C launch globally in

77:19

minutes. Option D focus on managing

77:22

hardware infrastructure. Option E

77:24

overprovision to ensure capacity.

77:29

So the right answer here is option B and

77:32

option C.

77:36

High economy of scale launch globally in

77:39

minutes.

77:43

Ability to quickly change required

77:46

capacity. With the AWS cloud, users can

77:49

easily scale their infrastructure up or

77:52

down based on demand. This flexibility

77:54

allows for rapid ad adjustments of

77:57

resources to match application needs

77:59

enabling cost optimization and efficient

78:01

resource utilization.

78:04

High economy of scale. AWS operates at a

78:06

large scale serving millions of

78:08

customers globally. This scale allows

78:10

AWS to achieve cost efficiencies and

78:12

pass on the benefits to customers. By

78:14

leveraging AWS services, users can

78:17

access enterprisegrade infrastructure

78:19

and services without the need for

78:21

significant upfront investment in

78:22

hardware or infrastructure.

78:32

Question number 74. Which AWS cloud

78:35

benefit is shown by an architectures

78:37

ability to withstand failures with

78:40

minimal downtime?

78:42

And the options are agility, elasticity,

78:45

scalability, high availability.

78:48

So the right answer here is option D,

78:51

high availability.

78:58

The ability of an architecture to

79:00

withstand failures with minimal downtime

79:03

is a characteristics of high

79:04

availability. High availability ensures

79:07

that your system remains operational and

79:09

accessible even in the face of component

79:11

failures. This is critical for

79:14

maintaining a reliable and responsive

79:15

application or service.

79:27

Question number 75. A developer needs to

79:30

maintain a development environment

79:32

infrastructure and a production

79:34

environment infrastructure in a

79:36

repeatable fashion. Which AWS service

79:39

should the developer use to meet these

79:40

requirements?

79:42

The options are AWS ground station, AWS

79:45

shield, AWS IoT device defender and AWS

79:49

cloud formation.

79:52

So the right answer here is

79:55

option D. AWS cloud formation.

80:04

AWS cloud formation lets you model,

80:06

provision and manage AWS and third party

80:09

resources by treating infrastructure as

80:11

code.

80:21

Question number 76. Which task is the

80:24

customer's responsibility according to

80:26

the AWS shared responsibility model?

80:29

Option A, maintain the security of the

80:31

AWS cloud. Option B, configure firewalls

80:34

and networks. Option C, patch the

80:36

operating system of Amazon RDS

80:39

instances. Option D, implement physical

80:42

and environmental controls.

80:46

So the right answer here is option B,

80:48

configure firewalls and networks.

81:04

Question number 77. Which AWS service

81:07

helps deliver highly available

81:09

applications with fast failure for

81:11

multi-reion and multi-AZ architectures?

81:15

And the options are AWS WF, AWS Global

81:19

Accelerator, AWS Shield, AWS Direct

81:23

Connect.

81:24

So the right answer here is

81:28

option B. AWS global accelerator.

81:37

Deliver highly available applications

81:38

with fast failure for multi-reion and

81:41

multi-AZ architectures.

81:50

Question number 78. A company has a set

81:53

of e-commerce applications. The

81:55

applications needs to be able to send

81:57

messages to each other. Which AWS

82:00

service meets this requirement?

82:02

Option A, AWS autoscaling. Option B,

82:05

elastic load balancing. Option C, Amazon

82:08

simple Q service, Amazon SQS. and option

82:11

D, Amazon Kinesis data streams. So the

82:15

right answer here is option C. Amazon

82:18

simple Q service.

82:24

Amazon simple Q service is a fully

82:26

managed message queuing service that

82:29

enables you to decouple and scale

82:31

microservices, distributed systems and

82:33

serverless applications. It allows one

82:36

application to send messages to a que

82:38

and another application to retrieve

82:40

those messages from the queue. These can

82:43

be helpful in scenarios where the sender

82:46

and receiver are not required to

82:48

interact with each other in real time.

82:57

Question number 79. What are the

82:59

benefits of consolidated building for

83:01

AWS cloud services? Choose two. Option

83:04

A, volume discounts. Option B, a minimal

83:08

additional fee for use. Option C, one

83:11

bill will for multiple accounts. Option

83:13

D, installment payment option. And

83:15

option E, custom cost usage budget

83:18

creation. So the right answer here is

83:21

option A and option C.

83:25

Consolidated billing has the following

83:27

benefits. One bill, you get one bill for

83:29

multiple accounts. Easy tracking. You

83:32

can track the charges across multiple

83:34

accounts and download the combined cost

83:36

and usage data. Combined usage. You can

83:39

combine the usage across all accounts in

83:41

the organization to share the volume

83:43

pricing discounts, reserved instances,

83:45

discounts, and savings plans. These can

83:48

result in a lower charge for your

83:50

project department or company than with

83:52

individual standalone accounts. For more

83:55

information, see volume discounts. No

83:57

extra fee. Consolidated billing is

84:00

offered at no additional cost.

84:08

Question number 80. A user wants to

84:10

retrieve all Amazon S3 buckets with

84:13

ACL's and S3 bucket policies in the S3

84:16

console. Which AWS service or resource

84:19

will meet these requirements?

84:22

Option A, S3 multi-reion access points.

84:25

Option B, S3 storage lens. Option C, AWS

84:29

IM identity center. Option D, Access

84:32

Analyzer for S3.

84:35

So the right answer here is option D,

84:38

access analyzer for S3.

84:45

Access analyzer for S3 allows you to

84:47

analyze and review access policies for

84:50

your S3 buckets.

84:52

It helps you identify and resolve

84:55

unintended access to your S3 resources.

84:58

With access analyzer for S3, you can

85:01

review both bucket policies and bucket

85:03

ACL to ensure proper access controls.

85:13

Question number 81. What is the best

85:15

resource for a user to find compliance

85:18

related information and reports about

85:20

AWS?

85:22

The options are AWS artifact, AWS

85:26

marketplace, Amazon inspector, AWS

85:28

support.

85:31

So the right answer here is option A,

85:34

AWS artifact.

85:39

AWS Artifact is your go-to central

85:42

resource for compliance related

85:44

information that matters to you. It

85:46

provides on demand access to security

85:48

and compliance reports from AWS and ISVS

85:52

who sell their products on AWS

85:54

marketplace.

86:02

Question number 82. Which AWS service

86:05

enables companies to deploy an

86:07

application close to end users? And the

86:10

options are Amazon CloudFront, AWS

86:13

Autoscaling, AWS AppSync, Amazon Route

86:17

53.

86:19

So the right answer here is option A,

86:22

Amazon CloudFront.

86:29

Amazon CloudFront speeds up distribution

86:32

of your static and dynamic web content

86:35

such as HTML,

86:37

CSS, PHP, image and media files. When

86:41

users request your content, CloudFront

86:43

delivers it through a worldwide network

86:45

of edge locations that provide low

86:48

latency and high performance.

86:57

So question number 83, which AWS service

87:00

or feature improves network performance

87:03

by sending traffic through the AWS

87:05

worldwide network infrastructure?

87:07

And the options are root table, AWS

87:10

transit gateway, AWS global accelerator,

87:14

Amazon VPC.

87:16

So the right answer here is option C.

87:19

AWS global accelerator.

87:22

Improve

87:30

application availability, performance,

87:32

and security using the AWS global

87:34

network.

87:45

Question number 84. Which AWS service

87:48

provides highly durable object storage?

87:52

And the options are Amazon S3, Amazon

87:55

Elastic File System, Amazon Elastic

87:58

Block Store, Amazon FSX.

88:02

So the right answer here is option A,

88:05

Amazon S3.

88:12

S3 standard offers high durability,

88:14

availability, and performance object

88:16

storage for frequently accessed data.

88:26

Question number 85. Which responsibility

88:29

belongs to AWS when a company host its

88:31

databases on Amazon EC2 instances?

88:35

Options are database backups, database

88:38

software patches, operating system

88:40

patches, operating system installations.

88:44

So the right answer here is option D

88:48

operating system installations.

88:57

AWS provides the infrastructure and

88:59

services that include a range of Amazon

89:01

machine main images with pre-installed

89:04

operating systems. These means AWS is

89:07

responsible for ensuring that these AMIs

89:10

are available and that the underlying

89:13

infrastructure to run these instances is

89:15

secure and reliable. The other

89:17

responsibilities listed database

89:19

backups, database software patches and

89:22

operating system patches are under the

89:25

purview of the customers when using

89:27

Amazon EC2 instances.

89:38

Question number 86. Which of the

89:40

following are advantages of moving to

89:41

the AWS cloud? Choose two. Option A, the

89:45

ability to turn over the responsibility

89:47

of all security to AWS. Option B, the

89:51

ability to use the pay as you go model.

89:53

Option C, the ability to have full

89:55

control over the physical

89:57

infrastructure. Option D, no longer

90:00

having to guess what capacity will be

90:02

required. Option E, no longer worrying

90:05

about users access controls.

90:08

So the right answer here is option B and

90:11

option D.

90:19

Stop kissing capacity. Trade fixed

90:21

expenses for variable expenses.

90:30

Question number 87. Which AWS service is

90:33

hybrid cloud storage service that

90:35

provides on premises users access to

90:37

virtually unlimited cloud storage?

90:41

And we have four options. AWS data sync,

90:44

Amazon S3 Classier, AWS storage gateway,

90:48

Amazon elastic block store.

90:52

So the right answer here is option C.

90:54

AWS storage gateway.

91:03

AWS storage gateway is a set of hybrid

91:05

cloud storage services that provide on

91:08

premises access to virtually unlimited

91:11

cloud storage.

91:23

Question number 88. A company plans to

91:25

migrate to AWS and wants to create cost

91:28

estimates for its AWS use cases. Which

91:31

AWS service or tool can the company use

91:34

to meet these requirements?

91:36

And the options are AWS pricing

91:38

calculator, Amazon Cloudatch, AWS Cost

91:41

Explorer, and AWS Budgets.

91:45

So the right answer here is option A,

91:47

AWS pricing calculator.

91:55

AWS pricing calculator is a web- based

91:58

planning tool that you can use to create

92:00

estimates for your AWS use cases. You

92:03

can use it to model your solutions

92:05

before building them. Explore the AWS

92:07

service price points and review the

92:10

calculations behind your estimates. You

92:12

can use it to help you plan how you

92:15

spend, find cost-saving opportunities,

92:17

and make informed decisions when using

92:20

Amazon Web Services.

92:30

Question number 89. Which tool should a

92:32

developer use to integrate AWS service

92:35

feature

92:37

directly into an application? The

92:39

options are AWS software development

92:42

kit, AWS code deploy, AWS Lambda, AWS

92:46

batch.

92:48

So the right answer here is option A.

92:50

AWS software development kit.

93:06

Question number 90. Which of the

93:08

following is the recommended design

93:10

principle of the AWS well architected

93:12

framework? Option A, reduce downtime by

93:16

making infrastructure changes

93:17

infrequently and in large increments.

93:20

Option B, invest the time to configure

93:23

infrastructure manually. Option C, learn

93:26

to improve from operational failures.

93:28

Option D, use monolithic application

93:31

design for centralization.

93:34

So the right answer here is option C.

93:38

Learn to improve from operational

93:40

failures.

93:46

Learn from all operational failures.

93:48

Drive improvement through lessons

93:50

learned from all operational events and

93:52

failures. Share what is learned across

93:54

teams and through the entire

93:56

organization.

94:04

Question number 91. Use AWS identity

94:07

access management to grant access only

94:10

to the resources needed to perform a

94:12

task is a concept known as

94:15

the options are restricted access as

94:17

needed access least privilege access

94:20

token access.

94:23

So the right answer here is option C

94:25

least privilege access.

94:41

Question number 92. A company wants to

94:44

operate a data warehouse to analyze data

94:46

without managing the data warehouse

94:48

infrastructure. Which AWS service will

94:51

meet this requirement?

94:53

And the options are Amazon Aurora,

94:56

Amazon Red Shift Serverless, AWS Lambda,

95:00

Amazon RDS.

95:03

So the right answer here is option B.

95:06

AWS, Amazon Redshift Serverless.

95:15

Amazon Redshift Serverless makes it easy

95:17

to run analytics workloads of any size

95:20

without having to manage data warehouse

95:22

infrastructure.

95:31

Question number 93. How does AWS cloud

95:35

computing help businesses reduce cost?

95:37

Choose two. And the options are option A

95:41

as charges the same prices for services

95:44

in every AWS region. Option B AWS

95:47

enables capacity to adjust on demand.

95:50

Option C AWS offers discounts for Amazon

95:53

EC2 instances that remain ideal for more

95:56

than one week. Option C, AWS does not

95:59

charge for data sent from the AWS cloud

96:02

to the internet. Option E, AWS

96:05

eliminates many of the cost of building

96:07

and maintaining on premises data

96:09

centers.

96:12

So the right answer here is option B and

96:14

option E.

96:23

Stop spending money running and

96:25

maintaining data centers benefit from

96:27

massive economies of scale.

96:37

Question number 94. The company wants to

96:40

grant users in one AWS account access to

96:43

resources in another AWS account. The

96:46

users do not currently have permission

96:48

to access the resources. Which AWS

96:51

service will meet these requirements?

96:53

And the options are IM group, IM role,

96:57

IM tag, IM access analyzer.

97:01

So the right answer here is option P. IM

97:05

role

97:23

Question number 95. Which task is the

97:26

responsibility of AWS when using AWS

97:28

services?

97:30

Option A, management of IM user

97:32

permissions. Option B, creation of

97:36

security group rules for outbound

97:38

access. Option C, maintenance of

97:41

physical and environmental controls.

97:43

Option D, application of Amazon EC2

97:46

operating system patches.

97:49

So the right answer here is option C.

97:52

Maintaining of physical and

97:54

environmental controls.

98:00

AWS is responsible for maintaining the

98:03

physical and environmental controls of

98:04

its data centers including the security

98:07

and reliability of the infrastructure.

98:09

These includes aspects such as power,

98:11

cooling and physical security.

98:21

Question number 96. A company wants to

98:24

automate infrastructure deployment by

98:26

using infrastructure as code. The

98:28

company wants to scale production stacks

98:31

so the stacks can be deployed in

98:33

multiple AWS regions. Which AWS service

98:36

will meet these requirements?

98:38

And the options are Amazon Cloudatch,

98:41

AWS Config, AWS Trusted Advisor, AWS

98:45

Cloud Formation.

98:47

So the right answer here is option D,

98:50

AWS cloud formation.

98:57

AWS cloud formation gives you an easy

98:59

way to model a collection of related AWS

99:02

and third party resources, provision

99:04

them quickly and consistently and manage

99:07

them through their life cycles by

99:09

treating infrastructure as code. The

99:11

cloud formation template describes your

99:14

desired resources and their dependencies

99:16

so you can launch and configure them

99:18

together as stack. You can use a

99:20

template to create, update, and delete

99:23

an entire stack as a single unit as

99:26

often as you need to. Instead of

99:28

managing resources individually, you can

99:31

manage and provision stacks across

99:34

multiple AWS accounts and AWS regions.

99:43

Question number 97. Which option is an

99:47

AWS cloud adoption framework

99:50

platform perspective capability and the

99:53

options are data architecture, data

99:55

protection, data governance, data

99:58

science.

100:00

So the right answer here is option A

100:02

data architecture

100:07

AWS cloud adoption framework. Seven

100:11

platform perspectives are platform

100:13

architecture, data architecture,

100:16

platform engineering, data engineering,

100:19

provisioning and orchestration, modern

100:22

app development, CI/CD.

100:31

Question number 98.

100:33

A company is running a workload in the

100:35

AWS cloud. Which AWS best practice

100:38

ensures the most cost effective

100:40

architecture for the workload

100:43

and the options are loose coupling,

100:45

right sizing, catching redundancy.

100:50

So the right answer here is option B

100:53

right sizing.

101:01

Right sizing is the process of matching

101:03

instances types and sizes to your

101:06

workload performance and capacity

101:08

requirements at the lowest possible

101:10

cost.

101:20

Question number 99. A company is using a

101:22

third-party service to back up 10

101:25

terabyte of data to a tape library. The

101:30

on-remises backup server is running out

101:32

of space. The company wants to use AWS

101:35

services with the backup without

101:36

changing its existing backup workflows.

101:39

Which AWS service should the company use

101:42

to meet these requirements?

101:44

options are Amazon elastic block store,

101:48

AWS storage gateway, Amazon elastic

101:51

container service, AWS Lambda.

101:55

So the right answer here is

101:58

option B AWS storage gateway.

102:06

AWS storage gateway is a hybrid cloud

102:09

storage service that gives you onremises

102:11

access to virtually unlimited cloud

102:14

storage. Storage gateway provides a

102:16

standard set of storage protocols such

102:19

as ISI

102:22

SMP and NFS which allows you to use AWS

102:25

storage without rewriting your existing

102:28

applications.

102:36

Question number 100. Which task are the

102:39

customers responsibility according to

102:41

the AWS shared responsibility model?

102:43

Choose two. And the options are

102:45

establish the global infrastructure.

102:48

Option B perform client side data

102:50

encryption. Option C configure AM

102:53

credential. Option D secure edge

102:56

locations. Option E patch Amazon RDS DB

103:00

instances.

103:02

So the right answer here is option B and

103:06

option C.

103:25

Question number 101. A company is using

103:28

the AWS free tar for several AWS

103:31

services for an application. What will

103:33

happen if the free tar period usage

103:36

period expires or if the application use

103:39

exceeds the free tar usage limits?

103:42

And we have four options. Option A, the

103:44

company will be charged standard pay as

103:46

you go service rates for the usage that

103:49

exceeds the free t usage. Option B, AWS

103:52

support will contact the company to set

103:54

up standard services charges. Option C,

103:57

the company will be charged for the

103:59

services it consumes during the free

104:01

tire period plus additional charges for

104:03

service consumption after the free tire

104:05

period. Option D, the company AWS

104:08

account will be frozen and can be

104:10

restarted after a payment plan is

104:11

established.

104:14

So the right answer here is option A.

104:16

The company will be charged the standard

104:18

pay as you go pricing service rates for

104:20

the usage that exceeds the free tar

104:23

usage. So when your free T expires or if

104:26

your application use exceeds the free T

104:28

limits, you simply pay standard pay

104:31

service rates.

104:41

Question number 102.

104:43

Which AWS service uses machine learning

104:46

to help discover, monitor, and protect

104:49

sensitive data that is stored in Amazon

104:52

S3 bucket? And we have four options.

104:55

Option A, AWS Shield. Option B, Amazon

104:59

Mackie. Option C, AWS network firewall.

105:04

Option D, Amazon Cognto.

105:07

So the right answer here is option B,

105:11

Amazon Mackie.

105:17

Amazon Mackie is a data security and

105:20

data privacy service that uses machine

105:22

learning ML and pattern matching to

105:25

discover and protect your sensitive

105:26

data.

105:33

Question number 103. According to the

105:36

AWS share responsibility model, which of

105:39

the following is exclusively the

105:41

responsibility of AWS? We have four

105:44

options. Option A, patching of the guest

105:46

operating system. Option B, security

105:48

awareness and training. Option C,

105:50

physical and environmental control.

105:52

Option D, development of an IM password

105:56

policy.

105:58

So the right answer here is option C,

106:01

physical and environmental control.

106:05

So according to AWS share responsibility

106:07

model AWS is responsible for the

106:09

security of the cloud and the customer

106:11

is responsible for the security in the

106:13

cloud. AWS responsibility AWS is

106:17

responsible for protecting the

106:18

infrastructure that runs all the AWS

106:20

services.

106:29

Question number 104. What can users do

106:32

using AWS Marketplace?

106:35

Select and we have five options. Option

106:37

A, sell unused Amazon EC2 spot

106:40

instances. Option B, sell solutions to

106:43

other AWS users. Option C, buy third

106:47

party software that runs on AWS. Option

106:50

D, purchase AWS security and compliance

106:52

documents. Option E, order AWS Snowball.

106:57

So the right answer here is option B

106:59

sell solution to other AWS users and

107:02

option C buy third party software and

107:05

that runs on AWS.

107:09

So the AWS marketplace enables qualified

107:11

partners to market and sell their

107:13

software to AWS customers. AWS

107:16

marketplace is an online software store

107:18

that helps customers to find, buy and

107:20

immediate start using the software and

107:22

services that runs on AWS.

107:32

Question number 105. What are the

107:34

possible uses of AWS edge locations?

107:37

Select two. And we have five options.

107:39

Option A, hosting applications. Option

107:42

B, delivering content closer to users.

107:46

Option C, running NoSQL database

107:49

catching services. Option D reducing

107:52

traffic on the service server by

107:54

catching responses. Option E sending

107:57

notification messages to end users.

108:00

So the right answer is option B

108:03

delivering content closer to user. And

108:05

option D reducing traffic on the server

108:08

by catching responses.

108:12

So CloudFront delivers your content

108:14

through a worldwide network of data

108:16

centers called edge locations. When a

108:19

user request content that you are search

108:21

serving with CloudFront, the user is

108:24

rooted to the edge location that

108:25

provides the lowest latency so that

108:28

content is delivered with the best

108:30

possible performance.

108:40

Question number 106. Amazon elastic

108:43

container service, Amazon ECS and Amazon

108:46

Dynamo DB are used by a firm to execute

108:49

its mission critical web application

108:52

multiple times during the day. The

108:53

workload jumps to up to 10 times the

108:56

regular level. Which AWS cloud feature

108:59

helps the business to adapt to these

109:02

demand changes? And we have four

109:04

options. Option A, agility, option B

109:06

global reach. Option C scalability and

109:10

option D security.

109:12

So the right answer here is option C,

109:14

scalability.

109:16

So AWS EC2 autoscaling servers can get

109:19

more requests than they can handle. Too

109:22

many requests can cause timeouts and

109:24

outages. AWS EC2 autoscaling allows you

109:27

to add or remove EC2 instances

109:29

automatically. It outcome automates the

109:32

capacity to the demand.

109:41

Question number 107. A company wants to

109:44

improve the overall availability and

109:46

performance of its application that are

109:48

hosted on AWS. Which AWS service should

109:51

the company use? And we have four

109:53

options. Option A, Amazon Connect.

109:56

Option B, Amazon light sale, option C

109:59

AWS Global Accelerator. And option D AWS

110:02

storage gateway.

110:04

So the right answer here is option C.

110:07

AWS Global Accelerator.

110:10

So AWS Global Accelerator is a

110:12

networking service that improves the

110:14

performance of your users traffic by up

110:17

to 60% using Amazon Web Services global

110:20

network infrastructure when the internet

110:23

is congested. AWS Global Accelerator

110:25

optimizes the path to your application

110:28

to keep packet loss, jitter, and latency

110:31

consistently low.

110:42

Question number 108. Which of the

110:44

following tasks is the customer's duty

110:46

under the share responsibility model?

110:48

And we have five options. Option A,

110:50

maintaining the underlying Amazon EC2

110:53

hardware. Option B, managing the VPC

110:56

network access control lists. Option C,

110:59

encrypting data in transit and at rest.

111:02

Option D, replacing failed hard disk

111:05

drives. Option E, deploying hardware in

111:08

different availability jones.

111:11

So the right answer here is option B,

111:14

managing the VPC network access control

111:16

lists and option C, encrypting data in

111:20

transit and at rest.

111:25

The hardware related jobs is the prime

111:27

responsibility of AWS. VPC network

111:29

access control list is something a

111:31

customer has to do himself to secure the

111:34

applications. Encrypting data in transit

111:37

and address is a shared responsibility

111:39

in which AWS plays a part. All hardware

111:42

related jobs have nothing to do with

111:44

customer.

111:53

Question number 109. Which of the

111:56

following are AWS obligations according

111:58

to the AWS shared responsibility model?

112:00

And we have five options. Option A,

112:02

network infrastructure and

112:04

virtualization of infrastructure. Option

112:06

B, security of application data. Option

112:09

C, guest operating systems. Option D,

112:12

physical security of hardware and option

112:15

A credentials and policies.

112:17

So the right answers are option A

112:19

network infrastructure and

112:21

virtualization of infrastructure and

112:23

option D physical security of hardware.

112:27

So physical security is one area where

112:29

the AWS shared responsibility model

112:31

comes into play. AWS is responsible for

112:35

protecting security of the cloud which

112:37

includes the infrastructure of hardware,

112:39

software, networking and facilities that

112:41

run AWS services.

112:52

Question number 110. What charges are

112:54

included in the comparison of AWS versus

112:57

on premises total cost of ownership TCO?

113:00

And we have four options. Option A data

113:02

center security. Option B business

113:05

analysis. Option C project management.

113:07

And option D operating system

113:09

administration.

113:11

So the right answer here is option A

113:13

data center security. So cloud TCO

113:16

involves calculating the cost required

113:18

to host, run, integrate, secure and

113:21

manage workloads in the cloud over their

113:23

lifetime. This includes fees associated

113:25

with the underlying infrastructure such

113:27

as compute, data transfer and storage.

113:30

It also includes the cost of supporting

113:32

cloud services ranging from security and

113:35

management tools to data analytics.

113:38

Manpower cost for cloud engineers should

113:40

also be a part of the cloud TCO

113:42

equation.

113:50

Question number 111. Which AWS service

113:53

or feature identifies whether an Amazon

113:55

S3 bucket or an IM role has been shared

113:59

with an external entity? And we have

114:02

four options. Option A, AWS service

114:04

catalog. Option B, AWS systems manager.

114:07

Option C, AWS IM access analyzer. Option

114:11

D, AWS organizations.

114:15

So the right answer here is option C,

114:17

AWS IM access analyzer.

114:21

So access analyzer helps you identify

114:23

the resources in your organization and

114:26

accounts such as Amazon S3 buckets or IM

114:29

roles shared with an external entity.

114:32

This lets you identify unintended access

114:35

to your resources and data which is a

114:38

security risk.

114:45

Question number 112. Which AWS service

114:48

supports MySQL and PostSQL as relational

114:52

databases? And we have four options.

114:54

Option A, Amazon Red Shift. Option B,

114:57

Amazon Dynamo DB. Option C, Amazon

115:00

Aurora. and option D, Amazon Neptune.

115:03

So the right answer here is option C,

115:06

Amazon Aurora.

115:08

So AWS Aurora is a fully managed

115:11

relational database optimized for use in

115:13

AWS. It supports MySQL and PostgresSQL.

115:17

With this service, you can combine the

115:19

cost effectiveness of open-source

115:21

databases with increased availability

115:23

and performance.

115:31

Question number 113.

115:34

Which AWS services is natively supported

115:36

by AWS Snowball Edge?

115:40

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

115:43

Server Migration Service, AWS SMS,

115:47

option B, Amazon Aurora,

115:50

option C, AWS Trusted Advisor.

115:54

And option D, Amazon EC2.

115:58

So the right answer here is option D.

116:01

Amazon EC2.

116:08

Snowball edge devices have Amazon S3 and

116:11

Amazon EC2 compatible endpoints

116:14

available enabling programmatic use

116:16

cases.

116:22

Question number 114. Which AWS share

116:25

responsibility controls are shared? And

116:28

we have five options. Option Awareness

116:30

and training. Option B patching of

116:32

Amazon RTS. Option C configuration

116:35

management. Option D physical and

116:37

environmental controls. Option E service

116:40

and communications protection or

116:42

security.

116:44

So the right answer here is option A

116:46

awareness and training and option C

116:48

configuration management.

116:51

So shared controls controls which apply

116:53

to both the infrastructure layer and a

116:55

customer layers but in completely

116:57

separate contexts or prospectives. In a

117:00

shared control AWS provides the

117:02

requirements for the infrastructure and

117:05

the customers must provide their own

117:07

control implementation within their use

117:09

of AWS services. Examples include patch

117:12

management. AWS is responsible for

117:15

patching and fixing flaws within the

117:16

infrastructure. But customers are

117:18

responsible for patching their guest OS

117:20

and applications. Configuration

117:22

management. AWS maintains the

117:24

configuration of its infrastructure

117:26

devices. But a customer is responsible

117:28

for configuring their own guest

117:30

operating systems, databases, and

117:32

applications. Awareness and training.

117:34

AWS trains AWS employees, but a customer

117:37

must train their own employees.

117:48

Question number 115. A company does not

117:50

want to rely on elaborate forecasting to

117:53

determine its usage of compute

117:55

resources. Instead, the company wants to

117:57

play pay only for the resources that it

118:00

uses. The company also needs the ability

118:02

to increase or decrease its resources

118:04

using to meet business requirements.

118:07

Which pillar of the AWS well architected

118:09

framework aligns with these

118:11

requirements? And we have four options.

118:13

Option A operational excellence. Option

118:15

B security, option C reliability. And

118:19

option D cost optimization.

118:21

So the right answer here is option D

118:23

cost optimization.

118:26

So cost optimization is a continual

118:28

process of refinement and improvement

118:30

over span of a workload life cycle. The

118:33

practices in this paper helps you build

118:35

and operate cost aware workloads that

118:38

achieve business outcomes while

118:39

minimizing costs and allowing your

118:42

organization to maximize its returns on

118:44

investments.

118:51

Question number 116. After a single

118:53

availability jone service disruption, a

118:55

corporation must guarantee that the end

118:57

point for the database instance stays

118:59

the same. The program must continue

119:01

database operations without human

119:03

intervention from an administrator. How

119:06

are these speculations to be met? And we

119:09

have four options. Option A, use

119:11

multiple Amazon Route 53 routes to the

119:14

standby database instance endpoint

119:16

hosted on AWS storage gateway. Option B,

119:20

configure Amazon RDS multi-availability

119:22

zone deployments with automatic failover

119:24

to the standby. Option C, add multiple

119:28

application load balancers and deploy

119:30

the database instance with AWS elastic

119:33

paintto. Option D, deploy a single

119:36

network load balancer to distribute

119:38

incoming traffic across multiple Amazon

119:41

CloudFront origins. So the right answer

119:44

here is option B. Configure Amazon RDS

119:47

multi-availability zone deployment with

119:49

automatic failover to the standby.

119:52

So multiaser deployments can have one

119:55

standby or two standby DB instances.

119:57

When the deployment has one standby DB

119:59

instance, it's called a multi- asert DB

120:02

instant deployment. A multiADB instant

120:05

deployment has one standby DB instance

120:08

that provides failover support but

120:11

doesn't serve read traffic. The

120:13

deployment has two standby DB instances.

120:16

It's called the multi-AZDB cluster

120:18

deployment. A multi-AZDB cluster

120:21

deployment has standby DB instances that

120:23

provide failover support and can also

120:26

serve read traffic.

120:36

Question number 117. Which cost must be

120:39

addressed when comparing AWS cloud

120:42

versus onremises total cost of

120:43

ownership? Select two. And we have five

120:46

options. Option A, software development.

120:48

Option B, project management. Option C,

120:51

storage hardware. Option D, physical

120:53

servers. Option E, antivirus software

120:56

license. So the right answer is option

120:59

C, storage hardware and option D,

121:02

physical servers.

121:04

So to get the most out of your

121:06

estimates, you should have a good idea

121:08

of your basic requirements. For example,

121:10

if you're going to try Amazon Elastic

121:13

Compute Cloud, it might help if you know

121:15

what kind of operating system you need.

121:18

what your memory requirements are and

121:20

how much input output you need. You

121:22

should also dei decide whether you need

121:25

storage such as if you're going to run a

121:27

database and how long you intend to use

121:29

the service. You don't need to make

121:31

these decisions before generating an

121:33

estimate. Though you can play around

121:35

with the service configuration and

121:37

parameters to see which options fit your

121:40

use case and budget best.

121:48

Question number 118. A company is

121:51

migrating to the AWS cloud. The company

121:53

requires consultative review and

121:55

guidance for its applications during the

121:57

migration. After the migration is

121:59

complete, the company requires a

122:01

response within 30 minutes of if

122:03

business critical systems go down. Which

122:06

AWS support plans meet these

122:07

requirements? Choose two. And we have

122:10

five options. Option A, AWS enterprise

122:13

support. Option B, AWS enterprise onramp

122:16

support. Option C, AWS developer

122:19

support. Option D, AWS basic support.

122:22

And option E, AWS business support. So

122:25

the right answer here is option A, AWS

122:28

enterprise support. And option B, AWS

122:30

enterprise onramp support.

122:33

So with enterprise onramp you get 24

122:36

into7 technical support from highquality

122:38

engineers tools and technologies to

122:41

automatically manage health of your

122:42

environment. Consultative architectural

122:45

guidance delivered in the context of

122:47

your application use cases and a pool of

122:49

technical account managers to coordinate

122:52

access to proactive preventative

122:54

programs and AWS subject matter experts.

123:04

Question number 119. Which AWS products

123:07

anticipate future AWS expenses

123:09

automatically? And we have four options.

123:12

Option A, AWS support center. Option B,

123:15

AWS total cost of ownership calculator.

123:18

Option C, AWS simple monthly calculator.

123:21

And option D cost explorer.

123:24

So the right answer here is option D

123:27

cost explorer.

123:29

So AWS cost explorer has an easy to use

123:32

interface that lets you visualize,

123:34

understand and manage your AWS cost and

123:37

usage over time.

123:45

Question number 120. Which functionality

123:48

may be utilized to prevent inadvertent

123:51

overrides or deletions of Amazon S3

123:54

buckets? And we have four options.

123:56

Option A, life cycle policy. Option B,

123:59

object versioning. Option C, server side

124:02

encryption. And option D, bucket ACL.

124:06

So the right answer here is option B,

124:08

object versioning.

124:12

So S3 object versioning is one of the

124:14

most secret features in Amazon S3.

124:17

Object versioning is used to avoid

124:20

unintended overrides and deletions.

124:22

versionings is not enabled by default

124:25

and this feature is used to keep

124:27

multiple versions of objects at the same

124:29

time in the bucket. If we enable

124:31

versioning on the bucket, we cannot

124:33

delete an object directly. All versions

124:36

remains in the bucket and a delete

124:38

marker is introduced which become the

124:41

current version. So if you need to

124:43

delete an object, you need to remove

124:45

that delete marker also. Existing

124:48

objects in your bucket do not change and

124:50

only future request behavior changes. If

124:53

you put an object retrieval request, the

124:56

current version of the object will

124:57

always return.

125:05

Question number 121. Amazon Dynamo DP is

125:08

used by a business in its AWS cloud

125:10

architecture. Which of the following is

125:12

the duty of the organization according

125:14

to the AWS shared responsibility model?

125:17

We have five options. Option A,

125:19

operating system patching and upgrades.

125:21

Option B, application of appropriate

125:23

permissions with IM tools. Option C,

125:26

configuration of data encryption

125:28

options. Option D, creation of DynamoB

125:30

endpoints. Option E, infrastructure

125:33

provisioning and maintenance.

125:38

Right answer is option B, application of

125:40

appropriate permissions with IM tools

125:43

and option C, configuration of data

125:45

encryption. options.

125:48

So cloud security at AWS is the highest

125:50

priority. As an AWS customer, you

125:53

benefit from a data center and network

125:55

architecture that is built to meet the

125:57

requirements of the most security

125:58

sensitive organization. Security is a

126:01

shared responsibility between AWS and

126:03

AWS customer.

126:09

Question number 122. A company wants to

126:12

launch its workload on AWS and requires

126:15

the system to automatically recover from

126:17

failure. Which pillar of the AWS well

126:19

architected framework includes this

126:21

requirement? We have four options.

126:23

Option A cost optimization, option B

126:26

operational excellence, option C

126:29

performance efficiency and option D

126:31

reliability.

126:33

So the right answer is option D

126:35

reliability.

126:38

So the reliability pillar includes the

126:40

ability of a system to recover from

126:42

infrastructure or service disruptions,

126:45

dynamically acquire computing resources

126:47

to meet demand and mitigate disruptions

126:50

such as my misisconfigurations or

126:53

transient network issues.

127:00

Question number 123. Which AWS service

127:03

should a company use to create a NoSQL

127:06

database? And we have four options.

127:08

Option A, Amazon Aurora. Option B,

127:10

Amazon Dynamo TV. Option C, Amazon Red

127:14

Shift. And option D, Amazon Neptune.

127:17

So the right answer is option B, Amazon

127:19

Dynamo DB.

127:22

So AWS Dynamob DB is a fully managed

127:25

NoSQL database service that is designed

127:27

to provide fast and predictable

127:30

performance with seamless scalability.

127:33

It is a good choice for companies

127:35

looking to create a NoSQL database in

127:37

AWS.

127:44

Question number 124. Which AWS service

127:48

or functionality is utilized by

127:50

distributed application to send text and

127:53

email messages? And we have four

127:55

options. Option A, Amazon simple

127:57

notification service. Option B, Amazon

128:00

simple email service. Option C, Amazon

128:03

Cloudatch alerts and option D, Amazon

128:05

simple Q service.

128:08

So the right answer here is option A,

128:10

Amazon simple notification service which

128:12

is Amazon SNS.

128:16

So Amazon SNS is a fully managed

128:19

messaging service for both application

128:21

to application and application toerson

128:23

communication. The application to

128:25

application functionality provides

128:27

topics for high throughput pushbased

128:30

many to many messaging between

128:32

distributed systems, microservices and

128:34

event driven serverless applications

128:36

using Amazon SNS topics. Your publisher

128:40

system can fan out messages to a large

128:43

number of subscriber systems including

128:45

Amazon SQS

128:48

Q's AWS Lambda functions, HTTPS

128:51

endpoints, and Amazon Kinesis data

128:53

firehouse for parallel processing and

128:56

A2P functionality enables you to send

128:59

messages to users to scale via SMS,

129:02

mobile push, and email.

129:12

Question number 125. To achieve high

129:15

availability, how many availability

129:16

jones should competing resources be

129:18

provided across? And we have four

129:20

options. Option A, a minimum of one.

129:23

Option B, a minimum of two or option C,

129:26

a minimum of three. And option D, a

129:29

minimum of four or more.

129:33

So the right answer is option B. A

129:35

minimum of two.

129:37

So high availability requires at least

129:39

two availability jones. The idea is that

129:42

only one jone will go down at a time.

129:45

The probable packhole cutting power and

129:48

network cables. Since Amazon isolates

129:50

the data center for each availability

129:52

jone, the pack hole won't take out more

129:55

than one availability jone.

130:03

Question number 126. Which of the

130:05

following is AWS obligation under the

130:07

AWS share responsibility model? And we

130:10

have four options. Option A, data

130:12

encryption in transit. Option B,

130:14

firmware updates on hardware. Option C,

130:18

operating system patching on Amazon EC2

130:20

instances. Option D, data encryption at

130:23

rest.

130:25

So the right answer here is option B,

130:27

firmware updates on hardware.

130:30

So under the shared responsibility

130:32

model, AWS is responsible for the

130:34

hardware and software that runs AWS

130:36

services. This applies to AWS outpost

130:39

just as it does to an AWS region. For

130:42

example, AWS manages security patches,

130:45

updates firmware, and maintains the

130:47

outpost equipment.

130:55

Question number 127. To boost

130:57

availability, a user intend to create

130:59

two more Amazon EC2 instances. What

131:02

should the user do? And we have four

131:04

options. Option A, launch the instance

131:06

across multiple availability zones in a

131:08

single AWS region. Option B, launch the

131:11

instances as EC2 reserved instances in

131:14

the same AWS region and the same

131:15

availability zone. Option C, launch the

131:18

instances in multiple AWS region but in

131:21

the same availability zone. Option D,

131:24

launch the instances as EC2 spot

131:26

instances in the same AWS region but in

131:29

different availability jones. So the

131:32

right answer here is option A, launch

131:34

the instances across multiple

131:35

availability zones in a single AWS

131:38

region. So AWS operates

131:40

state-of-the-art, highly available data

131:42

centers. Although rare, failures can

131:45

occur that affects the availability of

131:47

instances that are in the same location.

131:49

If you host all of your instances in the

131:52

same location that is affected by a

131:54

failure, none of your instances would be

131:56

available.

132:03

Question number 128. What are the

132:06

customers duties under the AWS share

132:08

responsibility model? Select.

132:11

And we have five options. Option A,

132:13

physical and environmental security.

132:15

Option B, physical network devices

132:17

including firewalls. Option C, storage

132:20

device decommissioning. Option D,

132:22

security of data in transit. Option E,

132:25

data integrity authentication.

132:28

So the right answer here is option D

132:30

security of data in transit. and option

132:33

E data integrity authentication.

132:36

So customers responsibility is the

132:38

security of everything they make in AWS

132:40

cloud. Customers have complete control

132:44

over your content. Customers manages AWS

132:47

services, softwares and access the

132:48

access to the data.

132:55

Question number 129. A large enterprise

132:58

with multiple VPCs in several AWS

133:01

regions around the world needs to

133:03

connect and centrally manage network

133:05

activity between its VPCs. Which AWS

133:08

service or feature meets these

133:11

requirements? And we have four options.

133:13

Option A, AWS direct connect, option B,

133:15

AWS transit gateway, option C AWS side

133:19

to side VPN or option D VPC endpoints.

133:23

So the right answer here is option B.

133:25

AWS transit gateway.

133:28

So AWS transit gateway connects your

133:30

Amazon virtual private clouds and on

133:33

premises networks through a central hub.

133:35

These connection simplifies your network

133:37

and puts an end to complex peering

133:40

relationships. Transit gateway acts as a

133:42

highly scalable cloud router. Each new

133:45

connection is made only once. So deliver

133:48

applications around the world. Build,

133:49

deploy, and manage applications across

133:51

thousands of Amazon VPCs without having

133:54

to manage peering connections or update

133:56

routing tables.

134:04

Question number 130. Which AWS service

134:07

should be used to monitor Amazon EC2

134:09

instances for CPU and network

134:11

utilization? And we have four options.

134:14

Option A, Amazon Inspector. Option B,

134:16

AWS Cloud Trial. Option C, Amazon

134:19

Cloudatch and option D, AWS config. So

134:23

the right answer here is option C,

134:25

Amazon Cloudatch.

134:28

So using Amazon Cloudatch, which is a

134:30

monitoring service provided by AWS,

134:32

Cloudatch provides metrics and logs for

134:35

ECS such as CPU and memory usage for the

134:38

container instances, the number of tasks

134:40

and running services running, and the

134:43

number of containers that are being

134:45

deployed or stopped.

134:52

Question number 131. How can customers

134:55

minimize the amount of time they spend

134:56

patching their operating system by

134:58

migrating to the AWS cloud? And we have

135:01

five options. Option A, users can take

135:03

advantage of managed services on AWS.

135:07

Option B, users can outsource operating

135:09

system patching to the AWS support team.

135:12

Option C, AWS professional service will

135:15

upgrade instances to the latest

135:16

operating system versions. Option D,

135:19

users have the ability to use license

135:21

included Amazon EC2 instances. Option E,

135:25

users can take advantage of AWS system

135:28

manager features. So the right answer

135:31

here is option A, users can take

135:33

advantage of managed services on AWS and

135:36

option E, users can take advantage of

135:39

AWS system manager futures. So patch

135:41

manager a capability of AWS system

135:43

manager automates the process of

135:45

patching managed nodes with both

135:48

security related updates and other types

135:50

of updates.

135:56

Question number 132. In the case of an

135:59

environmental disruption, a company

136:00

needs to make sure it infrastructure is

136:02

structured for fault tolerance and

136:04

business continuity. Which parts of the

136:06

AWS truck architecture should the

136:09

organization replicate? And we have four

136:12

options. Option A, edge locations.

136:14

Option B, availability zones. Option C

136:17

regions. Option D Amazon root 53.

136:22

So the right answer here is option C

136:24

regions.

136:26

So AWS has the concept of a region which

136:29

is a physical location around the world

136:31

where we cluster data centers.

136:34

So we call each group of logical data

136:36

centers an availability zone. Each AWS

136:39

region consists of a minimum of three

136:41

isolated and physically separated

136:44

availability jones within a geographic

136:46

area. Unlike other cloud providers who

136:49

often define a region as a single data

136:51

center. The multiple AZ design of every

136:54

AWS region offers advantages for

136:56

customers. Each availability zone has

136:58

independent power, cooling and physical

137:01

security and is connected via redundant

137:03

ultra low latency networks.

137:12

Question number 133. According to which

137:14

AWS cloud design guideline system should

137:17

minimize their interdependencies? And we

137:20

have four options. Option A scalability.

137:23

Option B services not servers. Option C

137:26

removing single point of failure. Option

137:29

D loose coupling. So the right answer

137:32

here is option D loose coupling. So AWS

137:35

help helps loose coupled architecture

137:38

that reduces interdependencies. A change

137:41

of failure in a component does not

137:43

cascade to other components.

137:52

Question number 134. Which task need the

137:55

root user credentials for an AWS

137:57

account? Select. And we have five

137:59

options. Option A, creating an Amazon

138:02

EC2 key pair? Option B, removing an IM

138:05

user from the administrators group.

138:08

Option C, changing the AWS support plan.

138:11

Option D, creating an Amazon CloudFront

138:13

keypad. Option E, granting an IM user

138:16

full administrative access. So the right

138:19

answer here is option C changing the AWS

138:22

support plan. Option D granting an IM

138:25

user full administrative access.

138:29

So there are only few tasks that require

138:31

you to use root user. Change your

138:34

account settings. This includes account

138:36

name, email address, root user password

138:38

and root user access keys. View certain

138:41

tax invoices. Close your AWS account.

138:44

Restore IM user permissions and change

138:46

your AWS support plan or cancel your AWS

138:49

support plan.

138:56

Question number 135. A user wants to

138:59

deploy a service to the AWS cloud by

139:01

using infrastructure as a code

139:03

principles. Which AWS service can be

139:06

used to meet this requirement? And we

139:08

have four options. Option A, AWS system

139:10

manager. Option B, AWS cloud formation.

139:14

Option C, AWS code commit. And option D,

139:17

AWS config. So the right answer is

139:20

option B, AWS cloud formation. So use

139:24

AWS cloud formation templates. AWS cloud

139:28

formation is a service that helps you

139:30

model and set up your Amazon web

139:32

services resources, making it easier to

139:35

manage and automate your infrastructure.

139:37

With cloud formation, you can define

139:40

your infrastructure as a code using

139:42

templates written in JSON or YAML.

139:52

Question number 136. A company that has

139:55

multiple business units wants to

139:56

centrally manage and govern its AWS

139:59

cloud environments. The company wants to

140:01

automate the creation of AWS accounts,

140:04

apply service control policies, and

140:06

simplify billing processes. Which AWS

140:09

service or tool should the company use

140:11

to meet this requirement? We have four

140:14

options. Option A, AWS organizations,

140:16

option B, cost explorer, option C, AWS

140:20

budgets. Option D, AWS trusted advisor.

140:24

So the right answer here is option A,

140:26

AWS organization.

140:29

So AWS organization provides you with

140:31

the capability to centrally manage and

140:33

govern your your cloud environment. You

140:36

can manage and govern your accounts

140:39

under a single bill. Set central

140:42

policies and configuration requirements

140:44

for your entire organization. Create

140:47

custom permissions or capabilities

140:49

within the organization and delegate

140:51

responsibilities to other accounts so

140:53

they can manage on behalf of the

140:55

organization. In addition, AWS

140:59

organization is integrated with other

141:01

AWS services. So you can define central

141:04

configurations, security mechanisms,

141:06

audit requirements, and resource sharing

141:09

across accounts in your organization.

141:19

Question number 137. The administrator

141:22

must first install and begin utilizing a

141:25

popular IT product. What resources are

141:27

available to the administrator?

141:31

You have four options. Option A, AWS

141:33

well architected framework

141:34

documentation. Option B, Amazon

141:37

CloudFront. Option C, AWS code commit.

141:41

Option D, AWS quick start reference

141:43

deployments.

141:45

So the right answer here is option D AWS

141:48

quickart reference deployments.

141:52

So quick starts are built by AWS

141:54

solutions architects and partners to

141:56

help you deploy popular technologies on

141:59

AWS

142:00

based on AWS best practices for security

142:03

and high availability. These

142:05

accelerators reduce hundreds of manual

142:07

procedures into just a few steps so you

142:10

can build your production environment

142:12

quickly and start using it immediately.

142:21

Question number 138. Which solution

142:24

enables user in various AWS regions to

142:27

have the fastest application response

142:29

times for frequently requested data? And

142:32

we have four options. Option A, AWS

142:35

cloud trial across multiple availability

142:37

zones. Option B, Amazon CloudFront to

142:40

edge locations. Option C, AWS cloud

142:44

formation in multiple regions. Option D,

142:47

a virtual private gateway or AWS direct

142:49

connect.

142:51

So the right answer here is option B,

142:53

AWS CloudFront to edge locations.

142:58

So you can deliver content and decrease

143:00

end user latency of your web application

143:03

using Amazon CloudFront. CloudFront

143:06

speeds up content delivery by leveraging

143:08

its global network of data centers known

143:10

as edge locations to reduce delivery

143:13

time by catching your content close to

143:16

your end users. CloudFront fetches your

143:19

content from an origin such as an Amazon

143:22

S3 bucket, an Amazon EC2 instance, an

143:25

Amazon elastic load balancing load

143:27

balancer, or your own web server. When

143:31

it's not already in an edge location,

143:32

CloudFront can be used to deliver your

143:35

entire website or application, including

143:37

dynamic, static, streaming, and

143:40

interactive content.

143:48

Question number 139. Which qualities

143:51

makes AWS cloud computing advantageous?

143:54

Select two. And we have five options.

143:57

Option A, a 100% service level agreement

144:00

SLA for all AWS services. Option B,

144:03

compute capacity that is adjusted on

144:05

demand. Option C, availability of AWS

144:09

support for code development. Option D,

144:12

enhance security. Option E, increase in

144:15

cost and complexity.

144:18

So the right answer here is option B,

144:20

compute capacity that is adjusted on

144:22

demand and option D, enhanced security.

144:27

So applications availability is crucial

144:29

for providing an error-free experience

144:31

and for minimizing application latency.

144:34

Availability depends on having resources

144:36

that are accessible and have enough

144:38

capacity to meet demand. AWS provides

144:41

several mechanisms to meet

144:44

manage availability for applications

144:47

hosted on Amazon ECS. These include

144:50

autoscaling and availability jones.

144:52

Autoscaling manages the number of task

144:54

or instances based on metrics you define

144:56

while availability zones allow you to

144:58

host your application in isolated but

145:01

geographically closed locations.

145:10

Question number 140. A corporation

145:13

anticipates a brief increase in internet

145:15

traffic for their application. The

145:17

program cannot be interrupted during the

145:19

traffic spike. In addition, the

145:21

organization must reduce cost while

145:23

increasing flexibility to achieve these

145:26

needs. Which Amazon EC2 instance type

145:28

should the organization use? And we have

145:32

four options. Option A on demand in

145:35

instances, option B, spot instances,

145:39

option C reserved instances, and option

145:41

D dedicated hosts. So the right answer

145:44

here is option A on demand instances. So

145:48

AWS on demand instances are virtual

145:50

servers that run in AWS elastic compute

145:53

cloud or AWS relational database service

145:57

and are purchased at a fixed rate per

145:59

hour. AWS recommends using ondemand

146:02

instances for applications with

146:03

short-term irregular workloads that

146:05

cannot be interrupted.

146:12

Question number 141. Which IT controls

146:15

do AWS and the customer share according

146:18

to the AWS share responsibility model?

146:20

And we have five options. Option A,

146:23

physical and environmental controls.

146:25

Option B patch management. Option C

146:28

cloud awareness and training. Option D

146:31

Jone security, option E application data

146:34

encryption. So the right answer is

146:37

option B patch management and option C

146:40

cloud awareness and training.

146:43

So examples of shared controls include

146:45

patch management. AWS is responsible for

146:48

patching and fixing flaws within the

146:50

infrastructure. But customers are

146:52

responsible for patching their guest OS

146:54

and applications. Configuration

146:56

management. AWS maintains the

146:58

configuration of its infrastructure

147:00

devices when the customer is responsible

147:02

for configuring their own guest

147:04

operating system, database, and

147:06

applications. Awareness and training.

147:08

AWS trains AWS employees but a customer

147:11

must train their own employees.

147:19

Question number 142. A company is

147:21

launching an application in 8 plus

147:23

cloud. The application will use Amazon

147:26

S3 storage. A large team of researchers

147:29

will have shared access to the data. The

147:32

company must be able to recover data

147:33

that is accidentally overwritten or

147:35

deleted. Which S3 feature should the

147:39

company turn on to meet this

147:41

requirement? And you have four options.

147:43

Option A, server access logging. Option

147:46

B, S3 versioning. Option C, S3 life

147:50

cycle rules. Or option D, encryption in

147:52

transit and at rest.

147:55

So the right answer is option B, S3

147:58

versioning.

147:59

So versioning enabled buckets can help

148:01

you recover objects from accidental

148:03

deletion or overwrite. For example,

148:07

if you delete an object, Amazon S3

148:10

inserts a delete marker instead of

148:12

removing the object permanently. The

148:14

delete marker becomes the current object

148:17

version. If you overwrite an object, it

148:20

results in a new object version in the

148:22

bucket. You can always restore the

148:25

previous versions.

148:32

Question number 143. An Amazon RDS

148:35

database instance is deployed across

148:37

several availability jones. Which pillar

148:40

of the AWS well architected framework is

148:43

included in this strategy?

148:45

And we have four options. Option A

148:47

performance efficiency, option B

148:50

reliability, option C cost optimization

148:53

and option D security.

148:56

So the right answer here is option B

148:58

reliability.

149:02

The reliability pillar includes the

149:04

ability of a workload to perform its

149:07

intended function correctly and

149:09

consistently when it's expected to. This

149:12

includes the ability to operate and test

149:14

the workload through its total life

149:16

cycle.

149:23

Question number 144. Amazon EC2 and

149:26

elastic load balancer and Amazon RDS are

149:29

all components of an architectural

149:31

design. What is the best method for

149:33

estimating the monthly cost of these

149:35

architecture? And we have four options.

149:38

Option A, open an AWS support case,

149:41

provide the architecture proposal and

149:43

ask for a monthly cost estimation.

149:46

Option B, collect the published prices

149:48

of the AWS services and calculate the

149:51

monthly estimate. Option C, use the AWS

149:54

simply monthly calculator to estimate

149:56

the monthly cost. Option D, use the AWS

149:59

total cost of ownership calculator to

150:01

estimate the monthly cost. So the right

150:04

answer here is option B, collect the

150:06

published prices of AWS services and

150:08

calculate the monthly estimate.

150:12

So to estimate a bill using AWS price

150:15

calculator,

150:16

choose create estimate and then choose

150:18

your planned resources by service. The

150:21

AWS pricing calculator provides an

150:23

estimated cost per month. And to

150:25

forecast your cost, use AWS cost

150:28

explorer. Use cost allocation tags to

150:31

divide your resources into groups and

150:33

then estimate the cost for each group.

150:40

Question number 145. According to the

150:43

AWS share responsibility model, which

150:45

job is the customer's duty? And we have

150:48

four options. Option A, maintain the

150:50

security of the AWS cloud. Option B,

150:53

configure firewall and networks. Option

150:55

C, patch the operating system of Amazon

150:58

RDS instance. Option D, implement

151:01

physical and environmental controls.

151:04

So the right answer here is option B,

151:06

configure firewalls and networks.

151:10

So the customer assumes responsibility

151:12

and management of the guest operating

151:14

system including updates and security

151:16

patches, other associated application

151:19

software as well as the configuration of

151:21

the AWS provided security group

151:23

firewall. Customers should carefully

151:25

consider the services they choose as

151:27

their responsibilities vary depending on

151:30

the services used, the integration of

151:32

those services into their IT environment

151:35

and applicable laws and regulations. The

151:37

nature of these shared responsibility

151:39

also provides the flexibility and the

151:42

customer control that permits the

151:44

deployment.

151:50

Question number 146. On Amazon EC2, a

151:54

business host a web application in a

151:56

Docker container. Which of the following

151:58

duties is AWS in charge of? And we have

152:01

four options. Option A, scaling the web

152:04

application and services developed with

152:06

Docker. Provisioning or scheduuling

152:08

containers to run on clusters and

152:10

maintain their availability. Option C,

152:13

performing hardware maintenance in the

152:15

AWS facilities that runs the AWS cloud.

152:18

Option D, managing the guest operating

152:20

system including updates and security

152:22

patches.

152:24

So the right answer here is option C,

152:27

performing hardware maintenance in the

152:28

AWS facilities that run the AWS cloud.

152:34

So AWS is responsible for protecting the

152:37

infrastructure that runs all of the

152:39

services offered in the AWS cloud. These

152:42

infrastructure is composed of the

152:44

hardware, software, networking and

152:46

facilities that run AWS cloud services.

152:54

Question number 147. What are the AWS

152:57

clouds advantages? Select. And we have

153:00

five options. Option A, fixed rate

153:02

monthly cost. Option B, no need to guess

153:06

capacity requirements.

153:08

Option C, increased speed to market.

153:11

Option D, increased upfront capital

153:14

expenditure. Option E, physical access

153:16

to cloud data centers.

153:19

So the right answer here is option B, no

153:22

need to guess capacity requirements and

153:24

option C, increased speed to market.

153:29

So eliminating guessing on your

153:31

infrastructure capacity needs. When you

153:33

make a capacity decision prior to

153:35

deploying an application, you often end

153:37

up either sitting on expensive idle

153:39

resources are dealing with limited

153:41

capacity. With cloud computing, these

153:44

problems go away. You can access as much

153:47

as little capacity as you need and scale

153:50

up and down as required with only a few

153:53

minutes notice.

153:55

In a cloud computing environment, new IT

153:57

resources are only a click away, which

153:59

means that you reduce the time to make

154:01

those resources available to your

154:03

developers from works to just minutes.

154:06

This result in a dramatic increase in

154:08

agility for the organization since the

154:11

cost and time it takes to experiment the

154:13

develop is significantly lower.

154:22

Question number 148. an elastic load

154:24

balancer. Numerous Amazon EC2 instances

154:27

and Amazon RDS are used to run a web

154:30

application on AWS. Which security

154:33

measures are AWS responsibility? Select

154:35

two. And we have five options. Option A,

154:38

running a virus scan on EC2 instances.

154:41

Option B, protecting against IP spoofing

154:44

and packet sniffing. Option C,

154:48

installing the latest security patches

154:50

on the RTS instance. Option D,

154:53

encrypting communication between the EC2

154:55

instances and the elastic load balancer.

154:58

Option E, configuring a security group

155:00

and a network access control list NAC

155:04

for EC2 instances. So the right answer

155:06

here is option B protecting against IP

155:10

spoofing and packet sniffing and option

155:13

C installing the latest security patches

155:15

on the RDS instance. So AWS is

155:18

responsible for protecting the

155:20

infrastructure that runs AWS services in

155:22

the AWS cloud. AWS also provides you

155:26

with the services that you can use

155:28

securely. Third party auditors regularly

155:30

test and verify the effectiveness of

155:32

your security as a part of the AWS

155:35

compliance programs.

155:42

Question number 149. A manufacturing

155:45

company has a critical application that

155:47

runs at a remote site that has a slow

155:49

internet connection. The company wants

155:51

to migrate the workload to AWS. The

155:53

application is sensitive to latency and

155:56

interruptions in connectivity. The

155:58

company wants a solution that can host

156:00

this application with minimum latency.

156:02

Which AWS service or features should the

156:05

company use to meet this requirement?

156:07

And we have four options. Option A,

156:09

availability jones. Option B, AWS local

156:12

jones. Option C AWS wavelength and

156:15

option D AWS outpost. So the right

156:18

answer here is option B AWS local jones.

156:22

So AWS local jones are a type of

156:24

infrastructure deployment that places

156:27

compute storage database and other

156:30

select AWS services close to large

156:32

population and industry centers. So run

156:35

low latency application at the edge.

156:37

Build and deploy application close to

156:39

end users to enable realtime gaming,

156:41

live streaming, augmented and virtual

156:44

reality, virtual workstations and more.

156:51

Question number 150. Which AWS service

156:54

or feature facilitates the purchase and

156:56

deployment of third party software by

156:59

providing an online managed software

157:01

catalog?

157:03

And you have four options.

157:06

Option A, AWS support. Option B, AWS

157:09

marketplace. Option C, Amazon EC2

157:12

private Amazon machine images. Option D,

157:16

AWS reseller program.

157:20

And the right answer is option B, AWS

157:22

marketplace.

157:26

AWS marketplace is a curated digital

157:28

catalog that makes it easy for customers

157:31

to find, buy, deploy and manage the

157:33

third party software.

157:42

Question number 151. A business wishes

157:44

to improve its capacity for

157:46

infrastructure recovery in the event of

157:48

a natural catastro. These capability

157:51

responds to which pillar of the AWS well

157:54

architected framework and we have four

157:56

options. Option A cost optimization,

157:59

option B performance efficiency, option

158:02

C reliability and option D security.

158:05

So the right answer here is option C

158:08

reliability.

158:10

So there are five design principles for

158:12

reliability in the cloud. Automatically

158:15

recover from failure. Test recovery

158:17

prescale horizontally to increase

158:20

aggregate workload availability. Stop

158:23

guessing capacity. Manage change in

158:25

automation.

158:32

Question number 152. A business may be

158:34

required to operate its workload

158:36

exclusively in its onremise data center

158:40

due to performance and regulatory

158:41

limitations. Which Amazon web services

158:46

or resources should the business

158:47

utilize? Select to we have five options.

158:50

Option A, Amazon Pinpoint, option B,

158:53

Amazon work link. Option C, AWS outpost.

158:57

Option D, AWS Snowball Edge. And option

159:00

E, AWS appsync.

159:02

So the right answer here is option C,

159:04

AWS outpost and option D, AWS Snowball

159:08

edge.

159:10

So AWS outpost is a family of of fully

159:14

managed solutions delivering AWS

159:16

infrastructure and services to virtually

159:18

any on premises Ranch location for a

159:21

truly consistent hybrid experience.

159:24

Outpost solutions allow you to extend

159:26

and run native AWS services on premises

159:29

and is available in a variety of form

159:32

factors from one U and 2 U outpost

159:35

servers to 42U outpost racks and

159:38

multiple track deployments. AWS Snowball

159:41

Edge is a type of Snowball device with

159:44

onboard storage and compute power for

159:47

select AWS capabilities. Snowole Edge

159:50

can do local processing and edge

159:53

computing workloads in addition to

159:54

transferring data between your local

159:56

environment and the AWS cloud.

160:06

Question number 153. Security reasons a

160:09

business demands an isolated environment

160:11

inside AWS. Which course of action is

160:14

necessary to achieve this? We have four

160:17

options. Option A, create a separate

160:19

availability jone to host the resources.

160:22

Option B, create a separate VPC to host

160:24

the services. Option C, create a

160:27

placement group to host the resources.

160:29

And option D, create an AWS direct

160:32

connect connection between the company

160:34

and AWS. So the right answer here is

160:37

option B, create a separate VPC to host

160:40

the resources.

160:43

So a private a virtual private cloud is

160:46

a virtual network in your own logically

160:49

isolated area in the AWS cloud. You

160:52

separate VPCs to isolate infrastructure

160:54

by workload or organizational entity.

160:57

Subnet is a range of IP addresses in a

160:59

VPC. When you launch an instance, you

161:02

launch it into a subnet in your VPC. Use

161:06

subets to isolate entires of your

161:09

application within a single VPC. Use

161:12

private subets for your instances if

161:15

they should not be accessed directly

161:17

from the internet.

161:26

Question number 154. How do Amazon's

161:29

massive economics of scale help

161:31

customers? And we have four options.

161:34

Option A, periodic price reductions as a

161:36

result of Amazon's operational

161:38

efficiencies. Option B, new Amazon EC2

161:42

instances types providing the latest

161:43

hardware. Option C, the ability to scale

161:47

up and down when needed. Option D,

161:50

increased reliability in the underlying

161:52

hardware of Amazon EC2 instances.

161:56

So the right answer here is option A,

161:58

periodic price reduction as a result of

162:00

Amazon's operational efficiencies.

162:03

So benefit from massive economy of scale

162:06

by using cloud computing. You can

162:08

achieve a lower variable cost than you

162:10

can get on your own because usage from

162:13

hundreds of thousands of customers is

162:15

aggregated in the cloud. Providers such

162:17

as AWS can achieve higher economy of

162:19

scale which translates into global PSO

162:22

pricing.

162:30

Question number 15. A company wants to

162:33

implement threat detection on its AWS

162:35

infrastructure. However, the company

162:37

does not want to deploy additional

162:39

software. Which AWS service should the

162:41

company use to meet this requirement?

162:44

And we have four options. Option A,

162:46

Amazon VPC, option B, Amazon EC2, option

162:50

C, Amazon card duty, and option D AWS

162:53

direct connect.

162:56

The right answer is option C, Amazon

162:59

card duty.

163:01

So, Amazon Core Duty continuously

163:04

monitor your AWS accounts, instances,

163:06

container workloads, users, and storage

163:08

for potential threats. Expose threats

163:11

quickly using analy detection, machine

163:14

learning, behavior modeling, and threat

163:16

intelligence feeds from AWS and leading

163:20

third parties. Mitigate threats early by

163:23

initiating automated responses.

163:32

Question number 156. Which AWS service

163:36

uses edge locations? And we have four

163:38

options. Option A, Amazon Aurora. Option

163:41

B, AWS Global Accelerator. Option C,

163:44

Amazon Connect. And option D, AWS

163:47

Outpost.

163:49

So the right answer here is option B,

163:51

AWS Global Accelerator.

163:54

So AWS Global Accelerator and Amazon

163:57

CloudFront are separate services that

163:59

use the AWS global network and its edge

164:02

locations around the world.

164:09

Question number 157. When utilizing the

164:13

AWS command line interface, AWS CLI,

164:16

which of the following identity and

164:18

access management entities is connected

164:20

with an access key ID and secret access

164:24

key? And we have four options. Option AM

164:27

group, option B, IM user, option C, IM

164:31

role, and option D IM policy.

164:34

So the right answer here is option B IM

164:37

user.

164:39

So access keys are long-term credentials

164:41

for an IM user or the AWS account root

164:44

user. You can use access keys to sign

164:47

programmatic request to the AWS CLI or

164:51

AWS API.

164:59

Question number 158. What is AWS

165:04

application under the AWS shared

165:06

responsibility model? And we have four

165:08

options. Option A, application security.

165:13

Option B, edge location management.

165:15

Option C, patch management. And option

165:18

D, client side data.

165:20

So the right answer here is option B,

165:22

edge location management.

165:26

So client side data application security

165:28

is the sole responsibility of the

165:31

customer. Patch management is a share

165:33

responsibility.

165:34

That leaves us with edge location

165:36

management and since these out of the

165:39

control of the customer AWS is one

165:41

responsible for it.

165:48

Question number 159. Which component of

165:51

the AWS architecture permits global

165:53

computing and storage deployment? And we

165:56

have four options. Option A availability

165:57

zones. Option B regions. Option C tags.

166:01

And option D resource groups. So the

166:04

right answer here is option B regions.

166:09

The AWS cloud spans 99 availability

166:12

jones within 31 geographic regions

166:15

around the world with announced plans

166:17

for 12 more availability jones and four

166:20

more avails regions in Canada, Israel,

166:24

New Zealand and Thailand.

166:31

Question number 160. Which of the

166:33

following is a design concept associated

166:36

with dependability in the AWS well

166:38

architected framework? And we have four

166:40

options. Option A, deployment to a

166:43

single availability zone. Option B,

166:46

ability to recover from failure. Option

166:49

C, design for cost optimization.

166:52

Option D, perform operation as a code.

166:56

So the right answer here is option B

166:58

ability to cover from failure.

167:03

So the reliability pillar encompasses

167:06

the ability of a workload to perform its

167:09

intended function correctly and

167:11

consistently when it's expected to.

167:14

These includes the ability to operate

167:15

and test the workload through its total

167:17

life cycle.

167:19

There are five design principle for

167:21

reliability in the cloud. Automatic

167:23

recovery from failure. Test recovery

167:25

procedures. Scale horizontally to

167:28

increase aggregate workload

167:29

availability.

167:31

Stop guessing capacity. Manage change in

167:34

automation.

167:40

Question number 161. Which activity is

167:43

entirely the user's responsibility while

167:45

executing workload on AWS? And we have

167:48

four options. Option A, patching the

167:50

infrastructure components. Option B,

167:52

implementing controls to root

167:54

application traffic. Option C,

167:56

maintaining physical and environmental

167:58

control. Option D, maintaining the

168:00

underlying infrastructure component. So

168:02

the right answer here is option B,

168:05

implementing controls to root

168:07

application traffic.

168:12

So customer responsibility will be

168:13

determined by the AWS cloud services

168:16

that a customer selects. This determines

168:18

the amount of configuration work the

168:20

customer must perform as a part of their

168:23

security responsibility.

168:26

For example, a service such as Amazon

168:29

Elastic Compute Cloud is categorized as

168:32

infrastructure as a service and as such

168:35

requires the customers to perform all

168:36

the necessary security configurations

168:38

and management task. Customers that

168:41

deploy an Amazon EC2 instance are

168:43

responsible for management of the guest

168:46

operating system.

168:48

Any application software or utilities

168:50

installed by the customer on the

168:52

instance and the configuration of the

168:55

AWS provided firewall on each instance

168:58

for abstracted services such as Amazon

169:02

S3 and Amazon Dynamo DB. AWS operates

169:05

the infrastructure layer, the operating

169:07

system and platforms and customer access

169:10

the endpoint to store and retrieve data.

169:14

Customers are responsible for managing

169:16

the data,

169:18

classifying their assets and using IM

169:21

tools to apply the appropriate

169:23

permissions.

169:29

Question number 162. Which statement

169:31

best describes the AWS cloud's agility?

169:35

And we have four options. Option A,

169:37

agility gives user the ability to host

169:39

applications in multiple AWS regions

169:42

around the world. Option B, agility

169:44

gives users the ability to pay upfront

169:46

to reduce cost. Option C, agility

169:50

provides customizable physical hardware

169:52

at the lowest possible cost. Option D,

169:55

agility provides the means for users to

169:57

provision resources in minutes.

170:00

So the right answer here is option D.

170:02

Agility provides the means for users to

170:05

provision resources in minutes.

170:08

In a cloud computing environment, new IT

170:11

resources are only a click away, which

170:13

means that you reduce the time to make

170:16

those resources available to your

170:17

developers from weeks to just minutes.

170:20

These results in a dramatic increase in

170:22

agility for your for the organization

170:25

since the cost and time it takes to

170:27

experiment and develop is significantly

170:29

lower.

170:36

Question number 163. Which AWS product

170:39

or service enables businesses to monitor

170:41

and classify their expenditure at a

170:44

previous level? We have four options.

170:47

Option A, cost allocation tax. Option B,

170:50

consolidated billing. Option C, AWS

170:53

budgets. And option D AWS marketplace.

170:57

So the right answer here is option A

171:00

cost allocation tags.

171:03

AWS cost allocation tags are labels for

171:06

classifying,

171:07

organizing, and identifying your

171:09

resources. These tags, which are key

171:12

value pairs, make it easier to manage

171:14

them and track their usage. By assigning

171:17

tax to your resources, you can track

171:19

your overall AWS cost either through

171:21

cost explorer or through the AWS API.

171:32

Question number 164. A company needs to

171:35

install an application in a Docker

171:36

container. Which AWS service eliminates

171:39

the need to provision and manage the

171:41

container's host? We have four options.

171:44

Option A, AWS Fargate. Option B, Amazon

171:48

FSX for Windows File Server. Option C,

171:52

Amazon Elastic Container Service. And

171:54

option D, Amazon EC2.

171:57

So the right answer here is option C,

171:59

Amazon Elastic Container Service.

172:03

So, Amazon ECS makes it easy to use

172:06

containers as a building block for your

172:08

application by eliminating the need for

172:10

you to install, operate, and scale your

172:13

own cluster management infrastructure.

172:15

Amazon ECS lets you schedule longunning

172:18

applications, services, and batch

172:21

processing using Docker containers.

172:30

Question number 165. Which AWS service

172:33

is responsible for monitoring the health

172:35

of your application automatically? And

172:38

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

172:41

API gateway, option B, AWS elastic

172:44

beantock. Option C, AWS Lambda. And

172:48

option D AWS config. So the right answer

172:52

here is option B AWS elastic beanto.

172:57

So with elastic beantock you can quickly

173:00

deploy and manage applications in the

173:01

AWS cloud without having to learn about

173:04

the infrastructure that runs those

173:06

applications. Elastic beantock reduces

173:09

management complexity without

173:10

restricting choice or control. You

173:13

simply upload your application and

173:15

elastic beantock automatically handles

173:17

the details of capacity provisioning,

173:19

load balancing, scaling and application

173:22

health monitoring.

173:30

Question number 166. A user is

173:33

developing a service that aders to the

173:35

AWS well architected frameworks

173:38

operational excellence pillar. Which

173:40

design concept is the user to adhere to

173:43

and we have four options. Option A

173:45

anticipate failure. Option B make large

173:48

scale changes. Option C perform manual

173:52

operations. and option D create static

173:54

operational residues.

173:57

So the right answer here is option A

173:59

anticipate failure.

174:04

Operational excellence pillar includes

174:06

ability to support development and run

174:09

workloads effectively gain insights into

174:11

their operation and continuously improve

174:14

supporting processes and procedures to

174:16

deliver business value.

174:18

So there are five design principle for

174:20

operational excellence in the C cloud.

174:23

Perform operations as code. Make

174:25

frequent small reversible changes.

174:28

Refine operations procedures frequently.

174:31

Anticipate failure. Learn from all

174:33

operational failures.

174:41

Question number 167. When comparing AWS

174:44

total cost of ownership to on premises

174:47

TCO, what charges are included? And we

174:50

have four options. Option A, project

174:52

management, option B, antivirus software

174:54

licensing. Option C, data center

174:57

security, and option D software

174:59

development. So the right answer here is

175:02

option C, data center security.

175:06

So consider the following elements

175:07

affecting cost, data center facilities,

175:10

hardware and infrastructure, software,

175:13

personal disaster recovery and security.

175:25

Question number 168. Which AWS service

175:28

or feature checks access policies and

175:30

offers actionable recommendations to

175:33

help users set secure and functional

175:35

policies? And we have four options.

175:37

Option AWS system manager, option B, AWS

175:41

IM access analyzer. Option C AWS trusted

175:45

advisor and option D Amazon guard duty.

175:48

So the right answer here is option B AWS

175:51

IM access analyzer.

175:54

So, IM access analyzer generates a

175:57

finding for each instance of a

175:59

resource-based policy that grants access

176:02

to a resource within your zone of trust

176:05

to a principle that is not within your

176:07

jone of trust. AM access analyzer

176:10

reports a security warning when your

176:13

policy grants access to pass any role to

176:16

any service which is overly permissive.

176:19

The security warning includes a

176:21

recommendation that you scope down the

176:24

permissions to pass specific roles

176:26

instead.

176:33

Question number 169. Which design

176:36

concept is fulfilled by adhering to the

176:38

AWS well architected frameworks

176:41

dependability pillar? And we have four

176:43

options. Option A vertical scaling.

176:46

Option B manual failure recovery. Option

176:49

C, testing recovery proceduse and option

176:51

D changing infrastructure manually. So

176:54

the right answer here is option C

176:57

testing recovery residues.

177:00

So in an on premises environment,

177:02

testing is often conducted to prove that

177:05

the workload works in a particular

177:06

scenario. Testing is not typically used

177:09

to validate recovery strategies in the

177:11

cloud. You can test how your workload

177:13

fails and you can validate your recovery

177:16

procedures. You can use automation to

177:18

stipulate different failures or to

177:20

recreate scenarios that led to failure

177:23

before. This approach exposes failure

177:26

pathways that you can test and fix

177:28

before a real failure scenario occurs,

177:31

thus reducing risk.

177:39

Question number 170. Which AWS service

177:43

or functionality can assist a business

177:45

in determining if it has publicly

177:47

accessible Amazon S3 buckets? And we

177:50

have four options. Option A, AWS service

177:53

health dashboard. Option B, Amazon

177:55

Cloudatch logs. Option C, AWS trusted

177:59

advisor. And option D, AWS service

178:01

catalog. So the right answer is option

178:04

C, AWS trusted advisor.

178:08

So trusted adviser can help improve the

178:11

security of your AWS environment by

178:13

suggesting fun foundational security

178:16

best practices curated by security

178:18

experts. Examples include identifying

178:22

RDS, security group access risk, exposed

178:25

access keys, and unnecessary S3 bucket

178:28

permissions.

178:35

Question number 171. Seasonal sales

178:38

surges occur many times a year for an

178:40

online retailer, most notably during the

178:43

holidays. At other times of year, demand

178:46

is lower. A corporation has difficulty

178:49

forecasting the seasonal increase in

178:51

infrastructure demand. Which benefits of

178:54

migrating to the AWS cloud would be the

178:57

most beneficial to the business? Select

178:59

two. And we have five options. Option A,

179:02

global footprint. Option B, elasticity.

179:06

Option C AWS service quotas, option D,

179:10

AWS shared responsibility model and

179:13

option E pay as you go pricing.

179:16

So the right answer here is option B

179:18

elasticity

179:20

and option E pay as you go pricing.

179:24

Benefits of migrating to the AWS cloud.

179:27

Trade fixed expenses for variable

179:29

expenses. Benefit from massive economy

179:32

of scale. Stop casing capacity. Increase

179:36

speed and agility. Stop spending money

179:39

running and maintaining data centers. Go

179:42

global in minutes.

179:49

Question number 172. Which concepts of

179:52

AWS cloud architecture may assist boost

179:56

reliability? Select two. And we have

179:59

five options. Option A using monolithic

180:02

architecture. Option B, measuring

180:05

overall efficiency. Option C, testing

180:08

recovery residues. Option D, adopting a

180:12

consumption model. Option E,

180:15

automatically recovering from failure.

180:19

So the right answer here is option C

180:23

testing recovery preset

180:26

recovering from failure.

180:33

automatically recovering recover from

180:35

failure. By monitoring a workload for

180:38

key performance indicators, you can

180:40

trigger automation when a threshold is

180:42

breached. These KPIs should be a measure

180:45

of business value, not the technical

180:47

aspects of operations of the service.

180:50

These allows for automatic notification

180:52

and tracking of failures and of

180:54

automated recovery process that work

180:56

around or repair the failures. With more

180:59

sophisticated automation, it's possible

181:01

to auto uh anticipate and remediate

181:04

failures before they occur. Test

181:07

recovery positives. In an on- premises

181:09

environment, testing is often conducted

181:11

to prove that the workload works in a

181:14

particular scenario. Testing is not

181:17

typically used to validate recovery

181:19

strategies. In the cloud, you can test

181:22

how your workload fails and you can

181:24

validate your recovery procedures. You

181:27

can use automation to stimulate

181:29

different failures or to recreate

181:31

scenarios that led to failures before.

181:35

This approach exposes failures pathways

181:38

that can test and fix before a real

181:41

failure scenario occurs, thus reducing

181:44

risk.

181:51

Question number 173. Which sort of

181:55

storage does Amazon Elastic File System

181:58

and Amazon FSX provide? And we have four

182:02

options. Option A file storage. Option B

182:06

object storage. Option C block storage.

182:10

Option D instance storage.

182:13

So the right answer here is option A

182:16

file storage.

182:19

Both these services provide file

182:22

storage. The major difference being that

182:24

FSX integrates with Windows

182:27

environments.

182:33

Question number 174.

182:36

Which AWS service enables customers to

182:39

view AWS compliance control reports on

182:42

demand and self-service? And we have

182:45

four four options. Option A AWS config.

182:49

Option B Amazon Guard Duty.

182:52

Option C AWS trusted advisor and option

182:56

D AWS artifact.

182:59

So the right answer here is option D AWS

183:02

artifact.

183:07

AWS artifact provides a central resource

183:10

for AWS security and compliance reports.

183:13

The artifacts available in AWS artifact

183:16

include service organization control

183:20

reports, payment card industry reports

183:22

and certifications from accreditiation

183:25

bodies that validate the implementation

183:27

and operating effectiveness of AWS

183:30

security control. Additionally,

183:34

AWS artifact provides on demand access

183:36

to the security and compliance documents

183:38

such as ISO certifications and service

183:42

organization control reports of the

183:44

independent software vendors who sell

183:47

their products on AWS marketplace.

183:55

Question number 175. What may aid in the

183:59

evaluation of a cloud-based application?

184:01

Select two. And we have five options.

184:04

Option A, AWS trusted advisor. Option B,

184:08

AWS professional services.

184:11

Option C, AWS system manager. Option D,

184:14

AWS partner network APN. Option E, AWS

184:19

secret manager.

184:21

So the right answer here is option B AWS

184:25

professional services

184:28

and option D AWS partner network API.

184:34

So professional services available in

184:36

AWS marketplace enables you to find and

184:39

buy assessments, implementation support,

184:42

manage services and training for

184:45

thirdparty software and building on AWS.

184:48

AWS marketplace helps you find the

184:50

software and associated services you

184:52

need to innovate all in one place.

184:55

Simplifying procurement. You can

184:57

discover complete business solutions and

184:59

curated

185:01

servise

185:03

offerings from independent software

185:05

vendors and consulting partners and

185:07

select payment options and contract

185:10

terms that fit your needs. AWS partner

185:13

network APN is a global community of

185:16

partners that leverages programs,

185:19

expertise and resources to build, market

185:22

and sell customer offerings.

185:30

Question number 176, which AWS service

185:34

enables expense control across numerous

185:37

AWS accounts effectively? And we have

185:40

four options. Option A, AWS

185:42

organizations.

185:44

Option B, AWS trusted advisor. Option C,

185:47

AWS Direct connect. Option D, Amazon

185:50

connect. So the right answer here is

185:54

option A, AWS organizations.

185:59

AWS organization provides you with the

186:02

capability to centrally manage and

186:04

govern your cloud environment. You can

186:06

manage and organize your accounts under

186:09

a single bill. Set central policies and

186:12

configurations requirements for your

186:14

entire organization. Create custom

186:16

permissions or capabilities within the

186:19

organization and delegate

186:20

responsibilities to other accounts so

186:23

they can manage on behalf of the

186:25

organization. In addition, AWS

186:28

organization is integrated with other

186:30

AWS services. So you can define central

186:33

configurations, security mechanisms,

186:36

audit requirements and resource sharing

186:38

across accounts in your organization.

186:46

Question number 177. The company's

186:49

onremises servers and the AWS cloud need

186:53

a dedicated network connection. Which

186:55

Amazon web services

186:58

should be used? We have four option.

187:01

Option A, AWSVPN.

187:03

Option B, AWS Direct Connect. Option C,

187:07

Amazon API gateway. Option D, Amazon

187:10

Connect. So the right answer here is

187:13

option B, AWS Direct Connect.

187:19

You can use AWS direct connect to

187:21

establish a private virtual interface

187:24

from your on premises network directly

187:27

to your Amazon VPC providing you with

187:29

the private high bandwidth network

187:32

connection between your network and your

187:34

VPC. With multiple virtual interfaces,

187:37

you can even establish private

187:39

connectivity to multiple VPCs while

187:42

maintaining network isolation.

187:53

Question number 178. On premises

187:56

resources have been underused by user.

188:00

Which AWS cloud idea is optimal for

188:03

resolving this issue? And we have four

188:05

options. Option A high availability.

188:08

Option B elasticity. Option C security.

188:12

And option D loose coupling.

188:15

So the right answer here is option B

188:17

elasticity.

188:21

So most people when thinking of cloud

188:23

computing think of the ease with which

188:26

they can procure resources when needed.

188:29

This is only one aspect to elasticity.

188:32

The other aspect is to contract when

188:35

they no longer need resources. Scale out

188:38

and scale in. Scale up and scale down.

188:49

Question number 179. Which of the

188:52

following advantages does Amazon

188:54

relational database service provide over

188:57

conventional database management? And we

188:59

have four options. Option A, AWS manages

189:03

the data stored in Amazon RDS tables.

189:06

Option B, AWS manages the maintenance of

189:09

the operating system. Option C, AWS

189:13

automatically scales up instance types

189:15

on demand. Option D, AWS manages the

189:18

database type.

189:21

So the right answer here is option B.

189:23

AWS manages the maintenance of the

189:25

operating system.

189:29

So Amazon RDS will make sure that the

189:31

relational database software powering

189:33

your deployment stays up to date with

189:36

the latest patches. You can exert

189:39

optional control over when and if your

189:42

database instance is patched.

189:52

Question number 180. Service control

189:55

policies manage permissions for which of

189:57

the following? And we have four options.

189:59

Option A, availability jones. Option B,

190:02

AWS regions. Option C, AWS

190:05

organizations. and option D edge

190:07

locations.

190:09

So the right answer here is option C AWS

190:13

organizations.

190:20

AWS organizations provides you with this

190:22

capability to centrally manage and

190:25

govern your cloud environments. You can

190:27

manage and organize your accounts under

190:30

a single bill. Set central policies and

190:33

configuration requirements for your

190:34

entire organization. Create custom

190:37

permissions are capabilities within the

190:40

organization and delegate

190:42

responsibilities to other accounts so

190:45

they can manage on behalf of the

190:47

organization.

190:55

Question number 181. Which AWS service

190:59

can be used to encrypt data at rest? And

191:01

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

191:04

Guard Duty. Option B, AWS a

191:08

option C, AWS security hub. And option

191:12

D, AWS key management service.

191:16

So the right answer here is option D AWS

191:18

key management service.

191:26

AWS key management service is a managed

191:29

service that enables easy creation and

191:31

control of encryption keys used to

191:34

encrypt data. KMS uses envelope

191:37

encryption in which data is encrypted

191:40

using a data key that is then encrypted

191:42

using a master key. Master keys can also

191:46

be used to encrypt and decrypt up to 4

191:49

kilobyt of data. In our solution, I use

191:52

KMS encrypt decrypt APIs to encrypt and

191:56

the encrypted file systems password.

192:08

Question number 182. A cloud

192:10

practitioner has a seldom run data

192:13

analysis job that can be stopped without

192:16

causing damage.

192:18

Which Amazon EC2 purchase option should

192:20

be utilized to maximize cost savings?

192:24

And we have four options. Option A on

192:26

demand instances. Option B reserved

192:29

instances. Option C spot instances. And

192:33

option D dedicated hosts.

192:36

So the right answer here is option C

192:39

spot instances.

192:47

AWS allows you to scale services for

192:49

short-term usage and helping you reduce

192:52

your bill as spot instances can be

192:54

reclaimed with a twominut warning when

192:57

EC2 needs capacity back. Spot instances

193:01

are a great fit for fall tolerant

193:04

stateless application. Use spot

193:06

instances to significantly lower your

193:08

cost and increase the elasticity of your

193:10

application.

193:20

Question number 183. What are the

193:23

advantages of AWS cloud service billing

193:26

consolidation? Selected.

193:28

And we have five options. Option A,

193:31

volume discounts. Option B, a minimal

193:34

additional fee for use. Option C, one

193:38

bill for multiple accounts. Option D,

193:41

installment payment option. and option E

193:44

custom cost and usage budget creation.

193:49

So the right answer here is option A

193:51

volume discounts and option C one bill

193:55

for multiple accounts.

194:01

So consolidated billing has the

194:03

following benefits. One bill you get one

194:05

bill for multiple accounts. Easy

194:07

tracking. You can track the charges

194:09

across multiple accounts and download

194:11

the combined cost and usage data.

194:14

Combined usage. You can combine the

194:16

usage across all accounts in the

194:18

organization to share the volume,

194:19

pricing discounts, reserved instant

194:22

discounts and saving plans.

194:24

This can result in a lower charge for

194:26

your project, department or company than

194:29

with in individual standalone accounts.

194:32

So no extra fee. Consolidated billing is

194:34

offered at no additional cost.

194:41

Question number 184. Which Amazon EC2

194:45

instant type is necessary when a user

194:47

wishes to use their current per socket

194:50

per core or per virtual machine software

194:53

licenses on a Microsoft Windows server

194:56

operating on AWS. We have four options.

194:59

Option A, spot instances. Option B,

195:02

dedicated instances. Option C, dedicated

195:05

hosts. Option D, reserved instances.

195:10

So the right answer here is option C,

195:12

dedicated hosts.

195:18

In Amazon EC2 dedicated host is a

195:20

physical server with EC2 instance

195:22

capacity fully dedicated to you.

195:25

Dedicated host allow you to use your

195:28

existing per socket, per core or per VM

195:32

software license including Windows

195:34

Server, Microsoft SQL Server, Sushi and

195:38

Linux Enterprise Server.

195:47

Question number 185. When users connect

195:50

to a website with the worldwide consumer

195:52

base, they report experiencing delay.

195:56

Which Amazon web services offering will

195:59

enhance the user experience by lowering

196:01

latency?

196:03

And we have four options. Option A,

196:05

Amazon CloudFront. Option B, AWS Direct

196:09

Connect. Option C, Amazon EC2

196:12

autoscaling. Option D AWS Transit

196:15

Gateway.

196:18

So the right answer here is option A,

196:20

Amazon CloudFront.

196:26

So CloudFront delivers your content

196:28

through a worldwide network of data

196:30

centers called edge locations. When a

196:33

user request content that you are

196:36

serving with CloudFront, the request is

196:38

rooted to the edge location that

196:40

provides the lowest latency so that

196:43

content is delivered with the best

196:45

possible performance.

196:52

Question number 186. Which capabilities

196:56

or services are available for monitoring

196:58

in AWS accounts charges and expenses?

197:01

Select two. And we have five options.

197:03

Option A, AWS cost and usage report.

197:07

Option B, AWS product pages. Option C,

197:11

AWS simply monthly calculator.

197:15

Option D, billing alerts. and Amazon

197:17

Cloudatch alarms. Option E, AWS Price

197:21

List API.

197:24

So the right answer here is option A,

197:26

AWS cost and usage report and option D,

197:29

billing alerts and Amazon Cloudatch

197:32

alarms.

197:36

With AWS cost and usage reports, you can

197:39

review, automize, and organize the most

197:43

comprehensive cost and usage data for

197:45

your account.

197:46

And you can monitor your estimated AWS

197:49

charges by using Amazon Cloudatch. When

197:52

you enable the monitoring of estimated

197:54

charges for your AWS account, the

197:56

estimated charges are calculated and

197:59

sent several times daily to Cloudatch as

198:01

a metric data.

198:11

Question number 187. Which service

198:14

enables users to store data in the

198:17

Amazon web service cloud? We have four

198:20

options. Option A, Amazon EFS, option B,

198:24

Amazon Red Shift, option C, Amazon RDS

198:28

and option D Amazon VPC.

198:33

So the right answer here is option A

198:35

Amazon EFS.

198:42

Amazon EFS is a fully managed service

198:44

providing NFS shared file system storage

198:48

for Linux workloads. Amazon EFS makes it

198:51

quick and efficient to create and

198:53

configure file systems. You need you

198:57

need not worry about managing files

199:00

servers or storage, updating hardware,

199:03

configuring software or performing

199:05

backups

199:06

in seconds. Create a fully managed file

199:09

system using the AWS management console,

199:12

the AWS command line interface, or an

199:14

AWS SDK.

199:25

Question number 188. Which AWS service

199:28

or product enables an organization to

199:30

automate the delivery of application

199:33

changes?

199:35

And we have four options. So option A

199:38

Amazon app flow, option B AWS code

199:42

deploy, option C AWS private link and

199:46

option D Amazon EKS DRO.

199:50

So the right answer here is option B AWS

199:53

code deploy.

200:01

AWS Code Deploy is a fully managed

200:03

deployment service that automates

200:06

software deployments to various compute

200:08

services such as Amazon Elastic Compute

200:11

Cloud, Amazon Elastic Container Service,

200:14

AWS Lambda, and your onremises servers.

200:19

Use code deployed to automate software

200:23

deployments, eliminating the need of

200:26

errorprone manual operations.

200:34

Question number 189. A corporation

200:37

wishes to minimize the physical

200:40

footprint of the computing resources

200:42

used by developers to execute programs.

200:45

Which service would enable serverless

200:48

architecture to address these needs? And

200:51

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

200:53

Elastic Compute Cloud, Amazon EC2.

200:57

Option B, AWS Lambda, option C, Amazon

201:01

DynamoB, and option D AWS code commit.

201:05

So the right answer here is option B,

201:08

AWS Lambda.

201:12

So AWS Lambda is a serverless

201:15

event-driven compute service that lets

201:17

you run code for a virtually any type of

201:20

application or backend service without

201:22

provisioning or managing servers. You

201:24

can trigger Lambda from over 200 AWS

201:27

services and software as a service

201:30

applications and only pay for what you

201:32

use.

201:37

Question number 190. A load balancer

201:40

elastic enables online traffic to be

201:42

distributed across multiple. And we have

201:45

four options. Option A, AWS regions.

201:48

Option B, availability jones. Option C

201:52

dedicated hosts. and option D Amazon S3

201:55

buckets.

201:58

So the right answer here is option B

202:00

availability jones.

202:04

So AWS elastic load balancing

202:07

distributes incoming application traffic

202:09

automatically across multiple targets

202:11

such as containers, EC2 instances and IP

202:14

addresses in one or more availability

202:17

jones. These distributes and balances

202:20

how front-end traffic reaches backend

202:22

servers and increase the fall tolerance

202:25

and availability of user applications.

202:37

Question number 191. What is AWS storage

202:41

gateway purpose? And we have four

202:44

options. Option A, it ensures on

202:46

premises data storage is 99.999%

202:50

durable. Option B, it transports pabytes

202:54

of data to and from AWS.

202:57

Option C, it connects to multiple Amazon

203:01

EC2 instances. Option D, it connects on

203:04

premises data storage to the AWS cloud.

203:08

So the right answer here is option D. It

203:11

connects on premises data storage to the

203:13

AWS cloud.

203:18

So moving data to the cloud is not quite

203:21

as simple as flipping a switch. For

203:23

companies that have managed their own

203:25

data centers or server rooms for

203:28

decades, there are few steps to consider

203:30

and it's not always wise to pull the

203:33

plug on an internal infrastructure quite

203:35

so quickly. If a startup uses on

203:38

premises business servers and then

203:39

experiences unexpected growth,

203:42

abandoning those servers doesn't make

203:44

sense. Even if the long-term plan is to

203:46

do exactly that, AWS storage gateway is

203:50

a way to bridge these gap for companies

203:52

of any size. It's a hybrid storage

203:55

option that connects on premises storage

203:57

including age-old tape backup systems to

204:00

the cloud in a way that also provides

204:03

one console to access all storage.

204:06

configurations.

204:16

Question number 192.

204:18

How can a client anticipate future

204:20

expenses associated with the operation

204:23

of a new web application?

204:26

And we have four options. Option A,

204:28

Amazon Aurora Backtrack. Option B,

204:31

Amazon Cloudatch Building Alarms. Option

204:35

C AWS simple monthly calculator and

204:38

option D AWS cost and usage report.

204:45

So the right answer here is option D AWS

204:48

cost and usage report.

204:54

So you can use cost explorer which is

204:57

part of cost and usage report to

204:59

forecast future cost of running an

205:01

application.

205:09

Question number 193. A term fall

205:12

tolerance relates to the following. And

205:15

you have four options. Option A, the

205:17

ability of an application to accommodate

205:19

growth without changing design. Option

205:22

B, how well and how quickly an

205:25

application environment can have lost

205:27

data restored. Option C, how secure your

205:31

application is. Option D, the built-in

205:34

redundancy of an application's

205:36

components.

205:39

So, the right answer here is option D,

205:41

the built-in redundancy of an

205:43

application's components.

205:51

AWS recommends connecting from multiple

205:53

data centers. For physical location

205:56

redundancy when designing remote

205:58

connections, consider using redundant

206:01

hardware and telecommunication

206:02

providers.

206:12

Question number 194. Which AWS service

206:16

enables conventional SQL queries against

206:19

stored data sets straight from Amazon

206:21

S3?

206:23

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

206:25

Glue. Option B, AWS data pipeline.

206:29

Option C, AWS, Amazon cloud search.

206:33

Option D, Amazon Athena.

206:36

So the right answer here is option D,

206:39

Amazon Athena.

206:44

Amazon Ethna is defined as an

206:46

interactive query service that makes it

206:48

easy to analyze data directly in Amazon

206:52

simple storage service using standard

206:55

SQL. So it's another SQL query engine

206:58

for large data set stored in S3. This is

207:01

very similar to other SQL query engines

207:04

such as Apache Trail. But unlike Apache

207:07

Trail, Athena is limited to data only

207:09

from Amazon's own S3 storage service.

207:12

However, Athena is able to query a

207:15

variety of file formats including but

207:18

not limited to CSV, park, JSON, etc.

207:29

Question number 195. The startup is

207:32

developing a new application that must

207:34

be launched immediately. In the near

207:37

future, the application criteria may

207:39

need to be changed. Which of the

207:41

following is an AWS cloud feature that

207:44

would fulfill this particular

207:45

requirement? And we have four options.

207:48

Option A, elasticity. Option B

207:50

reliability.

207:52

Option C performance and option D

207:54

agility.

207:57

So the right answer is option D agility.

208:02

So cloud infrastructure provides more

208:04

agility and responsiveness than

208:07

traditional IT environments. These

208:09

requires organization to think

208:11

differently about how they design, build

208:13

and manage applications.

208:22

Question number 196. Which

208:24

characteristics are advantages of using

208:26

the AWS cloud? Choose two. We have five

208:30

options. Option A, a 100% service level

208:33

agreement SLA for all AWS services.

208:37

Option B, compute capacity that is

208:39

adjusted on demand. Option C,

208:42

availability of AWS support for code

208:45

development.

208:47

Option D, enhanced security.

208:50

Option E, increases in cost and

208:52

complexity.

208:55

So the right answer here is option B,

208:57

compute capacity that is adjusted on

208:59

demand

209:01

and option D, enhanced security.

209:09

Six advantages of cloud computing. Trade

209:12

fixed expenses for variable expenses.

209:14

Benefit from massive economics of scale.

209:17

Stop guessing capacity. Increase speed

209:20

and agility. Stop spending money running

209:23

and maintaining data centers. Go global

209:26

in minutes.

209:32

Question number 197.

209:35

A company wants to convert video files

209:37

and audio files from their source format

209:40

into a format that will play on

209:42

smartphones, tablets, and web servers.

209:45

Which AWS service will meet this

209:47

requirement?

209:50

And we have four options. Option A,

209:51

Amazon elastic transcoder. Option B,

209:55

Amazon comprehend.

209:57

Option C, AWS Glue. Option D, Amazon

210:01

recognition.

210:03

So the right answer here is option A.

210:06

Amazon Elastic Transcoder.

210:12

Amazon Elastic Transcoder lets you

210:14

convert media files that you have stored

210:17

in Amazon simple storage service into

210:20

media files in the format required by

210:23

consumer playback devices. For example,

210:26

you can convert large highquality

210:29

digital media files into formats that

210:32

users can play back on mobile devices,

210:35

tablets, web browsers, and connected

210:37

televisions.

210:47

Question number 198. A company has

210:50

several departments. Each department has

210:52

its own AWS accounts for all its

210:55

applications. The company wants all AWS

210:58

cost on a single invoice to simplify

211:00

payment. But the company wants to know

211:03

the costs that each department is in

211:05

occurring. Which AWS tool or feature

211:09

will provide this functionality?

211:12

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

211:14

cost and usage reports. Option B,

211:17

consolidated billing. Option C, savings

211:21

plan. Option D, AWS budgets.

211:27

So the right answer here is option B,

211:29

consolidated billing.

211:37

Consolidated billing is a feature of AWS

211:39

organization that allow a single AWS

211:42

account to pay the bills for multiple

211:44

AWS accounts. These can be useful for

211:47

companies that have multiple AWS

211:49

accounts as it allows them to see all of

211:52

their costs on a single invoice while

211:55

still being able to track the cost of

211:58

each department separately.

212:09

Question number 19. A company wants to

212:12

eliminate the need to guess

212:14

infrastructure capacity before

212:15

deployments. The company also wants to

212:18

spend its budget on cloud resources only

212:21

as the company uses the resources. Which

212:24

advantage of the AWS cloud matches the

212:26

company's requirement. And you have four

212:29

options. Option A, reliability. Option

212:31

B, global reach. Option C economies of

212:35

scale. Option D pay as you pricing.

212:40

So the right answer here is option D pay

212:43

as you go pricing.

212:52

So by using cloud computing you can

212:54

achieve a lower variable cost than you

212:57

can get on your own because usage from

213:00

hundreds of thousands of customers is

213:02

aggregated in the cloud providers such

213:04

as AWS can achieve higher economies of

213:07

scale which translates into lower pay as

213:10

you go prices.

213:21

Question number 200. Which AWS service

213:24

must be enabled in order for the AWS

213:27

management console to monitor all user

213:29

account changes? And we have four

213:32

options. Option A, AWS cloud trial.

213:35

Option B, Amazon simple notification

213:37

service. Option C, VPC flow locks.

213:42

Option D, AWS cloud HSM.

213:46

So the right answer here is option A,

213:49

AWS cloud trial.

213:56

So AWS cloud trial is a service that

213:58

enables governance, compliance,

214:00

operational auditing and risk auditing

214:03

of your AWS accounts. With cloud trial,

214:06

you can log, continuously monitor and

214:08

retain account activity related to

214:11

actions across your AWS infrastructure.

214:14

Cloud trial provides event history of

214:17

your AWS account activity, including

214:19

actions taken through the AWS management

214:21

console, AWS SDKs, command line tools,

214:25

and other AWS services. This event

214:27

history simplifies security analysis,

214:30

resource change tracking, and

214:32

troubleshooting. In addition, you can

214:34

use cloud trail to detect unusual

214:37

activity in your AWS account. These

214:40

capabilities help simplify operational

214:42

analysis and troubleshooting.

214:52

Question number 201.

214:54

Recently an e-commerce firm began using

214:57

the AWS cloud. Which security related

215:00

responsibilities fall within the purview

215:03

of the business? Select two. And we have

215:06

five options. Option A, restrict who is

215:09

allowed physically

215:11

who is allowed physical access to the

215:13

host that run the company's Amazon EC2

215:16

instance. Option B, install security

215:18

patches on Amazon EC2 Linux instances.

215:22

Option C, choose to encrypt data at rest

215:25

that is stored on Amazon S3. Option D,

215:29

wipe Amazon Elastic Block Store volumes

215:32

clean before they are decommissioned.

215:35

Option E, conduct database patching for

215:38

Amazon RDS instances.

215:42

So the right answer here is option B,

215:44

install security patches on Amazon EC2

215:47

Linux instances and option C, choose to

215:51

encrypt data at rest that is stored on

215:54

Amazon S3.

215:59

So for abstracted services

216:02

such as Amazon S3 and Amazon Dynamo DB,

216:05

AWS operates the infrastructure layer,

216:08

operating system and platforms and

216:11

customer access the endpoints to store

216:13

and retrieve data. Customers are

216:15

responsible for managing the data

216:17

including encryption option, classifying

216:19

their assets and using IM tools to apply

216:22

the appropriate permissions.

216:33

Question number 202. A business needs to

216:36

guarantee that users of the AWS

216:38

management console adhere to password

216:40

complexity guidelines.

216:43

How can a business customize the

216:44

difficulty of its passwords? And we have

216:47

four options. Option A, using an AWS IM

216:50

user policy. Option B, using an AWS

216:54

organization service control policy.

216:57

Option C, using an AWS IM account

217:00

password policy.

217:02

Option D, using an AWS security hub

217:04

managed inside.

217:08

So the right answer here is option C,

217:11

using an AWS IM account password policy.

217:19

You can set a custom password policy on

217:21

your Amazon Web Services account to

217:24

specify complexity requirements and

217:26

mandatory rotation periods for your IM

217:29

users passwords. If you don't set a

217:31

custom password policy, IM user

217:34

passwords must meet the default password

217:38

Amazon password policy.

217:46

Question number 203. Which AWS service

217:49

would determine if a security group has

217:52

granted unlimited access to a resource?

217:56

We have four options. Option A, AWS

217:58

Trusted Advisor. Option B, Amazon

218:01

Cloudatch. Option C, VPC flow logs.

218:05

Option D, AWS cloud trial.

218:08

So the right answer here is option A,

218:11

AWS trusted advisor.

218:15

So in the AWS trusted advisor there are

218:17

lots of controls for security

218:19

configurations of your AWS resources.

218:22

Some examples are the following.

218:24

Security groups specific ports

218:25

unrestricted. These control check

218:28

security groups for rules that allow

218:29

unrestrict unrestricted access to

218:32

specific ports such as SSH and RDB.

218:35

Unrestricted access increases

218:37

opportunities for malicious activity,

218:39

hacking, denial of service attacks, loss

218:41

of data.

218:51

Question number 204,

218:53

which features are available to users

218:55

while using AWS KMS?

219:01

And we have four options. Option A,

219:03

create and manage AWS access keys for

219:05

the AWS account root user. Option B,

219:09

create and manage AWS access keys for an

219:11

AWS account IM user. Option C, create

219:15

and manage keys for encryption and

219:17

decryption of data. Option D, create and

219:20

manage keys for a multiffactor

219:22

authentication.

219:25

So the right answer here is option C,

219:28

create and manage keys for encryption

219:29

and decryption of data.

219:38

AWS key management service is an

219:40

encryption and key management service

219:42

scaled for the cloud. AWS KMS keys and

219:46

functionalities are used by other AWS

219:49

services and you can use them to protect

219:51

data in your AWS in your own

219:55

applications that use AWS.

220:05

Question number 205.

220:07

On Amazon EC2 instance, a business has

220:10

installed various relation databases.

220:13

Each month, the database software

220:15

manufacturer publishes new security

220:17

updates for databases that must be

220:19

deployed. Which method is the most

220:21

effective for applying security patches?

220:25

And we have four options. Option A,

220:27

connect to each database instance on a

220:28

monthly basis and download and apply the

220:31

necessary security patches from the

220:33

vendor. Option B, enable automatic

220:36

patching for the instances using the

220:38

Amazon RTS console. Option C,

220:42

in AWS config, configure a rule for the

220:45

instances and the required patch level.

220:48

Option D, use AWS system managers to

220:51

automate database patching according to

220:53

a schedule.

220:56

So the right answer here is option D.

220:59

Use AWS systems manager to automate

221:01

database patching according to a

221:03

schedule.

221:06

So patch manager the capability of AWS

221:09

system manager automates the process of

221:12

patching managed nodes with both

221:14

security related and other types of

221:16

updates. You can use patch manager to

221:18

apply patches for both operating system

221:21

and applications.

221:25

You can use patch manager to install

221:27

service packs on Windows nodes and

221:30

perform minor version upgrades on Linux

221:32

nodes. You can patch fleets of Amazon

221:35

elastic compute cloud instance, edge

221:39

devices, or your onremises servers and

221:42

virtual machines by operating system

221:44

type.

221:51

Question number 206.

221:54

A business is releasing a new

221:55

application on AWS. The application will

221:58

be hosted on Amazon Elastic Compute

222:01

Cloud instance. Additional EC2 instances

222:04

will be required as the demand grows.

222:07

Which AWS service or technology can the

222:10

business utilize to deploy the required

222:12

number of EC2 instances?

222:15

And we have four options. Option A,

222:17

elastic load balancing. Option B, Amazon

222:20

EC2 autoscaling.

222:22

Option C, AWS app to connect container A

222:26

to C. And option D, AWS systems manager.

222:32

So the right answer here is option B,

222:34

Amazon EC2 autoscaling.

222:40

So, Amazon EC2 autoscaling helps you

222:42

ensure that you have the correct number

222:44

of Amazon EC2 instances available to

222:46

handle the load of your application. You

222:50

create collections of EC2 instances

222:52

called autoscaling groups. You can

222:55

specify the minimum number of instances

222:57

in each autoscaling group and the Amazon

223:00

EC2 autoscaling ensures that your group

223:03

never goes below this size. You can

223:05

specify the maximum number of instances

223:07

in each autoscaling group and the Amazon

223:10

EC2 autoscaling ensures that your group

223:12

never goes above this size.

223:21

Question number 207. What does it mean

223:24

to provide AWS IM users the fewest

223:27

possible privileges?

223:30

And we have four options. Option A, it

223:32

is granting permissions to a single user

223:34

only. Option B, it is granting

223:37

permissions using AWS IM policies only.

223:41

Option C, it is granting administrator

223:44

access policy permissions to trustworthy

223:47

users. Option D, it is granting only the

223:50

permissions required to perform

223:52

equipment task.

223:55

So the right answer here is option D.

224:00

When you create IM policies, follow the

224:03

standard security advice of granting

224:05

least privilege or granting the only the

224:08

permissions required to perform a task.

224:12

So determine what users need to do and

224:15

then craft policies that allow them to

224:17

perform only those tasks.

224:31

Question number 208. When building an

224:33

Amazon relational database service

224:36

instance in multiple availability jone

224:38

mode, which architectural concept is

224:41

followed? And we have four options.

224:43

Option A, implement loose coupling.

224:46

Option B, design for failure. Option C,

224:49

automate everything that can be

224:51

automated.

224:54

Option D use services not servers.

224:58

So the right answer here is option B

225:01

design for failure.

225:04

So Amazon RDS multi-AZent deployment

225:06

provide enhanced availability and

225:09

durability for database instances making

225:11

them a natural fit for production

225:13

database workloads. When you provision a

225:16

multi-AZ DB instance, Amazon RDS

225:19

automatically creates a primary DB

225:21

instance and synchronomously

225:24

replicates the data to a standby

225:27

instances in a different availability

225:29

zone. Each availability jones run on its

225:32

own physically distinct independent

225:35

infrastructure and is engineered to be

225:37

highly reliable. In case of an

225:39

infrastructure failure, Amazon RDS

225:42

performs an automatic failover to

225:44

standby

225:46

so that you can resume database

225:48

operations as soon as the failover is

225:50

complete. Since the endpoint of your DB

225:52

instance remains the same after a

225:54

failover, your application can resume

225:56

database operation without the need for

225:59

manual administrative intervention.

226:08

Question number 209.

226:11

What is a user's responsibility while

226:13

using the AWS cloud to execute an

226:16

application? And we have four options.

226:18

Option A, managing physical hardware,

226:21

option B, updating the underlying

226:23

hypervisor.

226:25

Option C, provision a list of users

226:28

approved for data center access. and

226:31

option D managing application software

226:33

updates.

226:37

So the right answer here is option D

226:39

managing application software updates.

226:44

The customer assumes responsibility and

226:46

management of the guest operating system

226:49

other associated application softwares

226:51

as well as the configuration of the AWS

226:54

provided security group firewall.

226:57

Customers should carefully consider the

226:58

services they choose as their

227:00

responsibility vary depending on the

227:02

services used. The integration of those

227:04

services into their IT environment and

227:07

applicable laws and regulations.

227:17

Question number 210. Which of the

227:19

following statement concerning AWS

227:22

worldwide infrastructure is true? And we

227:25

have four options. Option A,

227:26

availability jones can span multiple AWS

227:29

regions. Option B, a VPC can have

227:32

different subnets in different AWS

227:34

regions. Option C, AWS regions consist

227:38

of multiple availability jones. Option

227:40

D, a single subnet can span multiple

227:42

availability jones.

227:46

So the right answer here is option C,

227:48

AWS region consist of multiple

227:50

availability jones.

227:52

So AWS provides a more extensive global

227:55

footprint than any other cloud provider.

227:58

And to support its global footprint and

228:00

ensure customers are served across the

228:02

world, AWS opens new regions rapidly.

228:06

AWS maintains multiple geographic

228:08

regions including regions in North

228:10

America, South America, Europe, China,

228:13

Asia-Pacific, South Africa, and the

228:15

Middle East.

228:23

Question number 211. A business wishes

228:26

to link AWS to its corporate network

228:29

through a private network connection.

228:31

Which Amazon Web Services services are

228:34

functionality will satisfy this

228:36

requirement.

228:38

And we have four options. Option A,

228:40

Amazon Connect. Option B, Amazon Route

228:43

53. Option C AWS direct connect. and

228:47

option D VPC pairing.

228:50

So the right answer here is option C AWS

228:54

direct connect.

228:59

So AWS direct connect is a cloud service

229:01

solution that makes it easy to establish

229:04

a dedicated network connection from your

229:06

premises to AWS. Using AWS direct

229:09

connect you can establish private

229:12

connectivity between AWS and your data

229:14

center office or collocation environment

229:19

which in many cases can reduce your

229:21

network costs increase bandwidth

229:23

throughput and provide a more consistent

229:25

network experience than internetbased

229:28

connections.

229:35

Question number 212. Which of the

229:38

following may be used to restrict

229:40

certain users access to Amazon simple

229:42

storage service, Amazon S3 buckets? And

229:46

we have four options. Option A, a public

229:48

and private key pair. Option B, Amazon

229:51

inspector. Option C, AWS identity and

229:55

access management IM policies. Option D,

229:58

security groups.

230:01

So the right answer here is option C.

230:04

AWS identity and access management

230:06

policies.

230:13

To allow users to perform S3 actions on

230:15

the bucket from the VPC endpoints or IP

230:18

addresses, you must explicitly grant

230:21

those user level permissions. You can

230:23

grant user level permissions on either

230:26

an AWS identity and access management

230:28

policy or another statement in the

230:31

bucket policy.

230:38

So question number 213, which of the

230:41

following is an AWS well architected

230:43

framework design principle?

230:46

And we have four options. Option A,

230:48

reduce downtime by making infrastructure

230:51

changes frequently and in large

230:53

increments.

230:55

Option B, invest the time to configure

230:57

infrastructure manually.

231:00

Option C, learn to improve from

231:02

operational failures.

231:04

Option D, use monolithic application

231:06

design for centralization.

231:10

So the right answer here is option C,

231:13

learn to improve from operational

231:15

failures.

231:20

So learn from all operational failures.

231:23

Drive improvement through lessons

231:24

learned from all operational events and

231:26

failures. Share what is learned across

231:29

teams and through the entire

231:30

organization?

231:39

Question number 214.

231:41

Which AWS service enables a business to

231:44

identify and reroute customers to other

231:47

services in the event of a website

231:49

service outage? And we have four

231:52

options. Option Amazon CloudFront,

231:55

option B, Amazon Car Duty, option C,

231:59

Amazon Route 53. And option D AWS

232:03

Trusted Advisor.

232:06

So the right answer here is option C,

232:08

Amazon Route 53.

232:13

So, Amazon Route 53 set routting

232:17

policies to predetermine and automate

232:19

responses in case of failure like

232:22

redirecting traffic to alternative

232:24

availability jones or regions.

232:32

So question number 215. An organization

232:36

with an AWS support plan for developers

232:38

established an Amazon RDS database but

232:41

is unable to connect to it to get this

232:44

degree of help. Who should the developer

232:47

contact? And we have four options.

232:49

Option AWS support using a support case.

232:54

Option B AWS professional services.

232:57

Option C, AWS technical account manager

232:59

and option D, AWS consulting partners.

233:04

So the right answer here is option A,

233:06

AWS support using a support keys.

233:10

So customers with the developer support

233:11

plan have access to these additional

233:14

features. Best practice guidance,

233:17

client side diagnostic tools, building

233:20

block architecture support, guidance on

233:23

how to use AWS products, features, and

233:25

services together, support an unlimited

233:28

number of support cases that can be

233:30

opened by one primary contract, which is

233:32

the AWS account root user.

233:42

Question number 216. Which AWS service

233:45

enables you to monitor and debug

233:47

distributed application end to end? And

233:50

we have four options. Option A, AWS

233:52

Cloud9. Option B, AWS codear. Option C

233:57

AWS Cloud Map and option D AWS X-ray.

234:02

So the right answer here is option D AWS

234:04

X-ray.

234:07

So, AWS X-Ray is a powerful tool offered

234:10

by Amazon that enables developers to

234:13

debug production and distributed

234:14

applications especially in the

234:16

microservices architecture. By analyzing

234:19

the performance of the application and

234:21

its underlying services, developers can

234:24

identify root causes of performance

234:26

issues to like quickly resolve them.

234:36

Question number 217.

234:41

Which AWS share responsibility model

234:43

duties are the customer's

234:44

responsibility? Select two. And we have

234:47

five options. Option A, infrastructure

234:49

facilities access management. Option B,

234:52

cloud infrastructure, hardware life

234:54

cycle management. Option C,

234:57

configuration management of users

234:59

applications. Option D networking

235:02

infrastructure protection. Option E

235:04

security groups configuration.

235:08

So the right answer here is option C

235:11

configuration management of users

235:13

applications and option E security

235:16

groups configuration.

235:18

So the customer is responsible for the

235:20

security configuration or firewall

235:23

identity and access management client

235:25

and server side encryption and the

235:27

customer's data.

235:29

Now apart from AWS services, AWS share

235:32

responsibility also extends to IT

235:34

controls also check.

235:48

Question number 218.

235:50

Which AWS cloud service gives tips on

235:53

how to optimize an AWS accounts

235:55

performance? And we have four options.

235:58

Option A, Amazon Inspector. Option B,

236:01

AWS Trusted Advisor. Option C, Amazon

236:05

Cloudatch. And option D, AWS Cloud

236:08

Trial. So the right answer here is

236:11

option B, AWS Trusted Advisor.

236:17

AWS Trusted Advisor provides

236:19

recommendations that help you follow AWS

236:21

best practices. Trusted advisor

236:24

evaluates your accounts by using checks.

236:27

These checks identify ways to optimize

236:29

your AWS infrastructure, improve

236:32

security and performance, reduce cost

236:34

and monitor service quotas.

236:42

Question number 219,

236:44

which variables impact AWS cloud costs?

236:48

Select two. And we have five options.

236:50

Option A, the number of unused AWS

236:53

Lambda functions. Option B, the number

236:56

of configured Amazon S3 buckets. Option

236:59

C, inbound data transfers without

237:02

acceleration. Option D, outbound data

237:05

transfers without acceleration. And

237:08

option E, compute resources that are

237:10

currently in use.

237:13

So the right answer here is option D,

237:16

outbound data transfers without

237:18

acceleration, and option E, compute

237:20

resources that are currently in use.

237:26

Charges may apply if there's data

237:28

transfer between different components of

237:30

your workload. These charges vary

237:33

depending on where the components are

237:35

deployed.

237:42

Question number 220. A corporation is

237:45

required by law to track and as access

237:48

configuration changes to AWS resources

237:50

as well as to conduct corrective steps.

237:53

Which Amazon Web Services service should

237:56

the business use? And we have four

237:59

options. Option AWS config, option B,

238:02

AWS secrets manager. Option C AWS cloud

238:06

trial. Option D AWS trusted advisor.

238:09

So the right answer here is option A AWS

238:12

config.

238:19

So AWS Config continuously monitors and

238:21

records your AWS resource

238:24

configurations. You can use the service

238:26

to automate the evaluation and

238:28

remediation of recorded configurations

238:30

against desired configurations. You also

238:33

can review changes in configurations and

238:36

relationships between AWS resources and

238:38

dive into the history of a resource

238:40

configuration.

238:47

So question number 221.

238:52

Which AWS service should be utilized to

238:55

store data backups for an extended

238:57

period of time at a reasonable cost? And

239:00

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

239:02

RDS. Option B, Amazon Glacier. Option C,

239:07

AWS Snowball. And option D AWS EBS.

239:12

So the right answer is option B. Amazon

239:15

Glacier.

239:19

So Amazon S3 Glacier is a secure,

239:21

durable and lowcost storage class of S3

239:25

for data archiving and long-term backup.

239:28

Customers can store large or small

239:30

amounts of data for as little as 0.00.4

239:35

per gigabyte per month. The S3 glacia

239:38

storage class is ideal for our chiefs

239:41

where data is regularly retrieved and

239:43

some of the data may be needed in

239:45

minutes. Amazon RDS is a relational

239:48

database service that host databases. It

239:51

helps you create that manage databases.

239:54

Amazon snowball is a pabyte scale data

239:57

transfer service that provides

239:59

cost-effective data transfer to AWS from

240:02

tamperproof physical devices. Similarly,

240:05

elastic block storage offers persistent

240:10

block storage values for EC2 instances.

240:19

Question number 222. What does the AWS

240:23

cloud bring clients in terms of

240:25

increased execution speed and agility?

240:28

Select two. And we have five options.

240:30

Option A, readily available resources

240:33

with low provisioning times. Option B,

240:36

scalable compute capacity. Option C,

240:39

free tire services usage. Option D,

240:43

access to AWS data centers. Option E,

240:47

lower resource provisioning cost.

240:50

So the right answer here is option A

240:53

readily available resources with low

240:55

provisioning times and option B scalable

240:59

compute capacity.

241:03

In a cloud computing environment, new IT

241:06

resources are only a click away, which

241:08

means that you reduce the time to make

241:10

those resources available to your

241:12

developers from weeks to just minutes.

241:15

This results in a dramatic increase in

241:18

agility for the organization since the

241:20

cost and time it takes to experiment and

241:23

develop is significantly lower.

241:33

Question number 223.

241:35

A retailer wishes to supply just the

241:38

resources required to meet current

241:40

demand. Which cloud advantage is the

241:43

organization attempting to accomplish

241:45

with this objective? And we have four

241:47

options. Option A reliability, option B,

241:50

global reach. Option C scalability. And

241:53

option D high availability.

241:57

So the right answer here is option C

242:00

scalability.

242:03

So as autoscaling lets you build scaling

242:07

plans that automate how groups of

242:09

different resources respond to changes

242:11

in demand.

242:21

Question number 224.

242:23

What storage capabilities does Amazon S3

242:26

intelligent tiring provide? We have four

242:28

options. Option A, payment flexibility

242:31

by reserving storage capacity. Option B,

242:34

long-term retention of data by copying

242:37

the data to an encrypted Amazon elastic

242:39

block store value. Option C, automatic

242:43

costsaving by moving objects between

242:45

tires based on access pattern changes.

242:49

Option D, secure, durable and lowest

242:51

cost storage for data achievable.

242:56

So the right answer here is option C.

242:59

Automatic costs saving by moving objects

243:01

between tires based on access pattern

243:04

changes.

243:12

So the S3 intelligent tiring storage

243:14

class delivers automatic storage costs

243:17

saving in three low latency and high

243:19

throughput access tires. It also offers

243:23

optional archive capabilities to help

243:25

you get the lowest storage cost in the

243:27

cloud for data that can be accessed in

243:30

minutes to hours.

243:38

Question number 225. A business wishes

243:42

to transfer its apps to an AWS VPC.

243:45

These apps will need access to resources

243:48

located on premises. Which combination

243:50

of activities will allow the business to

243:52

achieve these objective? Select two. And

243:55

we have five options. Option A, use the

243:58

AWS service catalog to identify a list

244:01

of onremises resources that can be

244:03

migrated. Option B, build a VPN

244:06

connection between an on-remises devices

244:08

and a virtual private gateway in the new

244:11

VPC. Option C, use Amazon Athena to

244:14

query data from the on-remises database

244:17

servers. Option D, connect the company's

244:20

on premises data center to AWS using AWS

244:23

direct connect. Option E, leverage

244:26

Amazon CloudFront to restrict access to

244:29

static web content provided through the

244:32

company's on premises web server.

244:36

So the right answer here is option B.

244:38

Build a VPN connection between an

244:40

on-romises device and a virtual private

244:43

gateway in a the new VPC.

244:46

and option D connect the company's on

244:48

premises data center to AWS using AWS

244:51

direct connect.

244:54

So AWS direct connect link your AWS and

244:57

on-remises network to build applications

245:00

that span environments without

245:02

compromising performance.

245:10

Question number 226.

245:12

What is the most effective approach to

245:14

link an on- premises network to numerous

245:17

VPCs located in separate AWS regions?

245:22

And you have four options. Option A, use

245:24

AWS Direct Connect. Option B, use

245:26

AWSVPN.

245:28

Option C, use AWS clientVPN. Option D,

245:32

use an AWS transit gateway.

245:35

So the right answer here is option D,

245:37

use an AWS transit gateway.

245:43

So AWS transit gateway connects your

245:46

Amazon virtual private clouds and on-

245:48

premises networks through a central hub.

245:51

This connection simplifies your network

245:53

and puts an end to complex peering

245:56

relationships. Transit gateway acts as a

245:59

highly scalable cloud router. Each new

246:02

connection is made only once.

246:11

Question number 227.

246:13

Multiple regions of the AWS cloud are an

246:16

example of and you have four options.

246:18

Option A agility, option B, global

246:21

infrastructure. Option C elasticity and

246:24

option D pay as you go pricing.

246:28

So the right answer here is option B

246:30

global infrastructure.

246:34

AWS cloud spans 99 availability zones

246:38

within 31 geographic regions around the

246:40

world with announced plans for 12 more

246:43

availability jones and four more AWS

246:46

regions in Canada, Israel, New Zealand

246:48

and Thailand.

246:56

Question number 228. Which AWS service

247:00

does Jeff CHF and Puppet utilize to

247:02

automate configuration management? And

247:04

we have four options. Option A, AWS

247:07

config. Option B, AWS Ops works. Option

247:11

C, AWS cloud formation. And option D,

247:14

AWS systems manager.

247:18

So the right answer here is option B AWS

247:20

ops works.

247:25

So AWS ops works for CHF automate. Chef

247:28

Automate is an example is an enterprise

247:32

level platform that provides actionable

247:34

insights with enterprise scale and

247:36

performance across your cloud

247:38

architecture. AWS Opsworks for CHF

247:40

automates is a managed way of launching

247:43

a CHF automate server in Opssworks AWS.

247:47

Opssworks for Puppet Enterprise lets you

247:49

launch a Puppet Enterprise Masters in

247:51

minutes and lets AWS Opsworks handles

247:54

its operations, backups, restoration,

247:57

and software upgrades. OP works for

247:59

Puppet Enterprise frees you to focus on

248:03

core configuration management task

248:05

instead of managing a puppet master.

248:16

Question number 229.

248:18

A corporation want to remove the

248:20

necessity for pre-eployment estimation

248:23

of infrastructure capacity.

248:25

Additionally, the corporation want to

248:27

spend its money on cloud resources only

248:30

when the resources are used. Which AWS

248:33

cloud feature best meets your business

248:36

needs? And we have four options. Option

248:38

A, reliability. Option B, global reach.

248:42

Option C, economies of scale. and option

248:45

D pay as you go pricing.

248:48

So the right answer here is option D pay

248:50

as you go pricing.

248:58

The on demand pricing model is the true

249:01

embodiment of Amazon's pay as you go

249:04

payment philosophy. You have no upfront

249:06

payments which means you are not

249:08

committed yourself over a long-term

249:11

period. Amazon will charge you for the

249:13

compute capacity by the hour and you can

249:16

increase or decrease in usage depending

249:19

on your application.

249:28

Question number 230.

249:30

SQL injection attacks are being launched

249:34

against an application from a variety of

249:36

external locations. Which AWS service or

249:39

functionality can assist in automating

249:42

response to these attacks? And we have

249:45

four options. Option A, AWS WAF, option

249:49

B security groups. Option C elastic load

249:52

balancer and option D network ACL.

249:57

So the right answer here is option A AWS

250:00

WAF.

250:03

So AWSWF makes it easy to create rules

250:07

that block common web exploits like SQL

250:10

injection and cross-sight scripting.

250:13

AWSWF allows you to create a centralized

250:16

set of rules that you can deploy across

250:19

multiple websites.

250:30

Question number 231.

250:33

Which feature enables Amazon EC2

250:36

instance to be more elastic in response

250:38

to changing workload demand? And we have

250:41

four options. Option A resource groups,

250:44

option B life cycle policies, option C

250:48

application load balancer and option D

250:50

Amazon EC2 autoscaling.

250:54

So the right answer here is option D.

250:56

Amazon EC2 autoscaling

251:03

support of monitoring the health of each

251:06

service independently as health checks

251:08

are defined at the target group level

251:10

and many cloudatch metrics are reported

251:13

at the target group level. Attempting

251:16

attaching a target group to an

251:18

autoscaling group enables you to scale

251:20

each service dynamically based on

251:22

demand.

251:30

Question number 232.

251:32

What timesaving benefits can Amazon

251:34

recognition provide?

251:37

And we have four options. Option A,

251:39

Amazon recognition provides automatic

251:42

watermarking of images. Option B, Amazon

251:45

recognition provides automatic detection

251:48

of objects appearing in pictures. Option

251:51

C, Amazon recognition provides the

251:54

ability to resize millions of images

251:56

automatically.

251:57

Option D, Amazon recognition uses Amazon

252:00

mechanical turk to allow humans to embid

252:04

on object detection jobs.

252:08

So the right answer here is option B.

252:10

Amazon recognition provides automatic

252:13

detection of objects appearing in

252:15

pictures.

252:23

Recognition image is an image

252:25

recognition service that detects

252:27

objects, scenes and faces, extracts

252:30

text, recognizes, celebrities and

252:34

identifies inappropriate content in

252:36

image. It also allows you to search and

252:39

compare faces. Recognition image is

252:42

based on the same proven highly scalable

252:45

deep learning technology developed by

252:48

Amazon computer vision scientist to

252:50

analyze billions of image daily for

252:53

prime photos.

253:03

Question number 233.

253:05

A corporation want to migrate pabytes of

253:07

data from on premises sites to the AWS

253:10

cloud as rapidly as feasible. Which

253:13

Amazon Web Services service should the

253:16

business use? And we have four options.

253:18

Option AWS Snowball, option B AWS Global

253:22

Accelerator, option C Amazon S3 Transfer

253:26

Acceleration. And option D, Amazon

253:29

Connect.

253:31

So the right answer here is option A.

253:33

AWS snowball.

253:38

The snowball appliance allows you to

253:40

move or chiefs data links and whatever

253:43

data you have at faster than internet

253:46

speeds right into Amazon S3 bucket. From

253:50

Amazon S3 data can be achieved into

253:52

Classier or analyzed by other services

253:56

such as AWS, Redshift or EMR.

253:59

This implementation guide will get you

254:01

started with AWS Snowball quick. Simple

254:05

and secure process for migrating large

254:07

amount of data into AWS.

254:17

Question number 234. Where should a

254:20

business go to locate, test, purchase,

254:22

and deploy software that works on AWS?

254:27

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

254:30

Marketplace. Option B, Amazon

254:33

Lumberyard. Option C, AWS Artifact. And

254:37

option D, Amazon Cloud Search.

254:40

So the right answer here is option A,

254:42

AWS Marketplace.

254:47

AWS Marketplace is a digital catalog

254:49

with thousands of software listings from

254:52

independent software vendors that make

254:54

it easy to find, test, buy, and deploy

254:56

software that runs on AWS.

255:07

Question number 235. The business user

255:10

base is worldwide in scope. The

255:12

organization need a highly available

255:14

application with reduced latency for end

255:17

end users. Which AWS architecture

255:19

approach will meet these criteria the

255:22

most effectively? And we have four

255:24

options. Option A single region multi-AZ

255:27

architecture. Option B multi-reion

255:30

active active architecture. Or option C

255:34

multi-reion active passive architecture.

255:36

Or option D single region single

255:39

availability zone architecture.

255:42

So the right answer here is option B

255:45

multi-reion active active architecture.

255:51

So simply put a multi-reion active

255:53

active architecture gets all the

255:55

services on the client request path

255:57

deployed across multiple AWS regions. In

256:00

order to do so several requirements have

256:03

to be fulfilled. Data replication

256:05

between regions must be fast and

256:07

reliable.

256:15

Question number 236.

256:17

Which duty is the customer's

256:18

responsibility under the AWS share

256:20

responsibility model? And we have four

256:23

options. Option A, maintaining the

256:25

infrastructure needed to run AWS Lambda.

256:27

Option B, updating the operating system

256:30

of Amazon Dynamo DB instances. Option C,

256:34

maintaining Amazon S3 infrastructure.

256:36

Option D, updating the guest operating

256:40

system on Amazon EC2 instance.

256:44

So the right answer here is option D,

256:46

updating the guest operating system on

256:48

Amazon EC2 instance.

256:54

The customer assumes responsibility and

256:56

management of the guest operating

256:58

system, other associated application

257:01

software as well as the configuration of

257:03

the AWS provided security group

257:04

firewall.

257:13

Question number 237.

257:16

How can a user safeguard against AWS

257:18

service outages in the event of a

257:21

widespread natural disaster? And we have

257:24

four options. Option A, deploy

257:26

applications across multiple

257:27

availability zones within an AWS region.

257:31

Option B, use hybrid cloud computing

257:34

deployment model within the geographic

257:36

area. Option C, deploy applications

257:39

across multiple AWS regions. Option D,

257:42

store application artifacts using AWS

257:45

artifact and replicate them across

257:47

multiple AWS regions.

257:50

So the right answer here is option C.

257:53

Deploy applications across multiple AWS

257:55

regions.

258:05

An AWS region is a geographic location

258:07

where AWS provides multiple physically

258:10

separated and isolated availability

258:12

jones which are connected with low

258:14

latency, high throughput and highly

258:16

redundant networking.

258:27

Question number 238. What is an example

258:29

of a cloud-based application that is

258:31

decoupled and scalable?

258:34

And we have four options. Option A, a

258:36

mail and log application that runs on a

258:39

single Amazon EC2 instance. Option B, a

258:42

web page that is hosted on Amazon S3 and

258:44

uses AWS Lambda to update an Amazon

258:47

DynamoB database. Option C, an

258:50

application load balancer, web server,

258:53

and database server that supports a

258:55

monolithic application. Option D, a

258:58

legacy database server that is running

259:00

on the maximum instance size supported

259:02

by its license.

259:06

So the right answer here is option B. A

259:09

web page that is hosted on Amazon S3 and

259:11

uses AWS Lambda to update an Amazon

259:14

DynamoB database.

259:24

Many applications start to grow in

259:26

complexity as they mature, making it

259:28

harder for developers to maintain code

259:30

or add new features. These lead to

259:33

monolithic applications where developer

259:35

must know more about the entire

259:37

architecture to make changes. Typically,

259:39

these cause code to become more fragile

259:42

and the rate of development slows down.

259:51

Question number 239. A client has many

259:54

AWS accounts, each with its own billing.

259:57

How can the client benefit from bulk

260:00

savings while minimizing the effect on

260:02

AWS resources? We have four options.

260:05

Option A, create one global AWS account

260:07

and move all AWS resources to the

260:09

account. Option B, sign up for 3 years

260:12

of reserved instances pricing up front.

260:16

Option C, use the consolidated billing

260:18

future from AWS organization.

260:21

Option D, sign up for the AWS enterprise

260:23

support plan to get volume discounts.

260:28

So the right answer here is option C,

260:31

use the consolidated billing feature

260:33

from AWS organization.

260:38

So consolidated billing is a feature of

260:40

AWS organization. You can use the

260:42

management account for your organization

260:44

to consolidate and pay for all member

260:46

accounts in consolidated billing.

260:49

Management accounts can also access the

260:51

billing information. Account information

260:53

and activity account activity of member

260:55

accounts in their organization. These

260:58

information may be used for services

260:59

such as cost explorer which can help

261:02

management accounts improve their

261:04

organizations cost performance.

261:13

Question number 240. A business must

261:16

keep its data near its core consumer.

261:19

Which AWS cloud advantage satisfies this

261:22

requirement? And we have four options.

261:25

Option A security, option B high

261:28

availability. Option C elasticity and

261:31

option D global footprint.

261:35

So the right answer here is option D

261:37

global footprint.

261:44

A successful global footprint depends on

261:46

how you use regions and their

261:48

availability jones. The AWS global

261:50

infrastructure is compromised of 69

261:53

availability jones within 22 geographic

261:55

regions.

262:06

Question number 241. who is responsible

262:09

for the virtualization layered down to

262:11

the physical security of the facilities

262:14

in which AWS services operates under the

262:16

AWS share responsibility model

262:19

and we have four options. Option A, it

262:22

is the solo responsibility of the

262:23

customer. Option B, it is the solo

262:26

responsibility of AWS. Option C, it is a

262:29

shared responsibility between AWS and

262:31

the customer. And option D, the

262:33

customer's AWS support plan determines

262:35

who manages the configuration.

262:40

So the right answer here is option B. It

262:42

is the solar responsibility of AWS.

262:48

So AWS is responsible for protecting the

262:51

infrastructure that runs all the

262:53

services offered in the AWS cloud. The

262:55

infrastructure is composed of the

262:56

hardware, software, networking and

262:58

facilities that run AWS cloud services.

263:09

Question number 242. A company's managed

263:12

IM policy does not allow users the

263:14

rights essential to be needed

263:16

activities.

263:18

How is this situation to be resolved and

263:22

we have four options option A enable AWS

263:25

shield advanced. Option B create a

263:27

custom IM policy. Option C, use a third

263:31

party web application firewall managed

263:33

to rule from the AWS marketplace.

263:37

Option D, use AWS key management service

263:40

to create a customer managed key.

263:44

So the right answer here is option B,

263:46

create a custom IM policy.

263:52

When you create or edit IM policies, AWS

263:55

can automatically perform policy

263:57

validation to help you create an

263:59

effective policy with least privilege in

264:01

mind. In the AWS management console, IM

264:05

identifies JSON syntax errors while IM

264:08

access analyzer provides additional

264:10

policy checks with recommendations to

264:13

help you further refine your policies.

264:22

Question number 243. A business wishes

264:25

to strengthen its security and audit

264:27

posture by restricting incoming access

264:30

to Amazon EC2. What should the

264:32

organization use instead of opening

264:34

incoming SSH ports and handling SSH keys

264:38

to remotely access instances? And we

264:40

have four options. Option A, EC2 key

264:43

pairs. Option B, AWS system manager

264:45

session managers. Option C AWS identity

264:49

and access management am option D

264:51

network ACL.

264:55

So the right answer here is option B AWS

264:59

systems manager session manager.

265:04

So you can use the AWS systems manager

265:06

console to start a session with a

265:08

managed node in your account.

265:18

Question number 244.

265:21

Which scenarios warrant the utilization

265:23

of Amazon EC2 spot instances? And we

265:26

have four options. Option A, a company

265:29

wants to move its main website to AWS

265:31

from an on-remises web server. Option B,

265:34

a company has a number of application

265:36

services whose service level agreement

265:38

requires 99.999%

265:41

uptime. Option C, a company's heavily

265:44

used legacy database is currently

265:46

running on premises. Option D, a company

265:49

has a number of infrequent interruptible

265:52

jobs that are currently using on demand

265:54

instances.

265:58

So the right answer here is option D. A

266:00

companies has a number of infrequent

266:04

iter

266:06

interruptible jobs that are currently

266:09

using on demand instances.

266:13

So, a spot instance is an unused Amazon

266:16

EC2 instance that is available for less

266:18

than the on demand price. Because spot

266:21

instances enable you to request unused

266:23

EC2 instance to at steep discounts, you

266:27

can lower your Amazon EC2 cost

266:29

significantly. The hourly price for a

266:31

spot instance is called a spot price.

266:42

Question number 245.

266:45

A business must transmit time-sensitive

266:47

communication to a large number of

266:49

subscribers using a push technique.

266:52

Which Amazon Web Services service should

266:55

the business use? And we have four

266:57

options. Option A, Amazon Kinesis.

266:59

Option B, Amazon MQ. Option C, Amazon

267:02

simple Q service. Option D, Amazon

267:05

simple notification service.

267:09

So the right answer here is option D,

267:11

Amazon simple notification service.

267:17

Amazon SNS allow application to send

267:20

time critical messages to multiple

267:23

subscribers through a push mechanism.

267:33

Question number 246. Which task need

267:36

access to the root user of the AWS

267:38

account? And we have five options.

267:40

Option A, changing an AWS support plan.

267:43

Option B, modifying an Amazon EC2

267:45

instance type. Option C, grouping

267:48

resources in AWS systems manager. Option

267:51

D, running applications in Amazon

267:53

Elastic Kubernetes Service. Option E,

267:55

closing an account.

267:58

So the right answer here is option A

268:00

changing an AWS support plan and option

268:02

E closing an AWS account.

268:06

So the following task uh which we need

268:09

the root user for an AWS account uh

268:13

change your account settings. restore IM

268:16

user permissions.

268:18

um to activate IM access to the billing

268:20

and cost management console or view

268:23

certain tax invoices or close your AWS

268:26

account, change your AWS support plan

268:30

or cancel your AWS support plan,

268:33

register as a seller in the reserved

268:35

instance marketplace and uh configure an

268:38

Amazon S3 bucket to enable MFA delete

268:42

and edit or delete an Amazon S3 bucket

268:44

policy that includes an invalid VPC ID,

268:47

RVPC point ID or sign up for go cloud.

268:57

Question number 247. Which AWS cloud

269:01

best practices makes advantage of cloud

269:04

computings flexibility and agility?

269:08

And we have four options. Option A,

269:10

provision capacity based on past usage

269:13

and theoretical peaks. Option B,

269:16

dynamically and predictively scale to

269:19

meet usage demands. Option C, build the

269:23

application infrastructure in a data

269:25

center that grants physical access.

269:28

Option D, break apart the application

269:31

into loosely coupled components.

269:35

So the right answer here is option B,

269:38

dynamically and predictively scale to

269:41

meet usage demands.

269:47

So in a traditional computing

269:49

environment, you provision capacity

269:51

based on an estimate of a theoretical

269:54

maximum peak. These can result in

269:56

periods where expensive resources are

269:58

sitting ideal or occasions of

270:01

insufficient capacity. With cloud

270:03

computing, you can access as much or as

270:06

little capacity as you need and

270:08

dynamically scale to meet actual demand

270:11

while only paying for what you use.

270:20

Question number 248. Users of Amazon

270:23

Route 53 are able to and we have four

270:26

options. Option A, encrypt data in

270:28

transit. Option B, register DNS domain

270:31

names. Option C, generate and manage SSL

270:34

certificates. Option D, establish a

270:37

dedicated network connection to AWS.

270:41

So the right answer here is option B,

270:43

register DNS domain names.

270:49

So Amazon Route 53 is a highly available

270:51

and scalable domain name system web

270:54

service. Route 53 connects your request

270:57

to internet applications running on AWS

270:59

or on premises.

271:07

Question number 249.

271:10

Which characteristics of the Amazon

271:12

virtual private cloud Amazon VPC allows

271:15

customers to link two VPCs? And we have

271:18

four options. Option A, Amazon VPC

271:20

endpoints. Option B, Amazon Elastic

271:24

Compute Cloud Classic Link. Option C,

271:27

Amazon VPC pairing. Option D, AWS Direct

271:30

Connect.

271:32

So the right answer here is option C,

271:35

Amazon VPC pairing.

271:40

A VPC pairing connection is a networking

271:42

connection between two VPCs that enables

271:44

you to route traffic between them using

271:47

private IPv4 addresses or IPv6

271:50

addresses. Instances in either VPC can

271:53

communicate with each other as if they

271:56

are within the same network. You can

271:58

create a VPC pairing connection between

272:00

your own VPCs or with the VPC in another

272:03

database account. The VPCs can be in

272:06

different region also known as an inter

272:09

region VPC pairing connection.

272:19

Question number 250. Multiple Amazon EC2

272:23

instances are used to host an

272:24

application. The program sends messages

272:27

using Amazon simple notification service

272:29

Amazon SNS. Which AWS service or feature

272:33

grants authorization for the application

272:35

to access needed AWS services? And we

272:38

have four options. Option AWS

272:40

certificate manager, option B, IM roles,

272:44

option C AWS security hub, and option D

272:46

Amazon Guard Duty.

272:53

So the right answer here is option B. IM

272:55

roles.

272:58

An IM role is an IM entity that defines

273:01

a set of permissions for making AWS

273:03

service request. IM roles are not

273:05

associated with a specific user or

273:07

group. Instead, trusted entities assume

273:11

roles such as IM users, users,

273:13

applications, or AWS services such as

273:16

EC2.

273:25

Question number 251.

273:27

A business is contemplating migrating to

273:30

the AWS cloud. The firm wishes to be

273:33

able to scale its computing capacity in

273:36

response to changing demand conditions.

273:38

Which AWS cloud advantage does these

273:41

case illustrate? And we have four

273:43

options. Option A, global deployment in

273:45

minutes. Option B, cost savings. Option

273:48

C, agility. Option D, elasticity.

273:53

So the right answer is option D

273:54

elasticity.

273:57

So in AWS the process of getting the

273:59

resource dynamically

274:01

when you actually require them and then

274:03

release the resources when you are done

274:05

and do not need them is known as

274:07

elasticity. In another way growing or

274:10

shrinking the resources dynamically when

274:12

needed is known as elasticity.

274:20

Question number 252.

274:22

Which of the following is a NoSQL

274:24

database service that is both quick and

274:26

dependable? And we have four options.

274:29

Option A, Amazon Red Shift. Option B,

274:31

Amazon RDS. Option C, Amazon DynamoB,

274:35

and option D, Amazon S3.

274:38

So the right answer here is option C,

274:40

Amazon Dynamo DB.

274:43

So, Amazon DynamoB is a fully managed

274:46

NoSQL database service that provides

274:49

fast and predictable performance with

274:51

seamless scalability.

275:00

Question number 253.

275:02

A client wants to develop and construct

275:04

a new workload on AWS cloud but lacks

275:07

the necessary technical skills in AWS

275:10

related technologies. Which of the

275:12

following AWS programs may a client use

275:15

to accomplish that goal?

275:18

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

275:21

partner network technology partners.

275:23

Option B, AWS marketplace. Option C, AWS

275:27

partner network consulting partners. And

275:29

option D, AWS service catalog.

275:34

So the right answer here is option C,

275:36

AWS partner network consulting partners.

275:42

So benefits of becoming an APN

275:44

consulting partners include access to go

275:47

to market resources, training and

275:49

certification, market development

275:52

funding, innovation sandbox credits,

275:55

increased visibility to AWS customers

275:57

and AWS field teams.

276:07

Question number 254.

276:09

Which AWS solution enables rapid setup

276:12

and management of a new multi-account

276:14

AWS environment? And we have four

276:17

options. Option A, AWS trusted advisor.

276:20

Option B, AWS security hub. Option C,

276:24

AWS control tower. Option D, AWS

276:27

resource access manager.

276:30

So the right answer here is option C AWS

276:33

control tower.

276:38

So AWS control tower is a service for

276:40

organization with multiple accounts and

276:42

teams who are looking for the easiest

276:44

way to set up their new or existing

276:47

multi- account as environment and govern

276:50

at scale. With AWS control, cloud

276:53

administrators get peace of mind knowing

276:55

accounts in their organizations are

276:58

compliant with their established

277:00

policies. Building benefits from being

277:02

able to provision new AWS accounts

277:04

quickly.

277:12

Question number 255.

277:15

Which operation needs the usage of the

277:17

root account user credential for the AWS

277:20

account? And we have four options.

277:22

Option A, closing an AS account. Option

277:25

B, creating a log file. Option C,

277:28

modifying IM user permissions. Option D,

277:30

deleting IM user.

277:34

So the right answer here is option A,

277:36

closing an AWS account.

277:41

So to close your AWS account, do the

277:43

following. Sign into the AWS management

277:45

console as the root user of the account.

277:48

From the navigation bar, choose your

277:50

account name and then choose

277:52

account.

278:04

Question number 256. On Amazon EC2

278:07

instance, a business is operating and

278:09

controlling its own Docker environment.

278:12

Alternate is desired to assist in

278:14

managing cluster size, scheduuling and

278:17

environmental management. Which AWS

278:19

service satisfies these criteria? And we

278:23

have four options. Option A, AWS Lambda.

278:26

Option B, Amazon RDS. Option C, AWS

278:29

Fargate. Option D, Amazon Athena.

278:34

So the right answer here is option C,

278:37

AWS Fargate.

278:40

With AWS Fargate, you no longer have to

278:43

provision, configure, or scale clusters

278:46

of virtual machines to run containers.

278:48

These removes the need to choose server

278:51

types, decide when to scale your cluster

278:54

or optimize cluster packing.

279:04

Question number 257. Which AWS situation

279:08

exemplify the idea of elasticity?

279:12

And we have five options. Option A,

279:14

scaling the number of Amazon EC2

279:16

instances based on traffic. Option B,

279:19

resizing Amazon RDS instance as business

279:22

needs change. Option C, automatically

279:25

directing traffic to less utilized

279:27

Amazon EC2 instances. Option D, using

279:31

AWS compliance document to accelerate

279:33

the compliance process. Option E, having

279:36

the ability to create and govern

279:37

environmental using code.

279:40

So the right answer here is option A

279:43

scaling the number of Amazon EC2

279:44

instances based on traffic and option B

279:47

resizing Amazon RDS instances as

279:50

business needs change.

279:53

So the situations where implement

279:55

elasticity identify the workloads that

279:58

have variable loads. Identify the

280:00

workload range that is is there enough

280:03

variability to varant adding or removing

280:05

sources. Identify the application

280:07

limitations that may limit elasticity.

280:10

Identify if the increase in demand can

280:12

be met by automatic scaling or if it

280:15

needs to be placed before. Identify

280:17

application that can use Amazon Athena

280:19

or Amazon Aurora serverless. Implement

280:22

elasticity using AWS autoscaling or

280:25

application autoscaling for the aspects

280:27

of your services that are not elastic by

280:30

design. Test elasticity both up and down

280:33

ensuring it will meet requirement for

280:36

load variance.

280:38

Iterate on implementation and testing

280:40

until you can meet requirements. You may

280:42

want to investigate golden Amazon

280:45

machine images, Docker containers, etc.

280:47

to speed launch.

280:54

Question number 258. Which of the

280:57

following are advantages of using the

280:59

AWS cloud to host infrastructure? Select

281:02

two. And we have five options. Option A,

281:05

there are no upfront commitments. Option

281:07

B, AWS manages all security in the

281:10

cloud. Option C, users have the ability

281:13

to provision resources on demand. Option

281:16

D, users have access to free and

281:18

unlimited storage. Option E, users have

281:21

control over the physical

281:22

infrastructure.

281:25

So the right answer here is option A,

281:27

there are no upfront commitments. And

281:29

option C, users have the ability to

281:31

provision resources on demand.

281:38

The no upfront option does not require

281:41

any upfront payment and your commitment

281:43

will be charged purely on a monthly

281:45

basis.

281:47

Savings plans offer significant savings

281:50

over on demand just like EC2 rise but

281:54

automatically reduce your bills on

281:55

compute usage across any AWS region even

281:58

as usage changes.

282:09

Question number 259.

282:11

Which of the following are benefits of

282:13

Amazon Web Services cloud computing

282:16

platforms?

282:18

And we have five options. Option A, AWS

282:20

manages the maintenance of the cloud

282:22

infrastructure. Option B, AWS manages

282:25

the security of application built on

282:27

AWS. Option C, AWS manages capacity

282:31

planning for physical servers.

282:33

And option D, AWS manages the

282:35

development of application on AWS. And

282:38

option E, AWS manages cost planning for

282:40

virtual servers.

282:44

So the right answer here is option A,

282:46

AWS manages the maintenance of the cloud

282:49

infrastructure and option

282:52

C, AWS manages capacity planning for

282:54

physical servers.

283:04

AWS manages all infrastructure layers.

283:07

Some of the infrastructure layers are

283:08

data centers, hardware and software,

283:11

virtualization, networking.

283:22

Question number 260. Which AWS service

283:26

enables infrastructure as a code

283:27

management? And we have four options.

283:30

Option A, AWS code pipeline? Option B,

283:33

AWS code deploy. Option C, AWS direct

283:37

connect. Option D, AWS cloud formation.

283:41

So the right answer here is option D AWS

283:45

cloud formation.

283:50

AWS cloud formation provides a common

283:52

language for you to describe the pro and

283:55

provision all the infrastructure

283:56

resources in your cloud environment.

283:58

Cloud formation allows you to use a

284:01

simple text file to model and provision

284:04

in an automated and secure manner all

284:07

the resources needed for your

284:09

application across all regions and

284:11

accounts. These file serves as a single

284:14

source of truth for your cloud

284:16

environment.

284:25

So question number 261, how might AWS

284:28

help a business manage cost when an

284:31

application's consumption varies

284:32

unpredictably?

284:34

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

284:37

will refund the cost difference if a

284:39

customer moves to larger servers. Option

284:42

B, the application can be built to scale

284:44

up or down automatically as resources

284:47

are needed. Option C, spot instances

284:50

will automatically be used if the price

284:52

is lower than on demand instances.

284:55

Option D, Amazon Cloudatch will

284:57

automatically predict what resources are

285:00

needed.

285:03

So the right answer here is option B.

285:05

The application can be built to scale up

285:07

or down automatically as resources are

285:10

needed.

285:18

AWS autoscaling can help us to optimize

285:21

our utilization and cost performances

285:24

when consuming the AWS services. So you

285:27

only pay for the resources you need to

285:29

run the application. When demand falls,

285:32

AWS autoscaling will automatically

285:35

eliminate any excess resources capacity

285:38

so you avoid any overspending.

285:47

Question number 262.

285:50

What are the benefits of deploying an

285:52

application across various availability

285:54

jones using Amazon EC2 instances? Select

285:57

two. And we have five options. Option A,

286:00

preventing a single point of failure.

286:03

Option B, reducing the operational cost

286:05

of the application.

286:07

Option C, allowing the application to

286:09

serve cross region users with low

286:12

latency. Option D increasing the

286:14

availability of the application. Option

286:17

E increasing the load of the

286:18

application.

286:21

So the right answer here is option A

286:23

preventing a single point of failure

286:28

and option D increasing the availability

286:30

of the application.

286:36

The application will have higher

286:38

availability because it can withstand a

286:40

service disruption in one availability

286:43

zone.

286:50

Question number 263.

286:53

Which AWS service supports a hybrid

286:56

architecture that gives user the ability

286:58

to extend AWS infrastructure, AWS

287:02

services, APIs and tools to data

287:05

centers, collocation environments or on

287:08

premises facilities.

287:10

And we have four options. Option AWS no

287:13

mobile. Option B AWS local jones. Option

287:17

C AWS outposts and option D AWS Fargate.

287:24

So the right answer here is option

287:26

C AWS outposts.

287:33

So AWS Outpost is a service that

287:36

supports a hybrid architecture that

287:38

gives users the ability to extend AWS

287:41

infrastructure, AWS services, APIs and

287:45

tools to data centers, collocation

287:48

environments or on premises facilities.

287:57

So question number 264.

288:00

A company has a physical tape library to

288:03

store data backups. The tape library is

288:06

running out of space. The company needs

288:09

to extend the tape libraries capacity to

288:11

the AWS cloud. Which AWS service should

288:15

the company use to meet this

288:16

requirement?

288:18

And we have four options. Option A,

288:20

Amazon Elastic Block Store.

288:23

Option B, Amazon S3.

288:26

Option C, Amazon Elastic File System.

288:30

and option D AWS storage gateway.

288:34

So the right answer here is option D AWS

288:38

storage gateway.

288:42

So AWS storage gateway is a service that

288:45

can be used to extend the tape libraries

288:47

capacity to the AWS cloud. So AWS

288:50

storage gateway is a hybrid storage

288:52

service that allows user to connect

288:55

their on-remises data centers to the AWS

288:57

cloud. It provides a range of storage

289:00

options including file based, block

289:02

based and tape based storage which can

289:05

be used to store data backups and other

289:08

types of data.

289:17

Question number 265. A business wishes

289:20

to downsize its infrastructure in order

289:22

to save money. At what stages should a

289:25

business downsize? Selective.

289:28

And we have five options. Option A,

289:30

right size before a migration occurs to

289:32

the cloud. Option B, right size

289:35

continuously off to the cloud onboarding

289:38

process.

289:40

Option C, right size when AWS support

289:43

calls and explains that right sizing is

289:45

needed. Option D, right size when

289:48

seasonal workloads are at their peak.

289:51

Right size after purchasing all reserved

289:53

instances.

289:56

So the right answer here is option A

289:59

right size before a migration occurs to

290:01

the cloud

290:04

and option

290:06

B right size continuously after the

290:08

cloud onboarding process.

290:15

So right sizing is the process of

290:17

matching instances types and sizes to

290:20

your workload performance and capacity

290:22

requirements at the lowest possible

290:24

cost. It's also the process of looking

290:27

at deployed instances and identifying

290:29

opportunities to eliminate our downsize

290:31

without compromising capacity or other

290:34

requirements which result in lower

290:36

costs.

290:44

So question number 266

290:47

AWS budgets may be used for the

290:49

following purposes

290:51

and we have four options. Option A,

290:54

prevent a given user from creating a

290:56

resource. Option B, send an alert when

290:59

the utilization of reserved instances

291:01

drops below a certain percentage. Option

291:05

C, set resources limits in AWS accounts

291:08

to prevent overspending.

291:11

Option D, split an AWS bill across

291:14

multiple forms of payments.

291:18

So the right answer here is option B.

291:21

Send an alert when the utilization of

291:23

reserved instances drops below a certain

291:26

percentage.

291:31

So AWS budgets allow you to set custom

291:34

budgets to track your cost and usage

291:37

from the simplest to the most complex

291:39

use cases. With AWS budgets, you can

291:42

choose to be alerted by email or SNS

291:45

notification when actual or forecasted

291:48

cost and usage exceeds your budget

291:51

threshold or when your actual RAI and

291:54

savings plan utilization or coverage

291:57

drops below your desired threshold.

292:07

So question number 267.

292:10

An online retail company has seasonal

292:12

sales spikes several times a year.

292:15

Primarily around holidays, demand is

292:18

lower at other times. The company finds

292:20

it difficult to predict the increase

292:22

infrastructure demand for each season.

292:25

Which advantage of moving to the AWS

292:27

cloud would most benefit the company

292:31

choose to? And we have five options.

292:34

Option A, global footprint.

292:37

Option B, elasticity.

292:39

Option C, AWS service quotas. Option D,

292:43

AWS share responsibility model. And

292:46

option E pay as you go pricing.

292:50

So the right answer here is option B

292:52

elasticity and option E pay as you go

292:55

pricing.

293:00

So cloud elasticity is the ability to

293:02

rapidly and dynamically allocate cloud

293:05

resources including compute, storage and

293:08

memory resources in response to changing

293:10

demands. The goal of cloud elasticity is

293:13

to avoid either overprovisioning or

293:16

underprovisioning a particular service

293:18

or application.

293:26

Question number 268.

293:29

What are the advantages of unified

293:31

billing for Amazon Web Services

293:33

accounts? And we have four options.

293:36

Option A, access to AWS personal health

293:39

dashboard. Option B, combined usage

293:42

volume discounts. Option C, improved

293:45

account security. And option D

293:48

centralized AWS AM.

293:52

So the right answer here is option B.

293:54

Combined usage volume discounts.

294:13

Question number 269.

294:15

A corporation want to connect to AWS

294:18

from a distant office through a private

294:21

low latency connection. Which strategy

294:24

is advised for meeting these

294:26

requirements?

294:28

And we have four options. Option A,

294:30

create a VPN tunnel. Option B, connect

294:33

across the public internet. Option C,

294:36

use VPC pairing to create a connection.

294:40

Option D, use AWS direct connect.

294:44

So the right answer here is option D.

294:47

Use AWS Direct Connect.

294:53

The AWS Direct Connect

294:56

cloud service is the shortest path to

294:59

your AWS resources. While in transit,

295:02

your network traffic remains on the AWS

295:04

global network and never touches the

295:06

public internet. This reduces the chance

295:09

of hitting bottlenecks or unexpected

295:11

increase in latency.

295:22

Question number 270.

295:24

Which AWS service can be used to turn

295:27

text into lifl like speech? And we have

295:31

four options. Option A, Amazon Poly,

295:34

option B, Amazon Kra. Option C, Amazon

295:38

recognition. Option D, Amazon Connect.

295:44

So the right answer here is option A,

295:46

Amazon Poly.

295:49

So Amazon Poly is a service that can be

295:52

used to turn text into lifelike like

295:54

speech. Amazon Poly uses advanced deep

295:57

learning technologies to synthesize

296:00

speech that sounds naturally and

296:03

lifelike, allowing users to convert

296:05

written content into spoken language.

296:17

Question number 271.

296:19

Which Amazon EC2 pricing model is

296:22

dynamically adjusted in response to EC2

296:24

instance availability and demand?

296:27

And we have four options. Option A

296:29

ondemand instances. Option B reserved

296:32

instances. Option C spot instances. and

296:36

option D convertible reserved instances.

296:42

So the right answer here is option C

296:45

spot instances.

296:52

In the new model, the spot prices are

296:55

more predictable, updated less

296:57

frequently, and are determined by supply

297:00

and demand for Amazon EC2 spare

297:02

capacity, not bit prices.

297:14

So question number 272, which service

297:17

should a client utilize to integrate and

297:20

manage several Amazon Web Services

297:22

accounts centrally?

297:24

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

297:27

IM, option B, AWS organizations. Option

297:31

C, AWS schema conversion tool. Option D,

297:35

AWS config.

297:38

So the right answer here is option B,

297:41

AWS organizations.

297:48

So integrate multiple AWS services with

297:51

multiple unique AWS accounts. Manage the

297:54

user environment based on

297:56

organizational, legal or project based

297:59

policies. The accounts can also share

298:01

resources, security mechanism, audit

298:04

requirements, configurations and

298:06

policies between multiple AWS

298:08

organizations.

298:17

Question number 273, which AWS service

298:21

or tool can be used to capture

298:23

information about inbound and outbound

298:25

traffic in an Amazon VPC? And we have

298:28

four options. Option A, VPC flow logs.

298:32

Option B, Amazon Inspector, option C,

298:36

VPC endpoint services. And option D, NAT

298:39

gateway.

298:42

So the right answer here is option A,

298:44

VPC flow logs.

298:51

VPC flow logs is a feature that enables

298:54

you to capture information about the IP

298:57

traffic going to and from network

298:59

interfaces in your VPC.

299:10

Question number 274.

299:12

Which choices do users have when

299:14

contacting AWS support? And we have five

299:17

options. Option A, create an email case

299:19

in the AWS support center. Option B,

299:22

visit a local AWS support center. Option

299:26

C, use live chat functionality.

299:28

Option D, call the customer service

299:30

phone number. Option E, use the video

299:33

conference functionality of the AWS

299:35

support console.

299:38

So the right answer here is option C,

299:41

use live chat functionality.

299:46

The AWS supports offers a range of plans

299:49

that provides access to tools and

299:51

expertise that supports the success and

299:54

operational health of your AWS solution.

299:56

All support plans provides 24 by7 access

299:59

to customer service, AWS documentation,

300:02

technical papers and support forums for

300:05

technical support and more resources to

300:07

plan, deploy and improve your AWS

300:10

environment. You can choose a support

300:13

plan for your AWS use case.

300:21

Question number 275.

300:24

A business must track and anticipate AWS

300:27

expenditure and use additionally the

300:30

organization must configure eventdriven

300:32

alert alerts that are triggered when

300:35

expenditure limitations are exceeded.

300:38

Which Amazon Web Services offerings or

300:41

technology should the business employ to

300:43

achieve these requirements?

300:45

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

300:48

budgets. Option B, Amazon Cloudatch.

300:52

Option C, AWS config. And option D, AWS

300:56

service catalog.

300:58

So the right answer here is option A,

301:01

AWS config budgets.

301:07

So within AWS budgets, a budget is a

301:10

single regularly updating cost and usage

301:13

metrics relating to your AWS resources.

301:16

The rich structure of these AWS data

301:19

allows you to set up multiple budgets to

301:21

track this data across different

301:23

departments are drilling down into

301:26

different systems and resource types.

301:37

Question number 276.

301:39

Which of the following IT functions does

301:41

AWS do in order to relieve a business of

301:44

its responsibilities for managing its IT

301:47

resources? Select two. And we have five

301:50

options. Option A, configuring operating

301:53

system firewalls. Option B, setting up

301:56

access controls for data. Option C,

302:00

backing up databases. Option D,

302:02

configuring database user accounts.

302:05

Option E, installing operating systems.

302:10

So the right answer here is option C,

302:13

backing up databases,

302:16

and option E, installing operating

302:18

systems.

302:24

AWS maintains the configuration of its

302:27

infrastructure devices, but a customer

302:29

is responsible for configuring their own

302:32

guest operating systems, databases, and

302:34

applications.

302:45

Question number 277, which AWS

302:48

technologies aid in cost estimation?

302:51

Select three. And we have five options.

302:54

Option A, detailed building report.

302:56

Option B, cost allocation tags. Option

302:59

C, AWS simple monthly calculator. Option

303:02

D, AWS total cost of ownership

303:05

calculator. Option E, cost estimator.

303:10

So the right answer here is option B,

303:12

cost allocation tags

303:17

and option C, AWS simple monthly

303:19

calculator.

303:21

and option D AWS total cost of ownership

303:24

calculator.

303:31

So AWS cost allocation tags are labels

303:34

for classifying, organizing and

303:37

identifying your resources. These tags

303:39

which are key value pairs make it easier

303:42

to manage them and track their usage. By

303:45

assigning tags to your resources, you

303:48

can track your overall AWS cost either

303:50

through cost explorer or through the AWS

303:53

API.

304:04

Question number 278.

304:06

A company wants to ensure that two

304:09

Amazon EC2 instances are in separate

304:11

data centers with minimal communication

304:14

latency between the data centers. How

304:16

can the company meet this requirement?

304:20

And we have four options. Option A,

304:22

place the EC2 instances in two separate

304:25

AWS regions connected with the VPC

304:27

pairing connection. Option B, place the

304:30

EC2 instances in two separate

304:32

availability jones within the same AWS

304:35

region.

304:36

Option C, place one EC2 instance on

304:39

premises and other in AWS region, then

304:43

connect them by using an AWSVPN

304:45

connection. Option D, place both EC2

304:48

instances in a placement group for

304:50

dedicated bandwidth.

304:54

So the right answer here is option B,

304:56

place the EC2 instances in two separate

304:59

availability jones within the same AWS

305:02

region.

305:09

Easily deploy EC2 instances in separate

305:11

availability jones within the same

305:13

region, which is enough to meet the SLA

305:17

for service credits from outages. If you

305:19

haven't already, you can see which Jone

305:22

each instance is assigned to by viewing

305:24

the details of each of the instance

305:26

page.

305:35

Question number 279.

305:37

In comparison to conventional and

305:39

virtualized data enterprises, AWS offers

305:42

the following. And we have four options.

305:45

Option A, greater variable cost and

305:48

greater upfront costs. Option B, fixed

305:51

usage cost and lower upfront costs.

305:54

Option C, lower variable cost and

305:57

greater upfront costs. and option D

306:00

lower variable cost and lower upfront

306:02

costs.

306:06

So the right answer here is option D

306:08

lower variable cost and lower upfront

306:10

costs.

306:17

AWS does not require minimum spend

306:19

commitments or long-term contracts. You

306:22

replace

306:24

large upfront expenses with low variable

306:26

payments that only apply to what you

306:28

use. With AWS, you are not born to

306:31

multi-year agreements or complicated

306:34

licensing models.

306:42

Question number 280. Which situations

306:46

should the AWS abuse team be notified

306:48

about? And we have four options. Option

306:51

A, in availability zone has a service

306:53

disruption. Option B, an intrusion

306:56

attempt is made from an AWS IP address.

307:00

Option C, a user has trouble accessing

307:03

an Amazon S3 bucket from an IWS IP

307:06

address. Option D, a user needs to

307:09

change payments methods due to a

307:11

compromise.

307:15

So the right answer here is option B. An

307:18

intrusion attempt is made from an AWS IP

307:21

address

307:28

so that AWS trust and safety team can

307:30

assist you when AWS resources are used

307:33

to engage in the following types of

307:35

abuse behavior. spam, port scanning,

307:39

denial of service attacks and intrusion

307:42

attempts.

307:50

Question number 281,

307:53

which AWS feature should a client

307:56

exploit to ensure an application high

307:58

availability? And we have four options.

308:01

Option A, AWS direct connect. Option B,

308:04

availability jones. Option C, data

308:07

centers. And option D, Amazon virtual

308:09

private cloud.

308:13

So the right answer here is option B,

308:15

availability jones.

308:22

So this is to achieve high availability

308:24

for any web application deployed in AWS.

308:27

The following features will be present.

308:31

High availability across multiple

308:32

instances, multiple availability jones.

308:35

Autoscaling of instances based on number

308:37

of requests coming in. Additional

308:39

security to the instance database that

308:41

are in production. No impact to end

308:44

users during newer versions of code

308:46

deployment. No impact during patching

308:49

the instance.

308:57

Question number 282. In which situations

309:00

should a company create an IM user

309:02

instead of an IM role? Choose two. And

309:06

we have five options. Option A, where an

309:08

application that runs on Amazon EC2

309:10

instance requires access to other AWS

309:12

services. Option B, when the company

309:15

creates AWS access credentials for

309:18

individuals. Option C, when the company

309:21

creates an application that runs on a

309:23

mobile phone that makes requests to AWS.

309:26

Option D when the company needs to add

309:29

users to AM IM groups. Option E when

309:33

users are authenticated in the corporate

309:35

network and want to be able to use AWS

309:39

without having to sign in a second time.

309:44

So the right answer here is option B

309:46

when the company creates AWS access

309:48

credentials for individuals

309:51

and option D when the company needs to

309:54

add users to IM groups.

310:02

An AWS identity and access management

310:04

user is an entity that you create in

310:07

AWS. The IM user represents the human

310:10

user or workload who uses the IM user to

310:13

interact with AWS. A user AWS consist of

310:17

a name and credentials. An IM user with

310:21

administrative permissions is not the

310:23

same thing as the IWS account root user.

310:35

Question number 283. How might an AWS

310:38

client implement common access

310:40

restrictions to a big group of users

310:43

easily? And we have four options. Option

310:47

A, apply an IM policy to an IM group.

310:50

Option B, apply an IM policy to an IM

310:54

role. Option C, apply the same IM policy

310:58

to all IM users with access to the same

311:01

workload. Option D, apply an IM policy

311:04

to an Amazon cognitive user pool.

311:09

So the right answer here is option A,

311:11

apply an IM policy to an IM group.

311:18

So instead of defining permissions for

311:20

individual IM users, it's usually more

311:23

convenient to create groups that relate

311:25

to job functions. Next, define the

311:28

relevant permissions for each group.

311:30

Finally, assign IM users to those

311:32

groups. All the users in an IM group

311:35

inheritions assigned to the group. That

311:38

way, you can make changes for everyone

311:40

in a group in just one place. As people

311:43

move around in your company, you can

311:45

simply change what IM group their IM

311:49

user belongs to.

311:58

Question number 284. Which AWS service

312:02

is used to provide encryption for Amazon

312:04

EBS? And we have four options. Option A,

312:07

AWS Certificate Manager. Option B, AWS

312:11

Systems Manager. Option C, AWS KMS.

312:15

Option D, AWS Config.

312:19

So the right answer here is option C,

312:22

AWS KMS.

312:27

AWS key management service makes it easy

312:30

for you to create and manage

312:32

cryptographic keys and control their use

312:35

across a wide range of AWS services and

312:38

in your application. AWS KMS is a

312:41

service and resilient service that uses

312:45

hardware security modules that have been

312:47

validated under FIPS 140-2

312:52

or are in process of being validated to

312:55

protect your keys. AWS KMS is integrated

312:58

with AWS cloud trial to provide you with

313:01

logs of all keys using to help meet your

313:04

regularity, regulatory and compliance

313:07

needs.

313:15

So question number 285. A business need

313:18

software solution that are either hosted

313:21

on the AWS platform are linked with it.

313:25

Independent software providers as well

313:27

as management and security vendors are

313:30

required to provide solutions.

313:32

Which organization or team is capable of

313:34

providing these solutions? And we have

313:37

four options. Option A, AWS technical

313:39

account managers. Option B, AWS partner

313:43

network consulting partners. Option C,

313:46

AWS conserge support. And option D, AWS

313:49

partner network technology partners.

313:53

So the right answer here is option D AWS

313:56

partner network technology partners.

314:01

So AWS partner network is a global

314:04

partner program that vendors and other

314:07

service providers offer cloud software

314:09

services and build solutions for Amazon

314:12

web services customers. The partners and

314:14

professionals in software and services

314:16

who are earned an endorsement from AWS.

314:28

Question number 286. Which AWS services

314:31

are available for application

314:34

deployment? Select two. And we have five

314:36

options. Option A, AWS elastic binto.

314:40

Option B, AWS config. Option C, AWS ops

314:44

works. Option D, AWS application

314:47

discovery service and option E Amazon

314:50

Kinesis.

314:52

So the right answer here is option A A

314:54

as Elastic Beatstock

314:56

and option C AWS Ops works.

315:02

So AWS elastic beatstock deploys web

315:04

applications so that you can focus on

315:06

your business. AWS Opsworks provides a

315:09

simple and flexible way to create and

315:11

manage stacks and applications.

315:14

With Opssworks, you can provision AWS

315:17

resources, manage their configuration,

315:19

deploy applications to those resources,

315:21

and monitor their health.

315:28

Question number 287. Which AWS services

315:32

makes use of global edge locations?

315:34

Choose two. And we have five options.

315:36

Option A, AWS Fargate. Option B, Amazon

315:40

CloudFront. Option C, AWS Global

315:43

Accelerator. Option B, AWS Wavelength.

315:47

And option E, Amazon VPC.

315:51

So the right answer here is option B,

315:53

Amazon CloudFront, and option C, AWS

315:58

Global Accelerator.

316:03

So CloudFront is the most commonly

316:05

discussed use of edge locations. It's a

316:07

content delivery network that catches

316:10

content in edge locations. Content can

316:13

be served directly from the catchy so it

316:16

gets users

316:17

users faster. Cloudfront is often used

316:21

to serve static assets, speed up

316:23

websites and stream videos.

316:27

An AWS global accelerator allow you to

316:30

route a request for key resources

316:32

through Amazon's global network. Even if

316:35

the request is going halfway around the

316:37

world, the request is initially rooted

316:39

to the closest edge location and then

316:42

travels through Amazon's network,

316:45

often with lower latency and higher

316:47

throughput than the public internet.

316:57

Question number 288.

316:59

Which responsibilities do customers bear

317:02

while using Amazon EC2? Select two. And

317:05

we have five options. Option A

317:07

underlying hardware maintenance. Option

317:09

B file system level encryption. Option C

317:14

guest operating system firewall

317:15

configuration.

317:17

Option D hypervisor level software

317:19

patching.

317:21

Option E physical security at data

317:23

center facilities.

317:26

So the right answer here is option B

317:28

file system level encryption

317:31

and option C guest operating system

317:34

firewall configuration.

317:41

So customers that deploy an Amazon EC2

317:44

instance are responsible for management

317:46

of the guest operating system including

317:48

updates and security patches. any

317:50

application, software or utilities

317:53

installed by the customer on the

317:54

instance and the configuration of the

317:56

AWS provided firewall called a security

317:59

group on each instance.

318:07

Question number 289. A company is

318:10

operating several factories where it

318:12

builds products. The company needs the

318:14

ability to process data, store data, and

318:17

run applications with local system

318:19

interdependencies that require low

318:21

latency. Which AWS service should the

318:24

company use to meet these requirements?

318:27

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

318:29

IoT Greenrass, option B, AWS Lambda.

318:33

Option C, AWS outpost. And option D, AWS

318:37

Noble Edge.

318:39

So the right answer here is option. See

318:42

AWS outposts.

318:48

Outpost is designed to provide the same

318:50

APIs, control plane and hardware as the

318:54

AWS cloud but with ability to run

318:56

workloads on premises. This can be

318:58

useful for applications that require low

319:00

latency or local system

319:02

interdependencies as it allows you to

319:04

keep your data and applications close to

319:07

your users and process.

319:16

Question number 290. A business needs

319:19

handle a huge volume of data from social

319:22

network accounts using high throughput

319:24

graphical queries. Which AWS service

319:28

will assist the business in developing a

319:30

cloud architecture that satisfies this

319:33

criteria? And we have four options.

319:35

Option A, Amazon RDS. Option B, Amazon

319:39

Dynamo DB. Option C, Amazon Neptune. And

319:43

option D, Amazon Red Shift.

319:46

So the right answer here is option C,

319:49

Amazon Neptune.

319:55

Amazon Neptune is a fast, reliable,

319:58

fully managed graph database service

320:00

that makes it easy to build and run

320:02

applications.

320:11

Question number 291. Which AWS service

320:14

enables the use of the AWS cloud to host

320:17

a NoSQL database? And we have four

320:20

options. Option A, Amazon Aurora, option

320:22

B, Amazon DynamoB, option C, Amazon RDS

320:27

and option D Amazon Red Shift.

320:31

So the right answer is Amazon Dynamo DB.

320:38

Amazon Dynamo DB is a fully managed

320:41

NoSQL database service that provides

320:43

fast and predictable performance with

320:46

seamless scalability.

320:55

Question number 292. Which of the

320:58

following acts as an instance level

321:00

firewall to control inbound and outbound

321:02

access? And we have four options. Option

321:05

A, network access control list. Option

321:08

B, security groups. Option C, AWS

321:11

trusted advisor. And option D, virtual

321:14

private gateway.

321:17

So the right answer here is option B,

321:18

security groups.

321:24

A security group acts as a virtual

321:27

firewall for your instance to control

321:29

inbound and outbound traffic. When you

321:32

launch an instance in a VPC, you can

321:35

assign the instance to up to five

321:37

security groups. Security groups acts at

321:41

the instance level, not the subnet

321:43

level.

321:53

Question number 293. A business is

321:55

consolidating many apps into a single

321:58

Amazon Web Services account. The

322:00

organization wishes to keep track of the

322:03

AWS cloud fees paid by individual

322:05

applications. What can the business do

322:08

to ensure compliance with these

322:10

requirements? And we have four options.

322:12

Option A, set up invoiced billing.

322:16

Option B, use AWS artifact. Option C,

322:20

set the budgets in cost explorer. And

322:22

option D, create cost allocation tax.

322:27

So the right answer here is option D

322:29

create cost allocation tax.

322:48

Question number 294.

322:51

On an Amazon EC2 instance, a batch job

322:54

takes 5 hours to complete. Monthly, the

322:57

quantity of data to be processed doubles

323:00

and the time required to process it is

323:02

proportionate.

323:04

What is the optimal cloud architecture

323:06

for meeting these is creating demand and

323:09

we have four options. Option A, run the

323:12

application on a bigger EC2 instance

323:14

size. Option B, switch to an EC2

323:17

instance family that better matches

323:19

batch requirements. Option C, distribute

323:23

the application across multiple EC2

323:25

instances and run the workload in

323:27

parallel. Option D, run the application

323:30

on a bare metal EC2 instance.

323:35

So the right answer here is option C,

323:38

distribute the application across

323:40

multiple EC2 instance and run the

323:42

workload in parallel.

323:50

Question number 295. A company has a

323:54

workload that will run continuously for

323:56

one year. The workload cannot tolerate

323:58

service interruptions. Which Amazon EC2

324:01

purchasing option will be most cost

324:03

effective? And we have four options.

324:06

Option A, all upfront reserved

324:08

instances. Option B, partial upfront

324:11

reserved instances. Option C dedicated

324:15

instances and option D on demand

324:17

instances.

324:23

So the right answer is option A all

324:25

upfront reserved instances.

324:35

With all upfront options you pay for the

324:37

entire reserved instance term with one

324:39

upfront payment. This option provides

324:42

you with the largest discount compared

324:44

to ondemand instance pricing.

324:52

Question number 296. How can AWS trusted

324:55

advisor assist AWS cloud users? Select

324:58

two. And we have five options. Option A,

325:01

it identifies software vulnerabilities

325:04

in applications running on AWS. Option

325:07

B, it provides a list of cost

325:09

optimization recommendations based on

325:11

current AWS usage. Option C, it detects

325:15

potential security vulnerabilities

325:17

caused by permission setting on account

325:19

resources. Option D, it automatically

325:23

corrects potential security issues

325:25

caused by permission settings on account

325:27

resources. And option E, it provides

325:30

proactive alerting whenever an Amazon

325:32

EC2 instance has been compromised.

325:37

So the right answer here is option B and

325:40

option C.

325:50

So AWS trusted advisor provides

325:52

recommendations that help you follow AWS

325:55

best practices. Trusted advisor

325:58

evaluates your accounts by using checks.

326:01

These checks identify ways to optimize

326:03

your AWS infrastructure, improve

326:06

security and performance, reduce cost

326:08

and monitor service quotas. You can then

326:10

follow the recommendations to optimize

326:12

your service and resources.

326:23

Question number 297.

326:25

Which AWS function will assist users in

326:28

determining the CPU capacity of an

326:31

application running on an Amazon EC2

326:33

instance? And we have four options.

326:35

Option A, Amazon Cloudatch. Option B,

326:38

AWS Config. Option C, AWS Cloud Trial.

326:43

And option D, Amazon Inspector.

326:48

So the right answer here is option A,

326:50

Amazon Cloudatch.

326:58

So you can you can see the CPU credit

327:01

balance for each T2 instance in EC2 per

327:05

instance metrics in Amazon Cloudatch. T2

327:09

instance have four metrics. CPU credit

327:11

usage, CPU credit balance, CPU surplus

327:15

credit balance and CPU surplus credits

327:18

charged.

327:26

Question number 298. A user may create a

327:29

master payer account in order to access

327:31

aggregated billing data via and we have

327:34

four options. Option A AWS budgets,

327:36

option B, Amazon Mackie, option C,

327:39

Amazon Quicksite and option C AWS

327:43

organizations.

327:46

So the right answer here is option D AWS

327:48

organizations.

327:54

As part of AWS account creation, AWS

327:57

organization creates an IM role with

328:00

full administrative permissions in the

328:02

new account. IM users and IM roles with

328:05

appropriate permissions in the master

328:07

account can assume these IM role to gain

328:10

access to the newly created accounts.

328:19

Question number 299.

328:21

Every few years, a business invests

328:24

several months in modernizing its

328:25

on-remises infrastructure. The

328:28

organization wishes to shorten the time

328:30

required for infrastructure purchase by

328:33

shifting to the AWS cloud.

328:36

What is the primary advantage of

328:38

transferring this use case to the AWS

328:40

cloud? And we have four options. Option

328:43

A, AWS will help move the existing

328:46

hardware to the AWS data centers. Option

328:49

B, the company will have increased

328:51

agility with ondemand access to IT

328:54

resources.

328:55

Option C, enterprise support will be

328:58

available to help with recurring

329:00

application installation and setup.

329:03

Option D, the company will experience

329:05

less downtime with multi-AZ deployment.

329:10

So the right answer here is option B.

329:15

The company will have increased agility

329:17

with ondemand access to IT resources.

329:23

Question number 300.

329:25

Which AWS service helps protects against

329:28

DOS attacks? And we have four options.

329:31

Option A, AWS shield. Option B, Amazon

329:34

Inspector, option C, Amazon Guard Duty.

329:38

And option D, Amazon Detective.

329:42

So the right answer here is option A AWS

329:45

shield.

329:50

So AWS shield is a managed distributed

329:53

denial of service protection service

329:55

that safeguards applications running on

329:57

AWS. AWS shield provides always on

330:00

detection and automatic inline

330:03

mitigations that minimize application

330:05

downtime and latency. So there is no

330:08

need to engage AWS support to benefit

330:10

from DOS production.

330:20

Question number 301. Which Amazon web

330:23

service offering allow customers to

330:25

aggregate billing for many accounts? And

330:28

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

330:30

Quicksite, option B, AWS organizations.

330:34

Option C AWS budgets. and option D

330:37

Amazon forecast.

330:40

So the right answer here is option B AWS

330:43

organizations.

330:48

So you can use the consolidated billing

330:50

feature in AWS organization to

330:53

consolidate billing and payment for

330:55

multiple AWS accounts or multiple Amazon

330:58

internet services private limited

331:00

accounts. Every organization in AWS

331:03

organization has a master account that

331:06

pays the charges of all the members

331:09

accounts.

331:15

Question number 302. Which of the

331:17

following are advantages of Amazon Web

331:19

Services Cloud computing platform?

331:22

Select two. And we have five options.

331:24

Option A, unlimited uptime. Option B,

331:27

elasticity. Option C, agility. Option D

331:32

collocation and option E capital

331:34

expenses.

331:36

So the right answer here is option B

331:39

elasticity and option C agility.

331:46

The most celebrated benefit of AWS cloud

331:49

is elasticity since you can expand the

331:52

services when you experience more

331:54

traffic. Agile developments in AWS cloud

331:57

through strategies are day by day

331:59

becoming more established within the

332:01

enterprise across the world. With so

332:03

much improvement and call for

332:05

optimization in the cloud, it is

332:07

necessary that these strategies get

332:09

established from the ground up within

332:12

the organization. It is highly important

332:14

as already enterprises have a lot of

332:18

bequest politics and hierarchies which

332:21

acts as barriers in these businesses.

332:29

Question number 303. An application

332:32

installed in the AWS cloud exhibits

332:34

irregular consumption patterns and is

332:37

responsible for non-stop workloads.

332:40

Which Amazon EC2 pricing plan is the

332:43

most cost effective for this

332:45

application? And we have four options.

332:47

Option A, dedicated instances. Option B,

332:51

spot instances. Option C reserved

332:54

instances and option D on demand

332:56

instances.

333:00

So the right answer here is option D on

333:02

demand instances.

333:10

On demand instances are virtual servers

333:13

that run in Amazon EC2 and are available

333:16

on demand with organizations paying for

333:19

them by the hour or second with no

333:22

long-term commitments.

333:24

An instance refers to a virtual server

333:26

in the AWS cloud, especially in the

333:29

Amazon EC2 compute platform.

333:39

Question number 304. Which service

333:42

primary aim is to manage software

333:44

versions? And we have four options.

333:46

Option A, Amazon codear. Option B, AWS

333:50

command line interface. Option C, Amazon

333:53

Cognto. And option D, AWS code commit.

333:58

So the right answer here is option D,

334:00

AWS code commit.

334:05

AWS Code Commit is a version control

334:07

service hosted by Amazon Web Services

334:10

that you can use to privately store and

334:13

manage assets such as documents, source

334:15

code, and binary files in the cloud.

334:25

Question number 305. A business is now

334:28

undergoing a security examination. The

334:31

audit includes a security and compliance

334:33

review of the company's AWS

334:35

infrastructure and services. The auditor

334:38

must identify and download AWS security

334:41

and compliance materials. The system and

334:44

organization control reports are one of

334:46

these documents.

334:48

Which AWS service or collection of

334:51

service is capable of providing these

334:53

documents?

334:54

And we have four options.

334:57

Option A as abuse team. Option B, AWS

335:00

artifact. Option C, AWS support. And

335:04

option D, AWS config.

335:07

So the right answer here is option B,

335:10

AWS artifact.

335:15

AWS artifact is a portal that provides

335:18

an enterprise with access to security

335:20

and compliance reports that apply to the

335:23

Amazon Web Services public cloud.

335:34

Question number 306. Using AWS config to

335:37

record, audit and evaluate changes to

335:40

AWS resources to enable traceability is

335:43

an example of which AWS

335:44

wellarchchitected framework pillar. And

335:47

we have four options. Option A security.

335:50

Option B operational excellence. Option

335:53

C performance efficiency and option D

335:56

cost optimization.

335:59

So the right answer here is option A

336:02

security.

336:07

Question number 307. Which of the

336:10

following is a design concept for AWS

336:12

cloud architecture? And we have four

336:15

options. Option A implement single point

336:17

of failure. Option B implement loose

336:20

coupling. Option C implement monolithic

336:23

design and option D implement vertical

336:26

scaling.

336:28

So the right answer here is option B

336:31

implement loose coupling.

336:37

Loose coupling between services can also

336:40

be done through a synchronized

336:42

integration. It involves one component

336:44

that generates events and another that

336:46

consumes them. The two components do not

336:49

integrate through direct point-to-point

336:51

interaction but usually through an

336:53

intermediate durable storage layer. This

336:57

approach decouples the two components

336:59

and introduces additional resilency. So

337:02

for example, if a process that is

337:04

reading messages from the queue fails,

337:07

messages can still be able added to the

337:10

queue to be processed when the system

337:12

recovers.

337:21

Question number 308. The continuous

337:23

lowering in AWS cloud price is a result

337:26

of the following. And we have four

337:28

options. Option A, P as you go pricing.

337:31

Option B, the AWS global infrastructure.

337:34

Option C, economies of scale. Option D,

337:38

reserved storage pricing.

337:41

So the right answer here is option C.

337:44

Economies of scale.

337:50

More customer leads to higher AWS usage

337:53

which leads to more infrastructure. The

337:55

economies of scale effects occurs

337:57

because cost can now be spread over a

338:00

larger number of customers. The

338:02

infrastructure becomes cheaper. Prices

338:04

can be reduced and new customer benefits

338:06

from the lower prices.

338:15

Question number 309. Which phase and

338:18

discusses agility as an advantage of AWS

338:21

cloud-based deployment? And we have four

338:24

options. Option A, the ability to pay

338:26

only when computing resources are

338:28

consumed based on the volume of

338:31

resources that are consumed. Option B,

338:34

the ability to eliminate guessing about

338:36

infrastructure capacity needs. Option C,

338:39

the ability to support innovation

338:41

through a reduction in the time that is

338:44

required to make IT resources available

338:46

to developers. Option D, the ability to

338:49

deploy an application in multiple AWS

338:51

regions around the world in minutes.

338:55

So the right answer here is option C.

338:58

The ability to support innovation

339:00

through a reduction in the time that is

339:02

required to make it resources available

339:04

to developers.

339:13

Question number 310. Which AWS tool or

339:17

feature acts as a VPC firewall at the

339:20

subnet level? And we have four options.

339:23

Option A security group, option B,

339:25

network ACL. Option C traffic mirroring.

339:29

And option D Internet gateway.

339:32

So the right answer here is option B

339:34

network ACL.

339:42

A network access control list ACL allows

339:45

or denies specific inbound or outbound

339:48

traffic at the subnet level.

339:56

Question number 311. A business wishes

339:59

to deliver managed Windows virtual

340:01

desktops and programs through secure

340:04

network connections to its distant

340:06

workers. Which AWS service does the

340:09

business have access to in order to

340:11

achieve these requirements? Select two.

340:14

And we have five options. Option A,

340:17

Amazon Connect. Option B, Amazon

340:19

AppStream 2.0.

340:22

Option C, Amazon Workspaces. Option D,

340:25

AWS Sightto-SightVPN.

340:27

Option E, Amazon Elastic Container

340:30

Service, Amazon ECS.

340:34

So the right answer here is option B,

340:37

Amazon AppStream 2.0

340:40

and option C, Amazon Workspaces.

340:45

With AppStream 2.0, O you can easily add

340:47

your existing desktop applications to

340:49

AWS and enable your users to instantly

340:53

stream them. Windows user can use either

340:56

the AppStream 2.0 client or an HTML 5

340:59

capable web browser for application

341:01

streaming. Amazon Workspaces enable you

341:04

to provision virtual cloud-based

341:07

Microsoft Windows, Amazon Linux or

341:09

Ubuntu Linux desktops for you users

341:13

known as workspaces.

341:21

Question number 312. Which of the

341:23

following is an AWS shared

341:24

responsibility? And we have four

341:26

options. Option A, identity and access

341:29

management. Option B, serverside

341:31

encryption. Option C, firewall

341:34

configuration. And option D, maintaining

341:37

physical hardware.

341:40

So the right answer here is option D,

341:42

maintaining physical hardware.

341:49

AWS is responsible for protecting the

341:52

infrastructure that runs all of the

341:54

services offered in the AWS cloud. These

341:57

infrastructure is composed of the

341:59

hardware, software, networking, and

342:01

facilities that run AWS cloud services.

342:09

Question number 313.

342:11

Which storage service can be utilized to

342:14

host static web pages at a minimal cost?

342:18

And we have four options. Option A,

342:20

Amazon Glacier. Option B, Amazon

342:22

Dynamob.

342:24

Option C, Amazon Elastic File System.

342:27

Option D, Amazon Simple Storage Service.

342:32

So the right answer here is option D,

342:35

Amazon Simple Storage Service, Amazon

342:37

S3.

342:43

You can use Amazon S3 to host a static

342:46

website. On a static website, individual

342:48

web pages include static content. They

342:51

might also contain client side scripts.

342:54

By contrast, a dynamic website release

342:57

on serverside processing including

342:59

serverside scripts such as PHP, JSP, or

343:03

ASP.NET. Amazon S3 does not support

343:07

serverside scripting but AWS has other

343:09

resources for hosting dynamic websites.

343:18

Question number 314. Which AWS service

343:21

can be used to decouple applications?

343:23

And we have four options. Option AWS

343:26

config. Option B Amazon simple Q

343:29

service.

343:31

Option C AWS batch. Option D, Amazon

343:34

simple email service.

343:38

So the right answer here is option B,

343:40

Amazon simple Q service.

343:47

Amazon simple Q service is a fully

343:49

managed message queuing service that

343:52

makes it easy to decouple and scale

343:54

microservices, distributed systems and

343:56

serverless applications. Amazon SQS

343:59

moves data between distributed

344:02

application components and helps you

344:04

decouple these components.

344:14

Question number 315.

344:16

Which AWS services are globally

344:18

specified rather than regionally

344:21

defined? Select two. And we have five

344:23

options. Option A, Amazon Route 53.

344:26

Option B, Amazon EC2. Option C, Amazon

344:30

S3. Option D, Amazon CloudFront. And

344:34

option E, Amazon Dynamo TV.

344:38

So the right answer here is option A,

344:40

Amazon Route 53.

344:43

And option D, Amazon CloudFront.

344:56

So AWS provides a lot of services and

344:58

these services are either global,

345:00

regional are specific to the

345:02

availability zone and cannot be accessed

345:05

outside. Most of the AWS managed

345:07

services are regional based services

345:10

except for IM, root 53, CloudFront, WAF

345:14

etc.

345:22

Question number 316. Currently, a

345:25

company's online program is highly

345:27

dependent on underlaying components,

345:29

which means that when one component

345:31

fails, the whole website crashes. Which

345:34

AWS cloud design concept is most

345:36

appropriate for resolving the present

345:39

design issue? And we have four options.

345:42

Option A, implementing elasticity,

345:44

enabling the application to scale up or

345:46

scale down as demand changes. Option B,

345:49

enabling several EC2 instances to run in

345:52

parallel to achieve better performance.

345:54

Option C, focusing on decoupling

345:57

components by isolating them and

345:58

ensuring individual components can

346:00

function when other components fail. And

346:03

option D, doubling EC2 computing

346:06

resources to increase system for

346:08

tolerance.

346:09

So the right answer here is option C.

346:12

Focusing on decoupling components by

346:14

isolating them and ensuring individual

346:17

components can function when other

346:19

components fail.

346:29

Question number 317. A user must locate,

346:33

categorize, and safeguard sensitive data

346:35

stored in Amazon S3 automatically. Which

346:38

AWS service stat satisfies these

346:41

criteria? And we have four options.

346:43

Option A, Amazon Inspector, option B,

346:46

Amazon Mackie. Option C Amazon Guard

346:49

Duty. And option D AWS secrets manager.

346:54

So the right answer here is option B

346:56

Amazon Mackie.

347:04

To help you manage the security posture

347:06

of your organization's Amazon simple

347:09

storage service data estate, Mackie

347:12

provides you with an inventory of your

347:14

S3 bucket and automatically evaluates

347:16

and monitors the buckets for security

347:18

and access control. If Mackie detects a

347:21

potential issue with the security or

347:23

privacy of your data, such as a bucket

347:26

that becomes publicly accessible, Mackie

347:28

generates a finding for you to review

347:30

and remediate as necessary.

347:42

Question number 318. On an Amazon EC2

347:45

instance, a business host an

347:47

application. Several AWS resources

347:50

including Amazon S3 and Amazon Dynamo DB

347:53

are required by the EC2 instance. What

347:56

is the most optimal way to delegate

347:59

permissions? And we have four options.

348:01

Option A, create an IM role with the

348:04

required permissions. Attach the role to

348:06

the EC2 instance. Option B, create an IM

348:10

role user and use its access key and

348:13

secret access keys in the application.

348:16

Option C, create an IM user and use it

348:19

its access key and secret keys. Secret

348:22

access keys to create a CLI profile in

348:25

the EC2 instance. And option D, create

348:27

an IM role with the required

348:29

permissions. Attach the role to the

348:31

administrative IM user.

348:35

So the right answer here is option A.

348:38

Create an IM role with the required

348:40

permissions. Attach the role to the EC2

348:43

instance.

348:52

Question number 319. Which of the

348:54

following are support categories for AWS

348:57

trusted advisor? Select. And we have

348:59

five options. Option A, operational

349:02

excellence. Option B cost optimization,

349:05

option C security, option D well

349:08

architected framework and option E right

349:11

sizing.

349:14

So the right answer here is option B

349:16

cost optimization

349:22

and option C security.

349:36

Question number 320. Which disaster

349:39

recovery option is the least expensive?

349:41

We have four options. Option A warm

349:43

standby. Option B multi-sight. Option C

349:47

backup and restore. Option D pilot

349:50

light.

349:52

So the right answer here is option C

349:55

backup and restore.

350:02

Sending backups to AWS can be the first

350:04

step in reducing total cost of ownership

350:07

and your data center footprint.

350:17

Question number 321. Which type of AWS

350:21

storage is empal and is deleted when an

350:24

Amazon EC2 instance is stopped or

350:27

terminated?

350:28

And we have four options. Option A,

350:30

Amazon Elastic Block Store. Option B,

350:33

Amazon EC2 instance store. Option C,

350:36

Amazon Elastic File System. Option D,

350:39

Amazon S3.

350:41

So the right answer here is option B,

350:44

Amazon EC2 instance store.

350:53

When you stop or terminate an instance,

350:56

every block of storage in the instance

350:58

store is reset. Therefore, your data

351:01

cannot be accessed through the instance

351:03

store of another instance.

351:10

Question number 322. A company needs

351:13

fully managed, highly reliable and

351:15

scalable file storage that is accessible

351:18

over the server message block protocol.

351:21

Which AWS service will meet this

351:23

requirement? And we have four options.

351:26

Option A, Amazon S3,

351:28

option B, Amazon Elastic File System,

351:31

option C, Amazon FSX for Windows file

351:34

server. And option D, Amazon Elastic

351:37

Block Store.

351:40

So the right answer here is option C.

351:42

Amazon FSX for Windows file server.

351:47

Amazon FSX for Windows file server is a

351:50

fully managed, highly reliable and

351:53

scalable file storage service that is

351:55

accessible over the server message block

351:58

protocol. It provides fully managed,

352:00

highly reliable and scalable file

352:03

storage that is accessible over the SMP

352:06

protocol. It is designed to work with

352:08

the Microsoft Windows operating system

352:11

and it supports the SMB protocol which

352:13

allows to access the file storage from

352:16

Windows servers and clients.

352:22

Question number 323.

352:25

Which of the following is a component of

352:27

the AWS global infrastructure? And we

352:29

have four options. Option A, Amazon

352:31

Alexa, option B, AWS regions, option C,

352:35

Amazon light sale. Then option D AWS

352:38

organizations.

352:40

So the right answer here is option B AWS

352:43

regions.

352:48

The AWS cloud spans 99 availability

352:52

jones within 31 geographic regions

352:54

around the world with announced plans

352:56

for 12 more availability zones and four

352:59

more AWS regions in Canada, Israel, New

353:02

Zealand and Thailand.

353:10

Question number 324. What is the purpose

353:13

of having an internet gateway within a

353:15

VPC? And we have four options. Option A

353:18

to create a VPN connection to the VPC.

353:21

Option B to allow communication between

353:24

the VPC and the internet. Option C to

353:27

impose bandwidth constraints on internet

353:30

traffic. Option D to load balance a

353:33

traffic from the internet across Amazon

353:36

EC2 instance.

353:39

So the right answer here is option B to

353:41

allow communication between the VPC and

353:43

the internet.

353:50

An internet gateway is a horizontally

353:53

scaled, redundant, and highly available

353:55

VPC component that allows communication

353:58

between your VPC and the internet.

354:05

Question number 325. Which AWS service

354:08

allows user to download security and

354:11

compliance reports about the AWS

354:13

infrastructure on demand? We have four

354:16

options. is option Amazon car duty.

354:19

Option B AWS security hub option C AWS

354:23

artifact and option D AWS shield.

354:28

So the right answer here is option C AWS

354:31

artifact.

354:38

AWS artifact is your go to central

354:41

resource for compliance related

354:43

information that matters to you. It

354:46

provides ondemand access to security and

354:48

compliance reports from AWS and ISVS who

354:52

sell their products on AWS marketplace.

355:01

Question number 326. A company is

355:03

planning an infrastructure deployment to

355:05

the AWS cloud. Before the deployment,

355:08

the company wants a cost estimate for

355:10

running the infrastructure. Which AWS

355:13

service or feature can provide this

355:16

information? And we have four options.

355:18

Option A, cost explorer. Option B AWS

355:22

trusted advisor. Option C AWS cost and

355:25

usage report. And option D AWS pricing

355:28

calculator.

355:31

So the right answer here is option D AWS

355:34

pricing calculator.

355:40

AWS pricing calculator. Estimate the

355:42

cost of your architecture solution.

355:44

Configure a cost estimate that fits your

355:47

unique business or personal needs with

355:50

AWS products and services.

355:58

Question number 327.

356:01

How can Amazon EC2 autoscaling groups

356:04

contribute to a web application's high

356:06

availability? And we have four options.

356:08

Option A, they automatically add more

356:11

instances across multiple AWS regions

356:13

based on global demand of the

356:16

application. Option B automatically add

356:20

instances across multiple availability

356:22

jones when the application needs it.

356:25

Option C, they enable the application

356:28

static content to reside closer to end

356:31

users. Option D, they are able to

356:34

distribute incoming request across

356:36

entire of web server instances.

356:41

So the right answer is option B. They

356:43

automatically add or replace instances

356:46

across multiple availability chs.

356:52

[Music]

356:58

When the unhealthy availability jone

357:00

returns to an healthy state, autoscaling

357:03

automatically redistributes the

357:05

application instances evenly across all

357:07

of the designated availability jones.

357:10

[Music]

357:15

Question number 328. A business has a

357:18

stateless application workload that can

357:20

withstand brief period of outage. The

357:24

program conducts calculations in

357:26

massively parallel fashion. Which Amazon

357:29

EC2 pricing model should the business

357:31

choose to save costs? And we have four

357:34

options. Option A on demand instances.

357:36

Option B spot instances. Option C

357:40

reserved instances and option Dedicated

357:42

instances.

357:44

So the right answer here is option B

357:47

spot instances.

357:50

A spot instance is an instance that uses

357:53

spare EC2 capacity that is available for

357:56

less than the ondemand price. Because

357:59

spot instances enable you to request

358:02

unused EC2 instances at steep discounts,

358:05

you can lower your Amazon EC2 cost

358:07

significantly. Hourly price for a spot

358:10

instance is called spot price.

358:18

Question number 329. Which of the

358:20

following is a method for enhancing AWS

358:23

security? Select. And we have five

358:26

options. Option A, using AWS artifact.

358:29

Option B, granting the broadest

358:32

permission to all IMU roles. Option C,

358:36

running application code with AWS

358:38

Cloud9. Option D, enabling multiffactor

358:42

authentication MFA with amazing Amazon

358:45

cognto. Option E using AWS trusted

358:48

advisor security checks.

358:53

So the right answer is option D enabling

358:56

multiffactor authentication MFA with

358:58

Amazon Cognito

359:04

and option E using AWS trusted advisor

359:07

security checks.

359:14

MFA adds extra security because it

359:17

requires users to provide unique

359:20

authentication from an AWS supported MFA

359:23

mechanism in addition to their regular

359:26

signin credentials when they access AWS

359:29

websites or services. Virtual MFA

359:33

devices, a software app that runs on a

359:36

phone or other devices and emulates a

359:39

physical device.

359:46

Question number 330.

359:48

Which AWS service of tool helps to

359:51

centrally manage billing and allow

359:54

controlled access to resources across

359:56

the AWS accounts? And we have four

359:58

options. Option AWS identity and access

360:01

management. Option B AWS organizations.

360:05

Option C cost explorer. And option D AS

360:09

budgets.

360:10

So the right answer here is option B.

360:13

AWS organizations.

360:20

By default, organizations support

360:22

consolidated billing features.

360:24

Consolidated billing separates paying

360:26

accounts and linked accounts. You can

360:28

use AWS organizations to set up a single

360:32

payment method for all the AWS accounts

360:34

in your organization through

360:36

consolidated billing.

360:43

Question number 331.

360:46

Under the AWS share responsibility

360:48

parading, the following parties are

360:50

responsible for the security and

360:52

patching of the guest operating system.

360:54

And we have four options. Option AWS

360:57

support,

360:59

option B the customer, option C AWS

361:02

systems manager and option D AWS config.

361:06

So the right answer here is option B the

361:09

customer.

361:15

For example, a service such as Amazon

361:17

Elastic Computer Cloud is categorized as

361:20

infrastructure as a service and as such

361:23

requires the customers to perform all of

361:25

the necessary security configurations

361:27

and management task. Customers that

361:29

deploy an Amazon EC2 instances are

361:32

responsible for management of the guest

361:34

operating system.

361:36

any application softwares or utilities

361:38

installed by the customer on the

361:40

instance and the configuration of the

361:42

AWS provided firewall on each instance.

361:53

Question 332.

361:56

What is an example of AWS cloud's high

361:58

availability?

361:59

We have four options. Option A,

362:01

consulting AWS technical support at any

362:05

time, day or night. Option B, ensuring

362:08

an application remains accessible even

362:10

if a reason resource fails. Option C,

362:14

making any AWS service available for use

362:17

by paying on demand. Option D, deploying

362:20

in any part of the world using AWS

362:23

regions.

362:25

So the right answer here is option B.

362:27

Ensuring an application remains

362:29

accessible even if a resource fails.

362:39

Question number 333.

362:41

Which of the following are the Amazon's

362:43

virtual private cloud resources? We have

362:46

four options. Option A, objects access

362:50

control list ACL. Option B, subnets,

362:53

internet gateways. Option C, access

362:56

policies, buckets. Option D, groups,

362:58

roles.

363:00

So the right answer here is option B,

363:03

subnets, internet gateways.

363:08

A subnet is a range of IP address in

363:11

your VPC. A subnet must reside in a

363:13

single availability zone. After you add

363:16

subnets, you can deploy AWS resources in

363:19

your VPC. A gateway connects your VPC to

363:22

another network. For example, use an

363:24

internet gateway to connect your VPC to

363:26

the internet. Use a VPC endpoint to

363:29

connect to AWS services privately

363:32

without the use of an internet gateway

363:34

or n device.

363:42

Question number 334.

363:44

Which aspects of AWS make it cost viable

363:48

for workloads with fluctuating customers

363:51

demand? Select. And we have five

363:54

options. Option A high availability.

363:57

Option B shared security model. Option C

364:01

elasticity. Option D pay as you go

364:03

pricing. And option E reliability.

364:08

So the right answer here is option C

364:11

elasticity and option D pay as you go

364:14

pricing.

364:22

Question 335.

364:24

A business wants to migrate 40 terabyte

364:27

of data from on premises to clean

364:29

systems to Amazon S3. The transfer must

364:32

occur as rapidly as visible while

364:34

maintaining a low cost. The firm has

364:37

internet access at a speed of 100

364:39

megabytes per second. Which AWS service

364:42

will satisfy these criteria?

364:45

We have four options. Option A, AWS

364:48

Snowball. Option B, AWS Direct Connect.

364:51

Option C, AWS storage gateway. Option D,

364:55

Amazon S3 transfer acceleration.

364:59

So the right answer here is option A,

365:02

AWS mobile.

365:11

Snowball is better for 40 terabyte

365:14

transfer. It will make transfer while

365:16

keeping the cost at minimum. With 100

365:19

Mbps, it will be quick.

365:28

Question number 336.

365:31

Which of the following allows customers

365:33

to programmatically access the power of

365:36

AWS services? We have four options.

365:38

Option A, AWS command line interface.

365:42

Option B, AWS trusted advisor.

365:45

Option C, AWS code deploy. Option D, AWS

365:49

management console.

365:53

So the right answer here is option A,

365:55

AWS command line interface,

365:58

AWS CLI.

366:04

AWS command line interface is a unified

366:07

tool to manage your AWS services with

366:10

just one tool to download and configure.

366:13

You can control multiple AWS services

366:16

from the command line and automate them

366:18

through scripts.

366:28

Question number 337.

366:30

A business wishes to migrate some of its

366:33

resources to the AWS cloud. To comply

366:36

with regulatory standards, data must

366:38

stay on premises and local. AWS and the

366:41

company's resources must have a low

366:43

latency. Which Amazon Web Services

366:47

service or functionality

366:49

may be leveraged to fulfill these

366:51

requirements? And we have four options.

366:53

Option A, AWS local Jones. Option B

366:57

availability jones, option C, AWS

367:00

outposts, and option D AWS wavelength

367:04

zones.

367:06

So the right answer here is option C,

367:10

AWS outposts.

367:16

With AWS outpost, you can run some AWS

367:19

services locally and connect to a broad

367:21

range of services available in the local

367:24

AWS region. Run application and

367:26

workloads on premises using familiar AWS

367:29

service tools and APIs. Outpost supports

367:32

workloads and devices requiring low

367:34

latency access to on-remises systems.

367:37

Local data processing, data residency,

367:40

and application migration with local

367:42

system interdependencies.

367:50

Question number 338. A business has

367:53

specified the Amazon Web Services

367:55

resources it requires for a new

367:57

application. The business must determine

367:59

the expenses associ associated with

368:02

operating the application on AWS.

368:05

What actions should the business take to

368:08

comply with this stipulation and we have

368:12

four options. Option A, take advantage

368:14

of AWS ondemand pricing. Option B, use

368:18

the AWS pricing calculator to generate

368:20

an approximate dollar amount. Option C,

368:25

use Amazon Quicksite to analyze current

368:28

on premises spending. Option D, use

368:31

Amazon AppStream 2.0 for realtime

368:34

pricing analytics.

368:37

So the right answer here is option A,

368:39

take advantage of AWS on demand pricing.

368:55

Question number 339.

368:58

For its steadyst state database, the

369:00

corporation runs a self-managed Oracle

369:03

database directly on Amazon EC2. The

369:05

corporation wishes to cut its computing

369:08

expenses. Which option should the

369:11

business choose in order to optimize

369:13

savings over a three-year period? We

369:16

have four options. Option A, EC2

369:19

dedicated instance. Option B, EC2 spot

369:22

instances. Option C, EC2 reserved

369:26

instances. Option D, EC2 on demand

369:29

instances.

369:32

So the right answer here is option

369:35

C, EC2 reserved instances.

369:44

Amazon EC2 reserved instances provide a

369:47

significant discount compared to

369:49

ondemand pricing and provide a capacity

369:52

reservation when used in specific

369:54

availability in June.

370:01

Question 340.

370:03

corporation is developing an application

370:05

that must distribute photos and videos

370:08

internationally the least amount of

370:11

delay possible. Which strategy may the

370:14

business take to do these in the most

370:16

cost effective manner? And we have four

370:19

options. Option A, deliver the content

370:21

through Amazon CloudFront. Option B,

370:24

store the content on Amazon S3 and

370:26

enable S3 cross region replication.

370:30

Option C, implement the VPN across

370:32

multiple AWS regions. Option D, deliver

370:36

the content through AWS private link.

370:41

So the right answer here is option A,

370:44

deliver the content through Amazon

370:46

CloudFront.

370:54

Amazon CloudFront is a content delivery

370:56

network operated by Amazon Web Services.

371:00

Content delivery networks provide a

371:02

globally distributed network of proxy

371:04

servers that catch content such as web,

371:08

videos or other bulky media more likely

371:11

to consumers, thus improving access

371:14

speed for downloading the content.

371:23

Question number 341.

371:25

Which AWS service or functionality gives

371:28

advice to customers about frequently

371:30

asked building questions? And we have

371:33

four options. Option A, AWS Marketplace.

371:36

Option B, AWS Knowledge Center. Option

371:39

C, Amazon Pinpoint. And option D, Amazon

371:42

Connect.

371:45

So the right answer here is option B.

371:47

AWS knowledge center.

371:54

All AWS account owners have access to

371:57

account and building support free of

371:59

charge.

372:06

Question number 342.

372:09

Which AWS service enables an on premises

372:11

infrastructure to be extended to the AWS

372:14

cloud? Select. We have five options.

372:17

Option A, Amazon EBS. Option B, AWS

372:21

Direct Connect. Option C, Amazon

372:24

CloudFront. Option D, AWS storage

372:27

gateway. And option E, Amazon Connect.

372:31

So the right answer here is option B AWS

372:34

direct connect and option D AWS storage

372:38

gateway.

372:43

AWS direct connect is a cloud service

372:46

solution that makes it easy to establish

372:48

a dedicated network connection from your

372:51

premises to AWS. AWS storage gateway is

372:54

a set of hybrid cloud storage service

372:57

that provide

372:59

onremises access to virtually unlimited

373:01

storage cloud storage.

373:15

Question number 343. Which AWS service

373:18

enables the generation of warnings based

373:20

on a monthly bill estimate?

373:23

We have four options. Option AWS

373:27

config. Option B Amazon Cloudatch.

373:31

Option C AWS X-Ray. Option D AWS Cloud

373:35

Trail.

373:38

So the right answer here is option B

373:41

Amazon Cloudatch.

373:49

You can monitor your estimated AWS

373:51

charges by using Amazon Cloudatch. When

373:54

you enable the monitoring of estimated

373:57

charges for your AWS account, the

373:59

estimated charges are calculated and

374:01

sent several times daily to Cloudatch as

374:04

a metric data. Billing metric data is

374:07

stored in the US East region and

374:10

represents worldwide charges. This data

374:13

includes the estimated charges for every

374:16

service in AWS that you use in addition

374:19

to the estimated overall total of your

374:21

AWS charges.

374:31

Question number 344. A company needs to

374:34

identify the last time that a specific

374:37

user access the AWS management console.

374:41

Which AWS service will provide this

374:43

information?

374:45

And we have four options. Option A,

374:47

Amazon Cognito. Option B, AWS cloud

374:50

trial. Option C, Amazon inspector.

374:54

Option D, Amazon cart.

374:58

So the right answer here is option B,

375:00

AWS cloud trial.

375:06

AWS cloud trial enables auditing,

375:08

security monitoring and operational

375:10

troubleshooting by tracking user

375:12

activity and API usage. Cloud trial

375:15

logs, continuously monitors and retains

375:19

account activity related to action

375:21

across your AWS infrastructure giving

375:24

you control over storage analysis and

375:27

remediation actions.

375:35

Question number 345. Which AWS service

375:38

may be utilized to deploy the

375:41

application? And we have four options.

375:44

Option A, AWS apps sync. Option B, AWS

375:47

batch. Option C, AWS code pipeline.

375:52

Option D, AWS data sync.

375:55

So the right answer here is option C,

375:58

AWS code pipeline.

376:03

AWS code pipeline is a continuous

376:05

delivery service you can use to model,

376:08

visualize and automate the steps

376:10

required to release your software. You

376:13

can quickly model and configure the

376:15

different stages of a software release

376:18

process. Code pipeline automates the

376:21

steps required to release your software

376:23

changes continuously.

376:34

Question number 346. Which AWS service

376:37

or functionality is by default highly

376:40

available?

376:42

We have four options. Option A, Amazon

376:44

EC2. Option B, Amazon Arbora. Option C

376:49

that instances and option D Amazon RDS.

376:54

So the right answer here is option D.

376:56

Amazon RDS.

376:59

Amazon relational database service

377:01

supports two easy to use options for

377:03

ensuring high availability of your

377:06

relational database for your MySQL,

377:09

Mari DB, PostSQL, Oracle and SQL server

377:13

database instances. You can use Amazon

377:16

RDS multi-AZ deployments.

377:19

When you provision a multi-AZer DP

377:21

instance, Amazon RDS automatically

377:23

creates a primary DP instance and

377:26

synchronously replicates the data to a

377:29

standby instance in a different

377:30

availability.

377:37

Question number 347. A business requires

377:40

data migration from its onremises

377:43

environment to the AWS cloud. The

377:46

business demands extremely elastic and

377:49

efficient connection. Which AWS service

377:52

satisfies these criteria?

377:55

And we have four options. Option A,

377:57

Amazon S3 Classier. Option B, AWS

378:01

storage gateway. Option C, AWS backup.

378:05

Option D, Amazon Elastic File System.

378:11

So the right answer here is option B,

378:13

AWS storage gateway.

378:22

AWS storage gateway is a hybrid cloud

378:24

storage service that gives you on

378:26

premises access to virtually unlimited

378:30

cloud storage. You can use storage

378:32

gateway to simplify storage management

378:36

and reduce cost for key hybrid cloud

378:38

storage use cases. These include Boing

378:42

backups to the cloud, using on premises

378:45

file shares backed by cloud storage, and

378:49

providing low latency access to data in

378:52

AWS for on premises applications.

379:00

Question number 348. A company wants to

379:02

perform sentiment analysis on customer

379:05

service email messages that it receives.

379:08

The company wants to identify whether

379:10

the customer service engagement was

379:12

positive or negative. Which AWS service

379:15

should the company used to perform these

379:17

analysis?

379:19

And we have four options. Option A,

379:21

Amazon text. Option B, Amazon translate.

379:25

Option C, Amazon comprehend. Option D,

379:29

Amazon recognition.

379:32

So the right answer here is option C,

379:35

Amazon comprehend.

379:39

Amazon compliment uses natural language

379:42

processing NLP to extract insights

379:45

about the content of documents. It

379:47

develops insights by recognizing the

379:49

entities, key phrases, language,

379:51

sentiment, and other common elements in

379:54

a document.

380:01

Question number 349. What is the total

380:03

amount of storage offered by Amazon S3?

380:07

And we have four options. Option A 100

380:09

MB, option B 5GB. Option C 5 terabyte

380:14

and option D unlimited.

380:17

So the right answer here is option D

380:19

unlimited.

380:24

The total value of data and number of

380:26

objects you can store are unlimited.

380:29

Individual Amazon S3 objects can range

380:31

in size from a minimum of zero bytes to

380:34

a maximum of 5 terabyte.

380:43

Question number 350. Which AWS service

380:46

or functionality is exclusively

380:48

accessible to AWS enterprise support

380:51

customers?

380:52

We have four options. Option A, AWS

380:54

trusted advisor. Option B, AWS support

380:57

case. Option C, AWS consarch support

381:01

team. And option D, Amazon connect.

381:05

So the right answer here is option C,

381:08

AWS consarch support team.

381:16

AWS enterprise support concerns

381:19

dedicated team for enterprise account

381:21

specialist to help with building and

381:24

account subjects.

381:31

Question number 351. Which resources is

381:34

the most effective for keeping

381:38

on AWS security announcements?

381:41

We have four options. Option A, AWS

381:43

personal health dashboard. Option B, AWS

381:46

secret managers. Option C, AWS security

381:50

bulletins. Option D, Amazon inspect.

381:55

So the right answer here is option C.

381:57

AWS security bulletins.

382:01

AWS makes public notifications in the

382:03

form of security bulletins which are

382:06

posted in the AWS security website.

382:08

Individuals, companies and security

382:10

teams typically post their advisories on

382:13

their own websites and in other forums

382:16

and when relevant we will include links

382:19

to those third party resources in AWS

382:21

security bulletin.

382:31

Question number 352. Which AWS services

382:34

aid in application performance

382:36

optimizing by lowering latency

382:38

associated with global content access?

382:41

Select. And we have five options. Option

382:44

A, Amazon CloudFront. Option B, AWSVPN.

382:49

Option C, AWS Direct Connect. Option D,

382:52

AWS Global Accelerator. Option E, Amazon

382:56

S3 Glacier.

382:59

So the right answer here is option A,

383:01

Amazon CloudFront.

383:03

And option D, AWS Global Accelerator.

383:11

Amazon CloudFront is a content delivery

383:13

network service built for high

383:15

performance security and developer

383:18

convenience. AWS Global Accelerator is a

383:21

networking service that helps you

383:23

improve the availability, performance,

383:25

and security of your public

383:26

applications. Global accelerator

383:29

provides two global static public IPs

383:32

that acts as a fixed entry point to your

383:34

application endpoints such as

383:36

application load balances, network load

383:39

balancer, Amazon elastic computer cloud

383:41

instances, and elastic.

383:50

Question number 353. Which AWS service

383:54

should a company used to create NoSQL

383:56

database? And we have four options.

383:59

Option A, Amazon Aurora. Option B,

384:02

Amazon Dynamo TV. Option C, Amazon Red

384:05

Shift. Option D, Amazon Nifty.

384:09

So the right answer here is option B,

384:12

Amazon Dynamo TV.

384:19

AWS Tano DB is a fully managed NoSQL

384:23

database service that is designed to

384:25

provide fast and predictable performance

384:28

with seamless scalability. It is a good

384:31

choice for companies looking to create a

384:33

NoSQL database in AWS.

384:44

Question 354. Which technologies are

384:47

available for deriving AWS charges by

384:50

department? Select. We have five

384:53

options. Option A, enable multiffactor

384:55

authentication for the AWS account root

384:58

user. Option B, create separate accounts

385:01

for each department.

385:03

Option C, use reserved instances

385:05

whenever possible. Option D, use tags to

385:09

associate each instance with the

385:10

particular department. Option E, pay

385:13

bills using purchase orders.

385:17

So the right answer here is option B,

385:19

create separate accounts for each

385:21

department.

385:24

Option D, use tax to associate each

385:27

instance with a particular department.

385:36

Question 355. Which AWS services can be

385:40

utilized to automate infrastructure?

385:42

Select two. And we have five options.

385:44

Option A, AWS cloud formation. Option B

385:48

Amazon CloudFront. Option C AWS batch.

385:52

Option D AWS Opsworks. Option E Amazon

385:56

Quicksite.

385:58

So the right answer here is option A AWS

386:01

cloud formation. And option D AWS Ops

386:04

works.

386:11

Question 356. A solution architect of a

386:14

business wants to deploy a few Amazon

386:17

EC2 instances in an already existing AWS

386:20

account. Before the firm can accept the

386:22

request, he wants a cost estimate. Which

386:25

AWS tool should be used to generate the

386:28

cost estimate?

386:30

We have four options. Option A, AWS

386:32

pricing calculator. Option B, cost

386:35

explorer. Option C, AWS cost and usage

386:38

report. Option D, AWS budgets.

386:43

So the right answer here is option A,

386:45

AWS pricing calculator.

386:56

AWS pricing calculator is a web- based

386:58

planning tool that you can use to create

387:00

estimates for your AWS use cases. You

387:04

can use it to model your solutions

387:06

before building them. Explore the AWS

387:09

service price points and review the

387:11

calculations behind your estimates. You

387:14

can use it to help you plan how you

387:17

spend, find cost-saving opportunities,

387:20

and make informed decisions when using

387:23

Amazon Web Services.

387:33

Question number 357. A company is

387:35

migrating to Amazon S3. The company

387:38

needs to transfer 60 terabyte of data

387:41

from an on-remises data center to AWS

387:43

within 10 days. Which AWS service should

387:47

the company use to establish this

387:49

migration? And we have four options.

387:51

Option A, Amazon S3 Glacier. Option B,

387:55

AWS database migration service.

387:58

Option C, AWS Snowball. Option D, AWS

388:02

Direct Connect.

388:04

So the right answer here is option C,

388:07

AWS Snowball.

388:14

Question number 358. What type of

388:17

database is Amazon Dynamo DB?

388:20

We have four options. Option A in

388:22

memory. Option B relational. Option C

388:26

key value. And option D graph.

388:31

So the right answer here is option

388:34

C key value.

388:40

So Amazon DynamoB is a fully managed

388:43

serverless key value NoSQL database

388:46

designed to run high performance

388:48

applications at any scale.

388:57

Question number 359. A retail company

389:00

has recently migrated its website to

389:02

AWS. The company wants to ensure that it

389:05

is protected from SQL injection attacks.

389:08

The website uses an application load

389:10

balancer to distribute traffic to

389:12

multiple Amazon EC2 instances. Which AWS

389:16

service or feature can be used to create

389:18

a custom rule that blocks SQL injection

389:21

attacks? And we have four options.

389:23

Option A, security groups. Option B, AWS

389:27

WF. Option C network ACL. And option D A

389:31

shield.

389:33

So the right answer here is option B AWS

389:36

WF.

389:41

Question number 360. Which AWS services

389:45

enables user to link their AWS cloud

389:48

services to their on premises resources?

389:50

Select. We have five options. Option A,

389:54

AWSVPN.

389:57

Option B, Amazon Connect. Option C,

390:00

Amazon Cognto. Option D, AWS Direct

390:03

Connect. Option E, AWS managed services.

390:08

So the right answer here is option A

390:10

AWSVPN

390:13

and option D AWS direct connect.

390:21

Question number 361.

390:23

While an Amazon EC2 instance is only

390:26

activated when it is required, it must

390:28

stay active throughout the life of the

390:30

procedure. What is the most acceptable

390:34

method of purchase? And we have four

390:36

options. Option A dedicated instances,

390:39

option B spot instances, option C on

390:43

demand instances. And option D reserved

390:46

instances.

390:48

So the right answer here is option C on

390:51

demand instances.

390:59

Question number 362.

391:02

A business operations are conducted on

391:04

site. The business want to anticipate

391:06

the cost associated with hosting a major

391:09

application on AWS.

391:12

Which AWS service or tool does the

391:14

business have access to in order to

391:16

collect this information? And we have

391:19

four options. Option AWS pricing

391:22

calculator, option B, AWS budgets.

391:25

Option C, AWS trusted advisor. And

391:28

option D cost explorer.

391:31

So the right answer here is option A,

391:33

AWS pricing calculator.

391:43

Question number 363. How can a client

391:46

strengthen the security of their Amazon

391:49

Web Services accounts login? Select two.

391:53

And we have five options. Option A,

391:55

configure AWS Certificate Manager.

391:58

Option B, enable multiffactor

392:00

authentication, MFA. Option C, use

392:03

Amazon Cognito to manage access. and

392:06

option D configure a strong password

392:08

policy. Option E enable AWS

392:11

organizations.

392:13

So the right answers are option B enable

392:16

multiffactor authentication

392:19

and option D configure a strong password

392:22

policy.

392:29

So your root account should always be

392:31

protected by multiffactor

392:33

authentication. This additional layer of

392:35

security helps protects against

392:37

unauthorized login to your account by

392:39

requiring two factors. Something you

392:42

know a password and something you have

392:45

for example an MFA device. AWS supports

392:48

virtual and hardware MFA devices and U2F

392:52

security keys.

393:01

Question number 364. A big firm often

393:04

has a single Amazon Web Services

393:06

account. What are the benefits of

393:09

reproposing a single AWS account to

393:11

create additional AWS accounts? Select

393:14

two. And we have five options.

393:18

Option A, it allows for administrative

393:21

isolation between different workloads.

393:23

Option B, discounts can be applied on a

393:25

quarterly basis by submitting cases in

393:27

the AWS management console. Option C,

393:31

transitioning objects from Amazon S3 to

393:34

Amazon S3 Glacier in separate AWS

393:37

accounts will be less expensive. Option

393:39

D, having multiple accounts reduces the

393:41

risk associated with malicious

393:43

activities targeted at a single account.

393:46

Option E, Amazon Quicksite offers access

393:49

to a cost tool that provides application

393:52

specific recommendations for

393:53

environments running in multiple

393:55

accounts.

393:57

So the right answer is option A. It

394:00

allows for administrative isolation

394:02

between different workloads and option D

394:05

having multiple accounts reduce the risk

394:07

associated with malicious activities

394:09

targeted at a single account.

394:18

Question number 365.

394:20

Which solution enables a business with

394:23

numerous AWS accounts to consolidate its

394:26

consumption in order to qualify for bulk

394:29

discounts? And we have four options.

394:31

Option A, AWS server migration service.

394:35

Option B, AWS organizations. Option C,

394:38

AWS budgets. Option D, AWS trusted

394:42

advisor.

394:44

So the right answer here is option B,

394:46

AWS organizations.

394:52

Use the consolidated billing feature in

394:55

AWS organization to consolidate billing

394:57

and payment for multiple AWS accounts or

395:00

multiple Amazon Internet Service Private

395:03

Limited

395:04

accounts. Every organization in AWS

395:07

organizations has a master account that

395:10

pays the charges for of all the all the

395:13

member accounts. Consolidated billing

395:15

has the following benefits. One bill.

395:18

You get one bill for multiple accounts.

395:20

Easy tracking. You can track the changes

395:23

across multiple accounts and download

395:25

the combined cost and usage data.

395:27

Combined usage. You can combine the

395:30

usage across all accounts in the

395:31

organization to share the volume, price,

395:34

discounts and reserved instant

395:36

discounts.

395:37

These can result in a lower charge for

395:39

your project, department or company than

395:42

with individual standalone accounts.

395:46

No extra fee. Consolidate building is

395:49

offered at no extra no additional cost.

396:03

Question number 366. Which AWS services

396:07

may be protected against typical online

396:10

exploitations using AWS WAF? Select two.

396:15

And we have five options. Option A,

396:17

Amazon Route 53. Option B, Amazon

396:20

CloudFront. Option C, AWS Transfer

396:24

Family. Option D, AWS STOSightVPN.

396:28

Option E, Amazon API Gateway.

396:33

So the right answer here is option B,

396:35

Amazon CloudFront,

396:37

and option E, Amazon API Gateway.

396:45

Question number 367. A business uses an

396:49

Amazon EC2 autoscaling policy in

396:52

conjunction with an application load

396:54

balancer to restore sik applications

396:58

running on Amazon EC2 instances

397:00

automatically.

397:02

These activity pertains to which pillar

397:05

of the AWS well architected framework.

397:08

And we have four options. Option A

397:11

security, option B performance

397:13

efficiency, option C operational

397:16

excellence and option D reliability.

397:22

So the right answer here is option D

397:24

reliability.

397:31

Question number 368.

397:34

A business want to migrate current

397:36

software licenses to AWS. However, the

397:39

licensing strategy involves licensing

397:42

physical cores. How can the organization

397:45

do these in the AWS cloud? And we have

397:48

four options. Option A, launch an Amazon

397:51

EC2 instance with default tenency.

397:54

Option B, launch an Amazon EC2 instance

397:56

on a dedicated host. Option C, create an

398:00

ondemand capacity reservation. Option D,

398:04

purchase dedicated reserved instances.

398:08

So the right answer here is option B.

398:10

Launch an Amazon EC2 instance on a

398:13

dedicated host.

398:19

Question number 369.

398:21

Which service offers nearly infinite

398:24

online storage for very durable objects?

398:28

And we have four options. Option A,

398:30

Amazon Redshift. Option B, Amazon

398:33

Elastic File System. Option C, Amazon

398:36

Elastic Container Service and option D,

398:39

Amazon S3.

398:42

So the right answer here is option D,

398:44

Amazon S3.

398:53

Question number 370. Which of the

398:56

following is an advantage that users

398:58

experience when they move on premises

399:00

workloads to the AWS cloud?

399:03

We have five options. Option A,

399:06

elimination of expenses for running and

399:08

maintaining data centers. Option B,

399:10

price discounts that are identical to

399:12

discounts from hardware providers.

399:15

Option C, distribution of all

399:17

operational controls to AWS. Option D,

399:21

elimination of operational expenses.

399:25

So the right answer here is option A,

399:28

elimination of expenses for running and

399:30

maintaining data centers.

399:40

Question number 371.

399:42

Which AWS services are available for

399:44

file storage? Select two. We have five

399:47

options. Option A, Amazon S3. Option B,

399:51

AWS Lambda. Option three, Amazon Elastic

399:55

Block Store.

399:57

Option D, Amazon Sage Maker. Option E,

400:00

AWS Storage Gateway.

400:04

So the right answer here is option A,

400:06

Amazon S3 and option C, Amazon Elastic

400:10

Block Store.

400:21

Question number 372. A media business

400:24

want to disseminate video material

400:27

through the internet to millions of

400:29

viewers globally. The organization

400:31

visions to use AWS worldwide network

400:34

backbone in order to deliver catched

400:37

material with minimal latency and fast

400:40

data transfer rates.

400:43

Which AWS service will satisfy these

400:46

criteria?

400:48

And we have four options. Option A,

400:50

Amazon CloudFront. Option B, AWS Global

400:53

Accelerator. Option C, AWS Direct

400:56

Connect. And option D, Amazon Connect.

401:01

So the right answer here is option A,

401:04

Amazon CloudFront.

401:13

Question number 373. Which AWS advantage

401:16

allows customers to construct cloud

401:19

infrastructure that spans various

401:21

geographic areas and is linked through a

401:24

low latency high performance network.

401:28

And we have four options. is option A

401:29

economies of scale, option B security,

401:33

option C elasticity and option D global

401:36

reach.

401:38

So the right answer here is option D

401:40

global reach.

401:46

Question number 374.

401:49

Which AWS service or feature enables

401:51

businesses to take advantage of AWS

401:54

volume discounts?

401:58

And we have four options. Option A,

402:00

savings plans. Option B, AWS budgets.

402:04

Option C, AWS organizations. And option

402:06

D AWS pricing calculator.

402:10

So the right answer is option C AWS

402:14

organizations.

402:19

So AWS organizations enables you to

402:22

simplify cost and take advantage of

402:24

quantity discounts with a single bill.

402:27

In addition, you can optimize usage

402:29

across your organization with services

402:31

like AWS compute optimizer and AWS cost

402:35

explorer.

402:45

Question number 375.

402:47

Which AWS AM feature is used to link

402:51

numerous users with a set of

402:53

permissions? And we have four options.

402:55

Option A multiffactor authentication.

402:58

Option B groups. Option C password

403:01

policies. Option D access keys.

403:05

So the right answer here is option B

403:08

groups.

403:15

An IM group is a collection of IM users.

403:19

You can use groups to specify

403:20

permissions for a collection of users

403:23

which can make those permissions easier

403:25

to manage for those users. For example,

403:28

you could have a group called admins and

403:31

give that group the type of permissions

403:34

that administrators typically need.

403:46

Question number 376. A social media firm

403:50

has been tasked with the responsibility

403:52

of launching a new function. Users will

403:55

be able to share photographs that will

403:57

be seen by other users worldwide with

403:59

little delay. Which AWS service or

404:03

feature should the business use in order

404:05

to achieve these demand the most cost

404:07

effectively?

404:08

And we have four options. Option A,

404:10

Amazon Dynamob Global Tables. Option B,

404:14

AWS Direct Connect. Option C, Amazon

404:18

CloudFront. And option D, AWS Outposts.

404:23

So the right answer here is option C,

404:26

Amazon CloudFront.

404:36

Securely deliver content with low

404:38

latency and high transfer speeds.

404:46

Question number 377.

404:49

Which AWS service enables applications

404:52

decoupling?

404:53

We have four options. Option A, AWS

404:56

config. Option B, Amazon simple Q

404:59

service. Option C, AWS batch. Option D,

405:03

Amazon simple email service.

405:08

So the right answer here is option B.

405:10

Amazon simple Q service. Amazon SQS.

405:20

Amazon SQS refers to a message queuing

405:24

service that is used for decoupling and

405:26

scaling microservices, distributed

405:29

systems and serverless applications. SQS

405:32

removes the complexity and overhead

405:34

linked with managing and operating

405:36

message oriented middleware and empowers

405:39

developers for focusing on

405:41

differentiating work.

405:51

Question number 378. Amazon EC2 web

405:55

servers connect to a traditional

405:56

application operating in a corporate

405:59

data center.

406:00

What phrase would be appropriate to use

406:04

to describe this model? And we have four

406:06

options. Option A, cloud native. Option

406:09

B, partner network. Option C, hybrid

406:13

architecture. And option D,

406:15

infrastructure as a service.

406:19

So the right answer here is option C,

406:22

hybrid architecture.

406:30

AWS hybrid cloud services deliver a

406:33

consistent AWS experience whenever you

406:36

need it from the cloud to on premises

406:39

and at the edge. Select from the

406:42

broadest set of compute, networking,

406:45

storage, security, identity, data

406:47

integration, management, monitoring, and

406:50

operation services to build hybrid

406:52

architectures that meet your specific

406:54

requirements and use cases.

407:02

Question number 379.

407:05

Which design principle is included in

407:07

the operational excellence pillar of the

407:09

AWS well architected framework? And we

407:12

have four options. Option A create

407:15

annotated documentation. Option B

407:18

anticipate failure.

407:20

Option C ensure performance efficiency.

407:24

Option D optimize costs.

407:27

So the right answer here is option B

407:30

anticipate failure.

407:38

Question number 380. Which of the

407:40

following is the customers responsible

407:42

for updating and patching according to

407:45

the AWS share responsibility model? And

407:48

we have four options. Option A, Amazon

407:50

FSX for Windows file server. Option B,

407:54

Amazon Workspace virtual Windows

407:56

desktop.

407:57

Option C, AWS Directory Service for

408:00

Microsoft Active Directory. and option

408:02

D, Amazon RDS for Microsoft SQL Server.

408:07

So the right answer here is option B,

408:09

Amazon Workspaces virtual Windows

408:12

desktop.

408:20

Question number 381. Previously utilized

408:23

Amazon EC2 instance for development is

408:26

no longer available and does not display

408:28

in the AWS management console. Which AWS

408:32

service should be utilized to discover

408:34

what activity resulted in the

408:36

inaccessibility of these EC2 instance?

408:40

And we have four options. Option A,

408:42

Amazon Cloudatch logs. Option B, AWS

408:46

Security Hub. Option C Amazon Inspector,

408:51

option D, AWS Cloud Trial.

408:55

So the right answer here is option D AWS

408:58

cloud trial.

409:04

Visibility into your AWS account

409:06

activity is a key aspect of security and

409:09

operational best practices. You can use

409:12

cloud trial to view, search, download,

409:15

archive, analyze, and respond to account

409:17

activity across your AWS infrastructure.

409:20

You can identify who or what took which

409:23

action, what resources were acted upon

409:27

when the event occurred and other

409:29

detailed details to help you analyze and

409:32

respond to activity in your AWS account.

409:36

Optionally, you can enable AWS cloud

409:38

trial insights on a trial to help you

409:42

identify and respond to unusual

409:44

activity.

409:53

Question number 382. A cloud

409:56

practitioner is required to retain data

409:58

for 7 years in order to compile with

410:00

regulatory standards. Which AWS service

410:04

meets this need for the least amount of

410:06

money? And we have four options. Option

410:08

A, Amazon S3. Option B, AWS Snowball.

410:12

Option C, Amazon Red Shift. And option

410:15

D, Amazon S3 Glacier.

410:18

So the right answer here is option D,

410:21

Amazon S3 Glacier.

410:27

So S3 Glacier deep archive is Amazon's

410:29

S3's lowest cost storage class and

410:33

supports long-term retention and digital

410:35

preservation for data that may be

410:38

accessed once or twice in a year. It is

410:40

designed for customers particularly

410:42

those in highly regulated industries

410:44

such as the financial services,

410:46

healthcare and public sectors that

410:49

retain data sets for 3 to 10 years or

410:52

longer to meet regulatory compliance

410:54

requirements. S3 glacier deep arch can

410:57

also be used for backup and disaster

411:00

recovery use cases. and is a cost-

411:02

effective and easy to manage alternative

411:04

to magnetic tape systems whether they

411:07

are on premises libraries or off-

411:09

premises services.

411:18

Question number 383. Why is an AWS well

411:22

architected review a critical part of

411:24

the cloud design process? And we have

411:27

four options. Option A, a well

411:29

architected review is mandatory before a

411:32

workload can run on AWS. Option B, a

411:35

well architected review helps identify

411:37

design gaps and helps evaluate design

411:40

decisions and related documents. Option

411:42

C, a well architected review is an audit

411:45

mechanism that is a part of requirement

411:47

for service level agreements. Option D,

411:49

a well architected review eliminates the

411:51

need for ongoing auditing and compliance

411:54

tests.

411:56

So the right answer here is option B. A

411:59

well architected review helps identify

412:01

design gaps and helps evaluate design

412:04

decisions and related documents.

412:14

Question number 384. A company

412:16

implements an Amazon EC2 autoscaling

412:18

policy along with an application load

412:20

balancer to automatically recover

412:23

unhealthy applications that run on

412:25

Amazon EC2 instances. Which pillar of

412:28

the AWS wellarchchitected framework does

412:31

this action cover and we have four

412:34

options. Option A security, option B

412:37

performance efficiency, option C

412:40

operational excellence and option D

412:41

reliability.

412:44

So the right answer here is option D,

412:46

reliability.

412:50

Question number 385. What does AWS

412:53

obligation under the shared

412:55

responsibility paradig entail? And we

412:58

have four options. Option A, updating

413:00

the network ACL to block traffic to

413:03

vulnerable ports. Option B, patching

413:06

operating systems running on Amazon EC2

413:08

instances. Option C, updating the

413:11

firmware on the underlying EC2 host. And

413:14

option D, updating the security group

413:17

rule to block traffic to the vulnerable

413:19

ports.

413:22

So the right answer here is option C,

413:25

updating the firmware on the underlying

413:27

EC2 hosts.

413:36

Question number 386.

413:38

AWS cloud formation is intended to

413:41

assist the user in the following ways.

413:43

And we have four options. Option A,

413:45

model and provision resources. Option B,

413:49

update application code. Option C, set

413:52

up data links. And option D, create

413:55

reports for billing.

413:57

So the right answer here is option A,

413:59

model and provision resources.

414:07

AWS cloud formation provides a common

414:09

language for you to model and provision

414:11

AWS and thirdparty application resources

414:14

in your cloud environment. AWS cloud

414:16

formation allows you to use programming

414:19

languages or a simple text file to model

414:22

and provision in an automated and secure

414:25

manner. All the resources needed for an

414:27

for your application across all regions

414:29

and accounts give this gives you a

414:33

single source of truth for your AWS and

414:35

third party resources.

414:42

Question number 387.

414:45

Which AWS cloud benefit is shown by an

414:47

architectures ability to withstand

414:49

failure with minimal downtime? We have

414:53

four options. Option Agility,

414:55

option B elasticity, option C

414:58

scalability and option D high

415:00

availability.

415:03

So the right answer here is option D

415:05

high availability.

415:12

Question number 388. Under the AWS share

415:15

responsibility model, which task is the

415:18

customer's responsibility when managing

415:20

AWS Lambda functions?

415:22

And we have four options. Option A,

415:24

creating versions of Lambda functions.

415:27

Option B, maintaining server and

415:28

operating systems. Option C, scaling

415:31

Lambda resources according to demand.

415:34

Option D, updating the Lambda runtime

415:36

environment.

415:39

So the right answer here is option A,

415:41

creating versions of Lambda functions.

415:52

Question number 389. A company needs to

415:55

generate reports that can break down

415:57

cloud cost by product by company defined

416:00

tax and by hour, day and month. Which

416:04

AWS tool should the company use to meet

416:06

this requirements? And we have four

416:08

options. Option A, a reserved instance

416:12

utilization and coverage reports. Option

416:14

B, saving plans utilization reports.

416:17

Option C AWS budgets reports and option

416:20

D AWS cost and usage reports.

416:24

So the right answer here is option D AWS

416:27

cloud cost AWS cost and usage reports.

416:37

AWS cost and usage report tracks your

416:39

AWS usage and provides estimate charges

416:43

associated with your account. Each

416:45

report contains line items of each

416:47

unique combination of AWS products,

416:50

usage type, and operation that you use

416:52

in your AWS account. You can customize

416:55

the AWS cost and usage reports to

416:57

aggregate the information either by the

416:59

hour, day, or month.

417:07

Question number 390.

417:09

A business wishes to grant access to

417:11

Amazon RDS to one of its workers.

417:14

Additionally, the corporation wishes to

417:17

confine contact to the AWS CLI and AWS

417:20

software development kits. Which

417:22

combination of measures should the

417:24

business do in order to satisfy these

417:27

needs while adhering to the concepts of

417:29

least privilege?

417:33

Option A, create an IM user and provide

417:36

AWS management console access only.

417:39

Option B, create an IM user and provide

417:42

programmatic access only. Option C,

417:45

create an IM role and provide AWS

417:48

management console access only. Option

417:50

D, create an IM policy with

417:53

administrator access and attach it to

417:55

the IM user. Option E, create an IM

417:58

policy with Amazon RDS access and attach

418:02

it to the IM user.

418:06

So the right answer here is option B,

418:08

create an IM user and provide

418:10

programmatic access only.

418:15

And option E, create an IM policy with

418:17

the with Amazon RTS access and attach it

418:20

to the IM user.

418:30

Question number 391.

418:32

Which of the following guidelines

418:34

constitutes a well architected design

418:36

philosophy for cloud application

418:38

development?

418:40

And we have four options. Option A, keep

418:43

static data closer to compute resources.

418:45

Option B, provision resources for peak

418:47

capacity. Option C, design for automated

418:51

recovery for failure. Option D, use

418:53

tightly coupled components.

418:57

So the right answer here is option C.

418:59

Designed for automated recovery for

419:01

failure.

419:09

Automatically recover from failure by

419:11

monitoring your workload for key

419:13

performance indicators. You can trigger

419:15

automation when a threshold is breached

419:18

with KPIs should be a measure of

419:20

business value not of the technical

419:22

aspects of the operation of the service.

419:24

These allows for automatic notification

419:26

and tracking of failures and for

419:28

automated recovery process that work

419:30

around a repair the failure. With more

419:33

sophisticated automation, it's possible

419:35

to anticipate and remediate failures

419:37

before they occur.

419:46

Question number 392. A company has a

419:48

serverless application that includes an

419:50

Amazon API gateway API, an AWS Lambda

419:54

function, and an Amazon Dynamob

419:57

database. Which AWS service can the

420:00

company use to trace user request as

420:02

they move through the applications

420:04

components? And we have four options.

420:07

Option A, AWS cloud trial. Option B,

420:10

Amazon Cloudatch. Option C, Amazon

420:14

Inspector. And option D, AWS X-Ray.

420:19

So the right answer here is option D,

420:21

AWS X-ray.

420:27

AWS X-ray. It provides a complete view

420:29

of requests as they travel through your

420:31

application and filters visual data

420:34

across payloads, functions, traces,

420:36

services, APIs, and more with no code

420:39

and low code motions.

420:50

Question number 393. A company needs to

420:53

set up a pabyte scale data warehouse in

420:55

the AWS cloud. Which AWS service will

420:58

beat this requirement? And we have four

421:01

options. Option Amazon Dynamob, option B

421:05

Amazon RDS, option C, Amazon Red Shift.

421:08

And option D, Amazon Elastic.

421:14

So the right answer here is option C,

421:16

Amazon Red Shift.

421:27

Amazon Redshift is a fast, fully managed

421:30

pabyte scale data warehouse service that

421:32

makes it simple and cost effective to

421:34

efficiently analyze all your data using

421:37

your existing business intelligent

421:38

tools.

421:47

Question number 394. What are the

421:50

immediate advantages of AWS cloud

421:52

computing? Select two. And we have five

421:55

options. Option A, increased IT staff.

421:58

Option B, capital expenses are replaced

422:01

with variable expenses. Option C, user

422:04

control of infrastructure. Option D,

422:07

increased agility. Option B, AWS holds

422:10

responsibility for security in the

422:12

cloud.

422:16

So the right answer here is option B

422:18

capital expenses are replaced with

422:19

variable expenses

422:21

and option D increased agility.

422:34

Question number 395. The following are

422:37

the economical advantage of using AWS.

422:40

Choose two. And we have five options.

422:42

Option A reduced total cost of

422:44

ownership. Option B increased capital

422:47

expenditure. Option C reduced

422:49

operational expenditure. Option D

422:52

deferred payment plans for startups.

422:54

Option E business credit lines for

422:56

startups.

422:59

So the right answer here is option A

423:02

reduced total cost of ownership.

423:05

Option C reduced operational

423:07

expenditure.

423:19

Question number 396,

423:22

which AWS services always provided at no

423:25

charge? And we have four options. Option

423:27

A, Amazon S3, option B, AWS identity and

423:31

access management. Option C, elastic

423:34

load balances. Option D, AWS WF.

423:38

So the right answer here is option B AWS

423:41

identity and access management.

423:48

You can interact with IM through the

423:50

web- based IM console, the AWS command

423:54

line interface or the AWS API or SDKs.

423:57

IM is offered at no additional charge.

424:06

Question number 397.

424:09

Which acts exemplify excellent practices

424:13

for AWS IM use? Select two. And we have

424:16

five options. Option A, configure a

424:19

strong password policy. Option B, share

424:22

the security credentials among users of

424:24

AWS accounts who are in the same region.

424:27

Option C, use access keys to log to the

424:31

AWS management console. Option D, rotate

424:34

access keys on a regular basis. And

424:36

option E, avoid using IM roles to

424:39

delegate permissions.

424:44

So the right answer here is option A,

424:46

configure a strong password policy.

424:50

And option D, rotate access keys on a

424:52

regular basis.

425:03

Question number 398. A business want to

425:06

establish templates that it may reuse

425:09

when deploying numerous AWS resources.

425:12

Which Amazon Web Services offerings or

425:15

functionality can the business employ to

425:17

achieve this requirement? And we have

425:19

four options. Option A, AWS Marketplace,

425:22

option B, Amazon machine image. Option C

425:25

AWS cloud formation and option D AWS ops

425:29

works.

425:31

So the right answer here is option C AWS

425:35

cloud formation.

425:40

So after you have your stacks and

425:42

resources set up, you can reuse your

425:44

templates to replicate your

425:46

infrastructure in multiple environments.

425:48

So AWS cloud formation simplifies

425:50

provisioning and management on AWS. You

425:53

can create templates for the service or

425:55

applications architectures you want and

425:57

have AWS cloud formation. Use those

426:00

templates for quick and reliable

426:02

provision of the services or

426:03

applications. You can also easily update

426:06

or replicate the stacks as needed.

426:18

Question number 399. How can a business

426:21

use AWS to lower its total cost of

426:23

ownership TCO? And we have four options.

426:26

Option A by minimizing large capital

426:29

expenditures. Option B by having no

426:32

responsibility for third party license

426:34

cost. Option C by having no operational

426:36

expenditure. Option D by having AWS

426:40

manage applications.

426:42

So the right answer here is option A by

426:45

minimizing large capital expenditures.

426:55

AWS helps you reduce total cost of

426:58

ownership by reducing the need to invest

427:00

in large capital expenditures and

427:02

providing a pay as you go model that

427:04

empowers you to invest in the capacity

427:07

you need and use it only when the

427:09

business requires it.

427:18

Question number 400. A business website

427:20

is hosted on Amazon EC2 instance. The

427:23

firm must guarantee that the website is

427:25

accessible to a worldwide audience and

427:28

has a low latency for visitors. Which

427:31

Amazon Web Services offering should the

427:33

business employ to achieve these

427:34

requirements? And we have four options.

427:37

Option A, Amazon Route 53, option B

427:40

Amazon CloudFront, option C elastic load

427:44

balancing. And option D AWS Lambda.

427:48

So the right answer here is option B.

427:50

Amazon CloudFront.

427:59

CloudFront users can secure access to

428:02

their websites and enable fast access

428:04

worldwide.

428:14

Question number 401. A business employs

428:16

Amazon EC2 infrastructure to host

428:19

steadyst state workloads and is looking

428:21

to save money. Which pricing model for

428:24

EC2 instances should the business

428:26

choose? And we have four options. Option

428:28

A reserved instances, option B on demand

428:31

instances, option C spot instances, and

428:35

option Dedicated hosts.

428:38

So the right answer here is option A

428:40

reserved instances.

428:50

Amazon reserved instances are a great

428:52

way to save money on AWS. Whether you're

428:55

looking to save on EC2, RDS, Elastic

428:58

Aachi, Elastic Search, or Red Shift,

429:00

there are options to save 30 to 70%

429:04

compared to on demand costs.

429:15

Question number 402.

429:17

Which actions should a user take if he

429:20

or she detects a hacked AWS account?

429:23

Make a selection of at least two. And we

429:26

have five options. Option A, remove any

429:28

multiffactor authentication MFA tokens.

429:31

Option B, rotate and delete all AWS

429:34

access keys. Option C, move resources to

429:37

a different AWS region. Option D, delete

429:40

AWS cloud trail resources. And option E,

429:43

contact AWS support.

429:46

So the right answer here is option B,

429:49

rotate and delete all AWS access keys

429:55

and option E, contact AWS support.

430:10

Question number 403. Which job in

430:13

accordance with the AWS share

430:15

responsibility model is AWS duty for

430:18

workloads operating on Amazon EC2?

430:21

And we have four options. Option A

430:23

updating the physical hardware. Option B

430:26

updating the operating system. Option C

430:29

updating the database engine. and option

430:31

D updating the user data.

430:35

So the right answer here is option A

430:37

updating the physical hardware.

430:47

Question number 404. How can AWS most

430:50

effectively cut a rising start computing

430:52

costs? And we have four options. Option

430:55

A, it provides ondemand resources for

430:57

peak usage. Option B, it automates the

431:00

provision of individual developer

431:02

environments. Option C, it automates

431:05

customers relationship management.

431:07

Option D, it implements a fixed monthly

431:09

compute budget.

431:13

So the right answer here is option A. It

431:15

provides on demand resources for peak

431:17

usage.

431:25

So you can continue to optimize your

431:26

spend and keep your development cost low

431:29

by making sure you re revisit your

431:31

architecture often to adjust your

431:34

startup growth. Manage your cost further

431:37

by leveraging different options such as

431:39

S3 CloudFront for catching and

431:41

offloading to reduce cost of EC2

431:44

computing as well as elastic load

431:45

balancing which prepares you for a

431:47

massive scale, high reliability and

431:50

under uninterrupted growth. Another way

431:53

to keep cost down is to use AWS identity

431:55

and access management solutions to

431:57

manage governance of your cost drivers

431:59

effectively and by the right teams.

432:07

Question number 405. Which service

432:10

manages objects by storing them,

432:12

providing realtime access to them and

432:14

managing their versions and life cycles?

432:18

And we have four options. Option A,

432:19

Amazon Glacier. Option B, AWS storage

432:22

gateway. Option C, Amazon S3. And option

432:26

D, Amazon EBS.

432:29

So the right answer here is option C,

432:31

Amazon S3.

432:41

Question number 406, which Amazon Web

432:44

Services service may be used to securely

432:46

store and manage source code versions?

432:50

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

432:52

code build. Option B, AWS code commit.

432:56

Option C, AWS code pipeline. And option

433:00

D, AWS code start.

433:03

So the right answer here is option B,

433:05

AWS code commit.

433:12

So AWS Code Commit is a version control

433:15

service hosted by Amazon Web Services

433:18

that you can use to privately store and

433:20

manage assets such as documents, source

433:22

code, and binary files in the cloud.

433:31

Question number 407, which tool may be

433:34

used to track planned AWS infrastructure

433:37

changes?

433:38

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

433:41

personal health dashboard. Option B, AWS

433:44

trusted advisor. Option C, billing

433:47

dashboard. And option D, AWS config.

433:53

So the right answer here is option D,

433:55

AWS config.

434:04

So, Amazon Web Services introduced AWS

434:06

config in 2014 to help users of their

434:10

service track changes to the

434:11

configuration of EC2 instances and other

434:14

AWS resources. These offering was

434:17

further enhanced in following years with

434:19

the introduction of AWS config rules.

434:29

Question number 408. A company needs to

434:32

design an AWS disaster recovery plan to

434:34

cover multiple geographic areas. Which

434:37

action will meet this requirement? And

434:40

we have four options. Option A,

434:42

configure multiple AWS accounts. Option

434:45

B, configure the architecture across

434:47

multiple availability jones in an AWS

434:49

region. Option C, configure the

434:52

architecture across multiple AWS

434:54

regions.

434:55

Option D, configure the architecture

434:57

among many edge locations.

435:02

So the right answer here is option C,

435:04

configure the architecture across

435:06

multiple AWS regions.

435:17

Question number 409. Which of the

435:20

following are AWS security recommended

435:22

practices for managing an AWS account? A

435:25

root user using AWS identity and access

435:28

management.

435:29

And we have five options. Option A, set

435:32

up multiffactor authentication for the

435:33

root user. Option B, remove all IM

435:37

policies for the root user. Option C,

435:40

delete the root user access keys. Option

435:44

D, use the root user for daily tasks.

435:47

Option E, assign a readonly access

435:49

policy to the root user.

435:54

So the right answer here is option A,

435:56

set up multiffactor authentication for

435:58

the root user.

436:00

And option C, delete the root user

436:04

access keys.

436:11

For increased security, we recommend

436:12

that you configure multiffactor

436:14

authentication to help protect your AWS

436:16

resources.

436:18

You should never have access keys for

436:20

your root user. You should delete or

436:23

deactivate them immediately. The reason

436:25

for this is access keys cannot have an F

436:29

MFA device linked to them. So if you

436:32

were to accidentally leave them

436:35

somewhere public like a GitHub

436:37

repository

436:38

then anyone with them can immediately

436:41

use them?

436:49

Question number 410. Which AWS support

436:52

package is the least costly and gives 24

436:55

hours access to AWS customer care and

436:57

communities?

437:00

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

437:02

enterprise support. Option B, AWS

437:05

business support. Option C, AWS

437:08

developer support. And option D, AWS

437:11

basic support.

437:14

So the right answer here is option D,

437:16

AWS basic support.

437:24

Basic support is included for all AWS

437:27

customers and includes customer service

437:29

and communities 24 into7 access to

437:32

customer service documentation white

437:35

papers and AWS repost. AWS trusted

437:38

advisor access to core trusted advisor

437:41

checks and guidance to provision your

437:43

resources following best practices to

437:46

increase performance and improve

437:47

security.

437:55

Question number 411. A firm that does

437:58

business online must supply new

438:00

capabilities rapidly and interactively

438:03

decrease time to market. Which AWS cloud

438:06

function is capable of doing this? And

438:09

we have four options. Option A,

438:11

elasticity.

438:12

Option B high availability. Option C

438:15

agility. And option D reliability.

438:20

So the right answer here is option C.

438:23

Agility.

438:28

Agility is the ability to react quickly

438:30

in cloud. It takes a minute or two to

438:32

create a virtual machine that is up and

438:35

running. On the other hands, it takes

438:37

days or weeks when we submit a request

438:39

to purchase a physical server and by

438:42

when it gets delivered.

438:51

Question number 412. A business has a

438:54

concentrated group of users with

438:56

significant file storage needs that

438:59

outstrips the available capacity on

439:01

premises. Organizations organization

439:04

wishes to expand its file storage

439:06

capabilities for this group file

439:08

maintaining and performing advantage

439:12

associated with local content sharing.

439:14

Which AWS option is the most

439:17

operationally effective in this

439:19

scenario?

439:20

We have four options. Option A, create

439:23

an Amazon S3 bucket for each user. Mount

439:26

each bucket by using S3 file system

439:29

mounting utility.

439:31

Option B, configure and deploy an AWS

439:34

storage gateway file gateway. Connect

439:36

each user's workstation to the file

439:39

gateway. Option C, move each users's

439:43

working environment to Amazon Workspace.

439:45

Set up an Amazon work docs account for

439:49

each user. Option D, deploy an Amazon

439:52

EC2 instance and attach an Amazon

439:54

elastic block store provisioned IOPS

439:57

value. share the EBS volume directly

440:00

with the users.

440:04

So the right answer here is option B.

440:07

Configure and deploy an AWS storage

440:09

gateway live gateway file gateway.

440:12

Connect each each user workstation to

440:14

the file gateway.

440:24

Question number 430. Which AWS feature

440:27

enables a business to use consumption

440:30

levels across different members

440:32

accounts?

440:34

And we have four options. Option A,

440:36

service control policies. Option B,

440:39

consolidated billing. Option C, all

440:42

upfront reserved instances. And option

440:45

D, AWS cost explorer.

440:49

So the right answer here is option B,

440:51

consolidated billing.

441:00

Monthly consolidated invoicing

441:03

and chargeback reporting. Each month you

441:06

receive a single consolidated invoice

441:08

for your previous month's AWS

441:10

consumption across all linked accounts

441:13

summarized by AWS service.

441:22

Question number 414. To utilize the AWS

441:26

CLI, users must produce the following.

441:29

And we have four options. Option A, a

441:31

password policy. Option B, an access

441:34

secret key. Option C, a managed policy.

441:37

Or option D, an API key.

441:41

So the right answer here is option B, an

441:43

access secret key.

441:49

To use the CLI, one must generate a

441:51

manage policy. To access it, one must

441:54

use the secret access key.

442:04

Question number 415.

442:06

Which of the following is a benefit of

442:08

moving from an on- premises data center

442:10

to the AWS cloud?

442:13

And we have four options. Option A,

442:15

compute instances can be launched and

442:17

terminated as needed to optimize costs.

442:20

Option B, compute cost can be viewed in

442:23

the AWS building and cost management

442:25

console. Option C, users retain full

442:29

administrative access to their compute

442:31

instances.

442:33

Option D, users can optimize cost by

442:35

permanently running enough instances at

442:38

peak load.

442:44

So the right answer here is option A.

442:46

Compute instances can be launched and

442:48

terminated as needed to optimize cost.

442:55

Question number 460. Which AWS service

442:59

monitors AWS accounts for security

443:01

threats? And we have four options.

443:04

Option A, Amazon Car Duty. Option B, AWS

443:08

Secrets Manager. Option C, Amazon

443:11

Cognito. and option D AWS certificate

443:14

manager.

443:18

So the right answer here is option A AWS

443:21

guard duty.

443:28

Amazon Guard Duty is a threat detection

443:31

service that continuously monitors your

443:33

AWS accounts and workloads for malicious

443:35

activity and delivers detailed security

443:38

findings for visibility and remediation.

443:50

Question number 470.

443:52

Which AWS solution enables customers to

443:55

extend AWS infrastructure, AWS services,

443:59

APIs and tools to data centers,

444:01

collocation settings or on premises

444:04

facilities through a hybrid

444:05

architecture.

444:07

And we have four options. Option AWS no

444:10

mobile, option B AWS local Jones, option

444:15

C AWS outposts. And option D AWS

444:18

Fargate.

444:21

So the right answer here is option C AWS

444:24

outposts.

444:32

With AWS outpost, you can run some AWS

444:35

services locally and connect to a broad

444:37

range of services available in your in

444:40

the local AWS region. Run applications

444:42

and workloads on premises using familiar

444:45

AWS services, tools, and APIs. Outpost

444:48

supports workloads and devices requiring

444:51

low latency access to on-remises

444:53

systems, local data processing, data

444:56

residency and application migration with

444:59

local system interdependencies.

445:06

Question number 418. Which service

445:08

allows consumers to audit a AW API

445:12

calls? And we have four options. Option

445:15

A, AWS cloud trial. Option B, AWS

445:18

Trusted Advisor. Option C, AWS

445:21

Inspector. And option D, AWS X-Ray.

445:25

So the right answer here is option A,

445:27

AWS cloud trial.

445:33

Cloud trial is a service offered by AWS

445:36

that captures a log a log of all API

445:40

calls for AWS accounts and its services.

445:44

Cloud trial enables continuous

445:45

monitoring and post incident forensic

445:48

investigations of AWS by providing an

445:50

audit trail of all activities across an

445:53

AWS infrastructure.

445:55

All cloud trial log files are get stored

445:58

in a dedicated S3 bucket.

446:06

Question number 419. Which AWS service

446:09

would be utilized to manage AWS access

446:12

across numerous accounts in a

446:14

centralized fashion? And we have four

446:16

options. Option A, AWS service catalog.

446:19

Option B, AWS config. Option C, AWS

446:23

trusted advisor. And option D, AWS

446:26

organizations.

446:28

So the right answer here is option D AWS

446:32

organization.

446:40

To improve control over your AWS

446:43

environment, you can use AWS

446:45

organization to create groups of

446:47

accounts and then attach policies to a

446:50

group to ensure the correct policies are

446:52

applied across the accounts without

446:55

requiring custom scripts and manual

446:58

processes.

447:08

Question number 420.

447:10

Which benefit is included with an AWS

447:13

enterprise support plan? And we have

447:15

four options. Option A, AWS partner

447:18

network support at no cost. Option B,

447:21

designated support from an AWS technical

447:24

account manager. Option C, on-site

447:27

support from AWS engineers. Option D,

447:30

AWS managed compliance as code with AWS

447:34

config.

447:36

So the right answer here is option B,

447:38

designated support from an AWS technical

447:41

account manager.

447:50

Question number 421,

447:52

which task does AWS perform

447:54

automatically?

447:55

And we have four options. Option A,

447:58

encrypt data that is stored in Amazon

448:00

Dynamo DP. Option B, patch Amazon EC2

448:04

instances. Option C, encrypt user

448:07

network traffic. Option D, create TLS

448:11

certificates for users websites.

448:15

So the right answer here is option A,

448:17

encrypt data that is stored in Amazon

448:19

Dynamo DB.

448:26

All users data stored in Amazon Dynamob

448:28

is fully encrypted at rest. DynamoB

448:31

encryption at rest provides enhanced

448:34

security by encrypting all your data at

448:36

rest using encryption keys stored in AWS

448:40

key management service.

448:47

Question number 422.

448:50

Which Amazon Web offerings service

448:52

provides computational capabilities?

448:54

Select two and we have five options.

448:57

Amazon EC2, Amazon S3, Amazon Elastic

449:01

Block Store, Amazon Cognto or AWS

449:05

Lambda.

449:07

So the right answer here is option A,

449:09

Amazon EC2 and option E AWS Lambda.

449:21

Question number 423. Which opportunities

449:25

does AWS provide for client interested

449:27

in learning about cloud security in an

449:30

instructor-led training? Selected and we

449:33

have five options. AWS trusted advisor,

449:36

AWS online tech talks, AWS blog, AWS

449:41

forums and AWS classroom training.

449:46

So the right answers are option B AWS

449:49

online tech talks and option E AS

449:53

classroom training.

449:57

So AWS online tech talks cover a range

450:00

of topics and expertise levels and

450:02

feature technical deep dives,

450:05

demonstrations, customer examples and

450:08

live question and answers with AWS

450:10

experts.

450:18

Question number 424.

450:20

A business wishes to launch a worldwide

450:23

commercial application using Amazon

450:25

Elastic Cloud Compute Cloud Amazon EC2.

450:29

The deployment solution should be

450:31

constructed with the greatest degree of

450:33

redundancy and fall tolerance possible.

450:36

According to this scenario, the

450:38

following Amazon EC2 instances should be

450:40

deployed. And we have four options.

450:43

Option A in a single availability zone

450:45

in one AWS region. Option B with

450:49

multiple elastic network interfaces

450:51

belonging to different subnets. Option C

450:55

across multiple availability jones in

450:58

one AWS region. Option D across multiple

451:01

availability jones in two AWS regions.

451:06

So the right answer here is option D

451:08

across multiple availability jones in

451:10

two AWS regions.

451:19

Question number 425.

451:22

Which tool is used suited for

451:25

integrating the billing of previously

451:27

distinct AWS accounts? And we have four

451:30

options. Option A detailed billing

451:32

report. Option B, consolidated building,

451:36

option C, AWS cost and usage report and

451:39

option D cost allocation report.

451:43

So the right answer here is option B

451:45

consolidated billing.

451:54

So consolidated billing has the

451:56

following benefits. One bill, easy

451:58

tracking, combined usage, no extra fee.

452:09

Question number 426.

452:12

Which AWS service or tool can a company

452:14

use to visualize, understand and manage

452:17

AWS spending and usage over time? And we

452:21

have four options. Option A, AWS Trusted

452:23

Advisor. Option B, Amazon Cloudatch.

452:28

Option C, Cost Explorer. Option D, AWS

452:32

budgets.

452:35

So the right answer here is option C,

452:38

cost explorer.

452:46

Question number 427,

452:48

how can deploying an application across

452:51

several availability jones benefit you?

452:54

And we have four options. Option A,

452:57

there is a lower risk of service failure

452:59

if a national disaster cause a service

453:02

disruption in a given AWS region. Option

453:05

B, application will have higher

453:07

availability because it can withstand a

453:09

service disruption in one availability

453:11

zone. Option C, there will be better

453:14

coverage as availability jones are

453:17

geographically distant and can serve a

453:19

wider area. Option D, there will be

453:22

decreased application latency that will

453:24

improve the user experience.

453:28

So the right answer here is option B.

453:30

The application will have higher

453:32

availability because it can withstand a

453:34

service disruption in one availability

453:36

jone.

453:45

Question number 428.

453:47

Which of the following enable AWS

453:50

customers to control billing expense

453:51

allocation? And we have four options.

453:54

Option A, tagging resources.

453:57

Option B, limiting who can create

453:59

resources. Option C, adding a secondary

454:02

payment method. And option D running all

454:05

operations on a single AWS account.

454:08

So the right answer here is option A,

454:11

tagging resources.

454:19

AWS tags allow you to define a tag like

454:22

billing service or team or cost center

454:25

and then apply that to as many AWS

454:28

resources as needed. You are able to

454:30

apply each tag to more than one resource

454:33

and you are able to apply up to 50 tags

454:35

to each resource. At the end of each

454:38

billing period, AWS generates a

454:40

commaepparated value document.

454:50

Question number 429. A business is

454:53

developing an application that will be

454:55

hosted in a single AWS region and will

454:58

serve end customers located around the

455:00

globe. The firm wishes to give low

455:04

latency access to application data to

455:07

end users. Which of the following

455:09

services will assist you in achieving

455:11

your goal? And we have four options.

455:13

Option A, Amazon CloudFront. Option B,

455:16

AWS Direct Connect. Option C, Amazon

455:19

Route 53 Global DNS. And option D,

455:22

Amazon Simple Storage Service Transform

455:25

Acceleration.

455:30

So the right answer here is option A.

455:32

Amazon CloudFront.

455:38

Amazon CloudFront features can be

455:40

customized for your specific application

455:42

requirements. Extend your custom code

455:45

across AWS locations worldwide, allowing

455:48

you to move even complex application

455:50

logic closer to your end users to

455:53

improve responsiveness.

456:01

Question number 430. The application of

456:04

a business has a variable start and

456:06

finish time. Which pricing option for

456:09

Amazon EC2 will be the most cost

456:11

effective? And we have four options.

456:13

Option A on demand instances. Option B

456:17

spot instances. Option C reserved

456:20

instances. And option D dedicated hosts.

456:24

So the right answer here is option B.

456:26

Spot instances.

456:32

Amazon EC2 spot instances allow you to

456:35

request spare Amazon EC2 computing

456:38

capacity for up to 90% of the ondemand

456:42

price.

456:49

Question number 431. A new application

456:52

is being developed by a business that

456:55

will save and retrieve millions of

456:56

photographs and movies. Which AWS

456:59

service or feature offers the cheapest

457:02

underlying storage? And we have four

457:04

options. Option A, Amazon EC2 instance

457:07

store, option B, Amazon Elastic Block

457:10

Store, option C, Amazon S3. And option

457:14

D, Amazon simple Q service.

457:18

So the right answer here is option C.

457:21

Amazon S3

457:27

Amazon S3 is cheapest for data storage

457:30

alone.

457:35

Question number 432. A business intend

457:38

to use the AWS cloud to host a huge

457:41

e-commerce application. The business

457:43

must have an architecture that

457:45

safeguards against network-based

457:48

security threats such as DDoS assaults.

457:52

Which Amazon Web offering AWS services

457:55

should the business employ to achieve

457:57

this requirement? Select two. And we

458:00

have five options. Option A, Amazon

458:02

Inspector. Option B, Amazon Guard Duty.

458:06

Option C, Amazon CloudFront. And option

458:08

D AWS Shield. and option E AWS identity

458:12

and access management.

458:16

The right answer here is option C,

458:19

Amazon CloudFront

458:21

and option D, AWS Shield.

458:26

AWSWF is a web application firewall that

458:30

can be deployed on CloudFront to help

458:33

protect your application against DOS

458:35

attacks by giving you control over which

458:38

traffic to allow or block by defining

458:40

security rules. AWS Shield is a managed

458:43

distributed denial of service production

458:46

service that safeguards applications

458:48

running on AWS.

458:54

Question number 433.

458:56

Which AWS service or functionality

458:59

enables the user to control application

459:01

traffic between regions? And we have

459:04

four options. Option A, Amazon AppStream

459:07

2.0. Option B, Amazon VPC. Option C

459:11

elastic load balancer. And option D,

459:14

Amazon Route 53.

459:18

So the right answer here is option D,

459:20

Amazon Route 53.

459:25

So, Amazon Route 53

459:28

geoproximity rooting policy.

459:30

Geoproximity rooting lets Amazon Route

459:33

53 root traffic to your resources based

459:35

on the geographic location of your users

459:38

and your resources.

459:45

Question number 434.

459:48

A company requires an isolated

459:50

environment within AWS for security

459:52

purposes. Which action can be taken to

459:55

accomplish this? And we have four

459:57

options. Option A, create a separate

459:59

availability zone to host the resources.

460:02

Option B, create a separate VPC to host

460:05

the resources. Option C, create a

460:08

placement group to host the resources.

460:11

and option D create an AWS direct

460:14

connect connection between the company

460:15

and AWS.

460:18

So the right answer here is option B

460:20

create a separate VPC to host the

460:22

resources.

460:34

Question number 435.

460:36

What expenses should be addressed when

460:38

comparing the total cost of ownership of

460:41

an on-remises infrastructure to a cloud

460:44

architecture? And we have five options.

460:46

Option A, the credit card processing

460:49

fees for application transaction in the

460:51

cloud. Option B, the cost of purchasing

460:53

and installing server hardware in the

460:55

onremises data. Option C, the cost of

460:59

administering the infrastructure

461:01

including operating system and software

461:03

installation,

461:05

patches, backups, and recovery from

461:07

failures. And option D, the cost of

461:10

third-party penetration testing. And

461:13

option E, the advertising cost

461:15

associated with an ongoing

461:17

enterprisewide campaign.

461:20

So the right answer here is option B,

461:22

the cost of purchasing and installing

461:23

server hardware in the on premises data.

461:27

An option C the cost of administering

461:30

the infrastructure including operating

461:32

system and software installation,

461:34

patches, backups and recovering from

461:36

failures.

461:45

Question number 436.

461:48

which service is an AWS managed Hadoop

461:51

framework that enables processing

461:53

massive volumes of data across

461:55

dynamically expandable Amazon EC2

461:58

instance. Simple, quick and cost

462:00

effective.

462:02

And we have four options. Option A,

462:03

Amazon EMR. Option B, Amazon EC2. Option

462:08

C, AWS Elastic Beantock. Option D,

462:12

Amazon Red Shift.

462:15

So the right answer here is option A.

462:17

Amazon EMR.

462:24

Amazon EMR. Amazon elastic map reduce

462:28

produces a managed Hadoop framework

462:30

using the elastic infrastructure of

462:32

Amazon EC2 and Amazon S3. It distributes

462:36

computation

462:38

of the data over multiple Amazon EC2

462:41

instances.

462:47

Question number 437.

462:49

What is the greatest place for a user to

462:52

get information and report on AWS

462:54

compliance? And we have four options.

462:56

Option A, AWS artifact. Option B, AWS

463:00

marketplace, option C, Amazon inspector.

463:04

And option D, AWS support.

463:08

So the right answer here is option A, A

463:10

as artifact.

463:16

AWS Artifact is your go-to central

463:19

resource for compliance related

463:21

information that matters to you. It

463:23

provides ondemand access to AWS security

463:26

and compliance reports and select online

463:29

agreements.

463:36

Question number 438. A business wishes

463:39

to be alerted when its AWS cloud

463:41

expenses or usage surpass certain

463:44

limits. Which Amazon Web Services

463:46

offering will meet these requirements?

463:49

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

463:51

budgets, option B, cost explorer, option

463:54

C, AWS cloud trial and option D, Amazon

463:57

Mackie.

463:59

So the right answer here is option A AWS

464:02

budgets.

464:06

AWS budgets allow you to set customer

464:08

budgets to track your cost and usage

464:11

from the simplest to the most complex

464:13

use cases. With AWS budgets, you can

464:16

choose to be alerted by email or SNS

464:19

notification when actual or forecasted

464:22

cost and usage exceeds your budget

464:24

threshold or when your actual RAI and

464:27

saving plans utilization or coverage

464:30

drops below your desired threshold.

464:39

Question number 439.

464:41

Which AWS service is a highly available

464:43

and scalable DNS web service? And we

464:46

have four options. Amazon VPC, Amazon

464:50

CloudFront, Amazon Route 53 or Amazon

464:54

Connect.

464:56

So the right answer here is option C,

465:00

Amazon Route 53.

465:04

Amazon Route 53 is a highly available

465:06

and scalable cloud domain name system

465:09

web service.

465:16

Question number 440. A business needs to

465:19

monitor changes to AWS resource

465:21

configurations for a compliance purpose.

465:24

Which Amazon Web Service functionality

465:27

may be utilized to fulfill these

465:28

requirements?

465:30

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

465:33

cost and usage report. Option B, AWS

465:36

organizations service control policies.

465:39

Option C, AWS config rules. And option

465:42

D, VPC flow logs.

465:46

So the right answer here is option C,

465:49

AWS config rules.

465:57

AWS configs lets you configure rules

465:59

that you would like your AWS resources

466:02

to fulfill and tracks to see whether the

466:04

resources compile with those rules.

466:07

Every time something is changed, config

466:10

records the change. It stores a snap of

466:13

the system at custom intervals set by

466:16

the user and even records how one AWS uh

466:21

resource relates to another.

466:29

Question number 441. A customer request

466:33

advice on potential cost reductions

466:35

associated with the migration from on

466:37

premises to AWS. Which tool is most

466:41

appropriate in this situation? And we

466:43

have four options. Option A, AWS

466:45

budgets. Option B cost explorer, option

466:48

C, AWS total cost of ownership

466:51

calculator. and option D AWS well

466:54

architected tool.

466:56

So the right answer here is option C AWS

467:00

total cost of ownership calculator.

467:07

The TCO calculator provides directional

467:10

guidance on possible realized

467:13

savings when deploying EWS. This tool is

467:15

built on an underlying

467:18

calculation model that generates a fair

467:21

assessment of value that a customer may

467:23

achieve given the data provided by the

467:26

user.

467:31

Question number 442.

467:33

Which AWS services are functionalities

467:36

enable customers to establish a network

467:38

connection between two virtual private

467:40

clouds VPCs? Select two. And we have

467:43

five options. Option A, VPC endpoints.

467:46

Option B, Amazon Route 53. Option C, VPC

467:51

pairing. Option D, AWS direct connect.

467:54

Option E, AWS transit gateway.

467:58

So the right answer here is option C VPC

468:02

pairing

468:04

and option E AWS transit gateway.

468:13

Question number 443.

468:15

Which of the following is the

468:16

recommended method for setting IM user

468:19

policies? And we have four options.

468:22

Option A, start with a large set of

468:24

permissions and remove the permissions

468:26

that are not required. Option B, use

468:29

only Amazon managed policies. Option C,

468:33

start with the minimum set of

468:34

permissions and grant additional

468:36

permissions as necessary. Option D,

468:39

attach policies directly to each user

468:42

individually.

468:44

So the right answer here is option C.

468:48

Start with minimum set of permissions

468:49

and grant additional permissions as

468:51

necessary.

469:06

Question number 444.

469:08

How can consolidated billing benefit a

469:11

business with many AWS accounts?

469:14

And we have four options. Option A, it

469:17

aggregates usage across accounts so that

469:19

the company can reach volume discount

469:21

thresholds sooner. Option B, it offers

469:24

an additional 5% discount on purchases

469:27

of all upfront reserved instances.

469:30

Option C, it provides a simplified

469:32

billing invoice that the company can

469:34

process more quickly than a standard

469:36

invoice. Option D, it gives AWS

469:39

resellers the ability to bill their

469:41

customers for usage.

469:43

So the right answer here is option A. It

469:47

aggregates usage across accounts so that

469:50

the company can reach volume discount

469:52

thresholds sooner.

469:59

Using consolidated billing, you can

470:01

combine usage from multiple accounts

470:03

into a single invoice, allowing you to

470:06

reach the tires with lower prices

470:08

faster. You can also apply unused

470:11

reservations from one account to another

470:13

account's instant usage.

470:21

Question number 445.

470:23

Which of the following is an AWS best

470:25

practice for managing an AWS account

470:28

root user? And we have four options.

470:31

Option A, keep the root user password

470:33

with the security team. Option B, enable

470:37

multiffactor authentication for the root

470:39

user. Option C, create an access key for

470:43

the root user. And option D, keep the

470:46

root user password consistent for

470:48

compliance purposes.

470:52

So the right answer here is option B,

470:54

enable multiffactor authentication for

470:56

the root user.

471:09

AWS recommends enabling multiffactor

471:11

authentication for the root user of an

471:13

AWS account to provide an additional

471:15

layer of security. MFA requires the use

471:18

of a second form of authentication such

471:21

as one-time code generated by an

471:23

authentication app or a hardware token

471:27

in addition to a password. This makes it

471:31

much harder for an attacker to gain

471:33

access to the root user account even if

471:36

they have obtained the password.

471:43

Question number 446.

471:45

AWS pay as you go pricing model. And we

471:49

have four options. Option A reduces

471:51

capital expenditures. Option B requires

471:54

payment upfront for AWS services. Option

471:57

C is relevant only for Amazon EC2,

472:01

Amazon S3 and Amazon RDS. Option D

472:05

reduces operational expenditures.

472:09

So the right answer here is option A

472:11

reduce capital expenditures.

472:19

AWS helps you reduce total cost of

472:22

ownership by reducing the need to invest

472:24

in large capital in expenditures and

472:26

providing a pay as you go model that

472:28

empowers you to invest in the capacity

472:31

you need and use it only when the

472:33

business requires it.

472:42

Question number 447.

472:45

What AWS feature relates to a customer's

472:48

flexibility to scale up and down

472:51

applications to meet changeable demand?

472:54

And we have four options. Elasticity,

472:57

agility, security, scalability.

473:02

So the right answer here is option D,

473:05

scalability.

473:15

The ability to increase the size of the

473:17

workload either software or hardware in

473:19

your existing infrastructure and at the

473:21

same time making sure that the

473:23

performance is not impacted is known as

473:26

scalability in AWS.

473:36

Question number 448. A company wants to

473:39

improve its security and audit posture

473:42

by limiting Amazon EC2 inbound access.

473:46

What should the company use to access

473:48

instances remotely instead of opening

473:50

inbound SSH ports and managing SSH keys?

473:56

And we have four options. Option A, EC2

473:58

key pairs. Option B, AWS systems manager

474:02

sessions manager. Option C, AWS identity

474:06

and access management. Option D, network

474:09

ACL.

474:12

So the right answer here is option B AWS

474:15

systems manager session manager.

474:23

So AWS systems manager session manager

474:26

is a new interactive shell and CLI that

474:29

helps to provide secure access

474:31

controlled and audit Windows and Linux

474:34

AC2 instance management. Session manager

474:36

removes the need to open inbound ports,

474:40

manage SSH keys, or use bastion hosts.

474:52

Question number 449.

474:55

After selecting an Amazon EC2 dedicated

474:57

host reservation, which pricing option

475:00

would provide the largest discount?

475:03

And we have four options. Option A, no

475:05

upfront payment. Option B, hourly on

475:08

demand payment. Option C, partially

475:11

upfront payment. And option D, all

475:13

upfront payment.

475:16

So the right answer here is option D,

475:19

all upfront payment.

475:28

So you can choose between three payment

475:30

options when you purchase a standard or

475:32

convertible reserved instances. With all

475:35

upfront option, you pay for the entire

475:37

reserved instances term with one upfront

475:40

payment. These option provides you with

475:42

the largest discount compared to

475:44

ondemand instance pricing.

475:57

Question number 450.

476:00

Which AWS cloud feature enables resource

476:04

supply to be matched to changing

476:05

workload demands? And we have four

476:08

options. Security, reliability,

476:11

elasticity,

476:12

and high availability.

476:16

So the right answer here is option C.

476:19

Elasticity

476:29

in AWS. The process of getting the

476:31

resource dynamically when you actually

476:33

require them and then release the

476:35

resources when you are done and do not

476:38

need them is known as elasticity.

476:52

Question number 451. A business has

476:55

chosen to shift its production workloads

476:57

to the Amazon web service AWS cloud.

477:00

Which activities may assist in lowering

477:02

operating expenses associated with the

477:05

migration? Select two. And we have five

477:07

options. Option A, reduce

477:09

overprovisioned instances. Option B,

477:13

rehost all third-party licenses on AWS.

477:17

Option C, implement a highly available

477:19

architecture. Option D, use managed

477:22

services. Or option E, improve

477:24

application security.

477:28

So the right answer here is option A,

477:30

reduce overprovisioned instances and

477:33

option D, use managed services.

477:43

Question number 452.

477:46

A business want to provide a single user

477:48

complete access to an Amazon S3 bucket.

477:51

Which element in the S3 bucket policy

477:54

contains information about the users who

477:57

need access to the S3 bucket? And we

478:00

have four options. Option A, principle,

478:03

action, resource, statement.

478:08

So the right answer here is option A

478:11

principle.

478:15

The account or user who is allowed

478:17

access to the actions and resources in

478:19

the statement. In a bucket policy, the

478:22

principal is the user, account, service

478:24

or other entity that is the recipient of

478:27

of these permission.

478:40

Question number 453.

478:42

Which Amazon Web Services solution

478:45

enables clients to acquire unused Amazon

478:49

EC2 capacity at often reduced prices?

478:53

And we have four options. Reserved

478:55

instances, ondemand instances, dedicated

478:59

instances, or spot instances.

479:04

So the right answer here is option D.

479:07

Spot instances.

479:13

Spot instance is a standard AWS E2

479:16

instance that is available for less than

479:18

ondemand price due to spare EC2 capacity

479:22

by requesting unused EC2 instances at a

479:25

discounted price.

479:33

Question number 454.

479:36

How does the AWS global infrastructure

479:38

offer high availability and fault

479:40

tolerance to its users?

479:43

And we have four options. Option A. The

479:45

AWS infrastructure is made up of

479:48

multiple AWS regions within various

479:50

availability zones located in areas that

479:52

have low flood risk and are

479:56

interconnected with low latency networks

479:58

and interendent power supplies. Option

480:02

B, the AWS infrastructure consists of

480:04

subnets containing various availability

480:06

jones with multiple data centers located

480:09

in the same geographic location.

480:11

Option C, AWS allows user to choose AWS

480:15

regions and data centers so that users

480:18

can select the closest data centers in

480:20

different regions. And option D, the AWS

480:24

infrastructure consists of isolated AWS

480:27

regions with interdependent availability

480:30

jones that are connected with low

480:31

latency networking and redundant power

480:34

supplies.

480:38

So the right answer here is option D.

480:42

The AWS infrastructure consist of

480:44

isolated AWS regions with interdependent

480:48

availability jones that are connected

480:50

with low latency networking and

480:53

redundant power supplies.

481:00

Question number 455.

481:02

Which of the following procedures should

481:04

a client perform while doing penetration

481:07

testing on Amazon Web Services?

481:10

And we have four options. Option A,

481:12

conduct penetration testing using Amazon

481:15

inspector and then notify AWS support.

481:19

Option B, request and wait for approval

481:21

from the customer's internal security

481:24

team and then conduct testing.

481:27

Option C, notify AWS support and then

481:29

conduct testing immediately.

481:32

Option D, request and wait for approval

481:34

from AWS support and then conduct

481:36

testing.

481:39

So the right answer here is option B,

481:41

request and wait for approval from the

481:43

customer's internal security team and

481:46

then conduct testing.

482:05

Question number 456.

482:08

Which service would be reasonable for

482:10

network connection in a hybrid design

482:12

that incorporates Amazon Web Services?

482:16

And we have four options. Option A,

482:18

Amazon VPC. Option B, AWS Direct

482:21

Connect. Option C, AWS Directory

482:24

Service. And the last option Amazon API

482:28

gateway.

482:30

So the right answer here is option B AWS

482:33

direct connect.

482:39

So hybrid network connection these

482:42

component refers to the connection from

482:44

the on premises networking edge device

482:47

to the AWS cloud.

482:51

It can be physically connect connection

482:54

such as AWS direct connect or an overlay

482:56

connection such as side to side VPN.

483:07

Question number 457.

483:11

What is the name given to the several

483:13

separate sites inside an AWS region that

483:16

are linked by low latency networks?

483:20

And we have four options. AWS direct

483:23

connects, Amazon VPCs, edge locations,

483:27

availability jones.

483:31

So the right answer here is option D.

483:33

Availability jones.

483:39

Availability jones are interconnected

483:42

within a region for low latency.

483:52

Question number 458.

483:54

Which of the following AWS services can

483:57

be utilized to efficiently deliver big

483:59

volume of online video content? Select

484:02

two. And we have five options. Option

484:05

AWS storage gateway. Option B Amazon S3.

484:10

Option C Amazon Elastic File System. And

484:13

option D Amazon Glacier. Option E,

484:17

Amazon CloudFront.

484:20

So the right answer here is option B,

484:22

Amazon S3 and option E, Amazon

484:26

CloudFront.

484:35

So Amazon CloudFront is configured with

484:38

the destination S3 bucket as the origin

484:41

for global distribution of the

484:43

transcoded video content.

484:53

Question number 459.

484:55

Which Amazon EC2 price option is

484:57

appropriate for applications that need

485:00

intermittent spiky or unexpected

485:03

workloads?

485:05

And we have four options. SWAT

485:07

instances, dedicated host, on demand

485:10

instances or reserved instances.

485:13

So the right answer here is option C on

485:17

demand instances.

485:22

So on demand instances are recommended

485:24

for users that prefer the low cost and

485:28

flexibility of Amazon EC2 without any

485:30

upfront payment or long-term commitment.

485:33

Applications with short-term spiky or

485:36

unpredictable workloads that cannot be

485:38

interpreted.

485:40

Interrupted applications being developed

485:43

are tested on Amazon EC2 for the first

485:45

time.

485:53

Question number 460. A user is able to

485:56

set up a master payer account to view

485:58

consolidated billing reports through.

486:00

And we have four options. Option A as

486:03

budgets, Amazon Mackie, Amazon Quicksite

486:07

and option D AWS organizations.

486:11

So the right answer here is option D AWS

486:14

organizations.

486:18

So AWS organizations you can track the

486:20

charges across multiple accounts and

486:22

download the combined cost and usage

486:25

data.

486:33

Question number 461.

486:35

Which of the following is a duty of the

486:37

client under the AWS share

486:39

responsibility model?

486:41

And we have four options. Option A

486:43

virtualization infrastructure. Option B

486:46

network infrastructure.

486:48

Option C application security. Option D

486:51

physical security of hardware.

486:55

So the right answer here is option C

486:58

application security.

487:06

So customers retain control of what

487:08

security they choose to implement to

487:10

protect their own content platform,

487:13

applications, systems and networks.

487:24

Question number 462.

487:26

Which Amazon Web Services service can be

487:29

used to monitor illegal API calls? And

487:33

we have four options. AWS config, AWS

487:36

cloud trial, AWS trusted advisor, Amazon

487:41

inspector.

487:43

So the right answer here is option B.

487:46

AWS cloud trail.

487:52

AWS Cloud Trail allows AWS customers to

487:55

record API calls, sending log files to

487:58

Amazon S3 bucket for storage. The

488:01

service provides API activity data

488:04

including the identity of an API caller,

488:06

the time of an API call, the source of

488:09

the IP address of of an API caller, the

488:12

request parameters, and the response

488:14

elements returned by the AWS service.

488:26

Question number 463.

488:28

An e-commerce firm predicts a

488:30

significant rise in online traffic in

488:32

the run-up to two very popular shopping

488:36

holidays. Which AWS service or

488:38

functionality enables dynamic resource

488:41

adjustments in response to this charge

488:43

in demand? And we have four options.

488:46

Option A, AWS cloud trial, option B,

488:50

Amazon EC2 autoscaling.

488:52

Option C, Amazon forecast or option D

488:55

AWS config.

488:59

So the right answer here is option B,

489:01

Amazon EC2 autoscaling.

489:10

Amazon EC2 autoscaling use predictive

489:13

scaling to increase the number of EC2

489:15

instances in your autoscaling group in

489:18

advance of daily and weekly patterns in

489:20

traffic flows.

489:30

Question number 464.

489:32

Which strategy contributes to the cost

489:35

optimization of consumers migrating to

489:37

the AWS cloud? And we have four options.

489:40

Option A, paying only for what is used.

489:44

Option B, purchasing hardware before it

489:46

is needed. Option C, manually

489:49

provisioning cloud resources. Option D,

489:53

purchasing for the maximum possible

489:55

load.

489:58

So the right answer here is option A,

490:00

paying only for what is used.

490:10

With AWS, you only pay for what use,

490:13

helping your organizations remain agile,

490:16

responsive, and always able to meet

490:18

scale demands.

490:25

Question number 465.

490:27

According to the AWS shared

490:29

responsibility model, which task is the

490:31

customer's responsibility?

490:34

And we have four options. Option A,

490:36

maintaining the infrastructure needed to

490:38

run AWS Lambda? Option B, updating the

490:41

operating system of Amazon Dynamob

490:43

instances.

490:45

Option C, maintaining Amazon S3

490:48

infrastructure.

490:49

Option D, updating the guest operating

490:51

system on Amazon EC2 instances.

490:56

So the right answer here is option D,

490:59

updating the guest operating system on

491:02

Amazon EC2 instances.

491:10

Question number 466.

491:13

Which design principle is achieved by

491:15

following the reliability pillar of the

491:18

AWS well architected framework? And we

491:21

have four options. Option A vertical

491:24

scaling. Option B manual failure

491:26

recovery. Option C testing recovery

491:30

procedures. Option D changing

491:32

infrastructure manually.

491:35

So the right answer here is option C

491:38

testing recovery procedures.

491:51

Question number 467,

491:53

what enables a business to give a low

491:56

latency experience to its worldwide

491:58

users? And we have four options. Option

492:01

A, using an AWS region that is central

492:05

to all users. Option B, using a second

492:08

availability zone in the AWS region that

492:11

is being used. Option C, enabling

492:14

catching in the AWS region that is being

492:16

used. Option D, using edge locations to

492:20

put content closer to all users.

492:24

So the right answer here is option D,

492:27

using edge locations to put content

492:29

closer to all users.

492:37

The edge location is physically much

492:39

closer to the user than the origin

492:41

server. It has lower latency.

492:51

Question number 468.

492:53

A business has optimized its workloads

492:56

by using certain AWS services in order

492:59

to increase efficiency and minimize

493:01

costs. Which cost management best

493:04

practice does this case demonstrate?

493:08

And we have four options. Resource

493:10

controls, cost allocation, architecture

493:14

optimization, tagging enforcement.

493:19

So the right answer here is option C.

493:22

Architecture optimization.

493:29

Architecture optimization focuses on the

493:31

need to continually refine workloads to

493:35

be more cost cautious to create better

493:38

architected systems.

493:46

Question number 469.

493:49

Which feature of cloud computing can AWS

493:52

exhibit via its capacity to provide

493:55

reduced variable prices as a consequence

493:58

of big purchase volumes?

494:01

And we have four options. Option A pico

494:04

pricing, option B high availability.

494:08

Option C, global reach. Option D,

494:10

economies of scale.

494:15

So the right answer here is option D.

494:17

Economies of scale.

494:24

The economies of scale effect occurs

494:27

because cost can now be spread over a

494:30

large number of customers. The

494:32

infrastructures become cheaper, prices

494:34

can be reduced and new customers benefit

494:37

from the lower prices.

494:47

Question number 470. A customer with an

494:50

AWS basic support subscription has

494:53

discovered that their AWS resources are

494:55

being used for unauthorized purposes.

494:58

What is the preferred mechanism for the

495:00

user to notify AWS of the activity?

495:04

And we have four options. Option A,

495:06

contact the AWS consarch support team.

495:10

Option B, contact an AWS technical

495:13

account manager. Option C, contact the

495:16

AWS abuse team. Or option D, contact the

495:19

AWS support team.

495:22

So the right answer here is option C,

495:26

contact the AWS abuse team.

495:32

So if you suspect the AWS resources are

495:34

used for abusive purposes, contact the

495:37

AWS abuse team using the report Amazon

495:41

AWS abuse form or by contacting abuse at

495:45

amazons.com.

495:48

Provide all the necessary information

495:50

including logs in plain text, email

495:52

headers and so on when you submit your

495:55

request.

496:02

Question number 471.

496:05

Which AWS service should a business use

496:08

to check the compliance of AWS resource

496:10

settings on a continual basis?

496:13

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

496:16

organizations, option B AWS config,

496:20

option C AWS artifact and option D AWS

496:24

service catalog.

496:27

So the right answer here is option B AWS

496:30

config.

496:36

So AWS config is a service that enables

496:39

you to access, audit and evaluate the

496:42

configurations of your AWS resources.

496:44

Config continuously monitors and records

496:47

your AWS resource configurations and

496:50

allows you to automate the evaluation of

496:52

recorded configurations against desired

496:55

configurations. With config, you can

496:58

review changes in configurations and

497:00

relationships between AWS resources,

497:03

dive into detailed resources

497:05

configuration histories, and determine

497:07

your overall compliance against the

497:10

configurations specified in your

497:12

internal guidelines. These enables you

497:16

to specify compliance auditing, security

497:19

analysis, change management, and

497:21

operational troubleshooting.

497:33

Question number 472,

497:36

which AWS cloud feature relieves

497:39

customers of the requirement to estimate

497:41

future infrastructure consumption?

497:44

And we have four options. Option A, easy

497:47

and fast deployment of applications in

497:49

multiple regions around the world.

497:51

Option B, security of the AWS cloud.

497:55

Option C, elasticity of the AWS cloud.

497:59

Option D, lower variable cost due to

498:01

massive economies of scale.

498:05

So the right answer here is option C,

498:08

elasticity of the AWS cloud.

498:16

So implement elasticity when identifying

498:18

the workloads that have variable load.

498:21

Identify if the increase in demand can

498:23

met by automatic scaling or if it needs

498:27

to be in place before.

498:38

Question number 473.

498:41

A user needs to quickly deploy a non-

498:43

relational database on AWS. The user

498:46

does not want to manage the underlying

498:48

hardware or the database software. Which

498:51

AWS service can be used to accomplish

498:54

these?

498:55

And we have four options. Amazon RDS,

498:58

Amazon Dynamo DB, Amazon Aurora and

499:02

Amazon Redshift.

499:05

So the right answer here is option B.

499:07

Amazon Dynamo DB.

499:13

Amazon Dynamo DB is a fully managed

499:16

serverless key value NoSQL database

499:19

designed to run high performance

499:20

applications at any scale. DynamoB

499:23

offers built-in security, continuous

499:26

backups, automated multi-reion

499:28

replication, in-memory caching and data

499:31

import and export tools.

499:40

Question number 474.

499:43

Which pattern is suggested for creating

499:45

an AWS highly available architecture?

499:48

And we have four options. Option A,

499:51

ensure that components have low latency

499:53

network connectivity. Option B, run

499:56

enough Amazon EC2 instances to operate

499:59

at peak load. Option C, ensure that the

500:03

application is designed to accommodate

500:04

failure of any single component. Option

500:08

D, use a monolithic application that

500:10

handles all operations.

500:15

So the right answer here is option C.

500:18

Ensure that the application is designed

500:20

to accommodate failure of any single

500:22

component.

500:29

Amazon Web Services provide services and

500:32

infrastructures to build reliable fall

500:34

tolerance and highly available systems

500:36

in the cloud. Fall tolerance defines the

500:39

ability for a system to remain in

500:40

operation even if some of the components

500:43

used to build the system fail.

500:54

Question number 475.

500:56

Which task is an AWS responsibility when

500:58

a workload is running in Amazon RDS? And

501:02

we have four options. Option A, creating

501:04

the database table. Option B, updating

501:07

the database schema. Option C,

501:10

installing the database engine. Option

501:12

D, dropping the database records.

501:17

So the right answer here is option C,

501:20

installing the database engine.

501:28

Question number 476. A business is

501:31

contemplating

501:33

migrating its on-remises data center to

501:35

Amazon Web Services. What aspects should

501:38

a total cost of ownership study

501:41

consider? Select two. And we have five

501:44

options. Option A, Amazon EC2 instance

501:46

availability. Option B, power

501:49

consumption of the data center. Option

501:51

C, labor cost to replace old servers.

501:56

Option D, application developer time.

501:59

Option E, database engine capacity.

502:03

So the right answer here is option B,

502:06

power consumption of the data center

502:13

and option C, labor cost to replace old

502:16

servers.

502:20

The total cost of ownership is an

502:22

analysis that looks at the hidden cost

502:24

beyond price and places a single value

502:27

on the complete like cycle of a capital

502:31

purchase. These value includes every

502:34

phase of ownership, acquisition,

502:36

operation and other software cost of

502:39

change management that flows down from

502:41

acquisition such as documentation and

502:44

training.

502:51

Question number 477.

502:54

A business currently operates an on-

502:56

premises Microsoft SQL Server instance

502:59

and is transferring its application to

503:01

AWS. Although the firm lacks the

503:04

resources necessary to modify the

503:06

program, management wants to cut

503:08

operation cost as part of the move. So

503:11

which database service is most capable

503:14

of meeting these requirements? And we

503:16

have four options. Amazon Dynamob,

503:20

Amazon Red Shift, Microsoft SQL Server

503:23

on Amazon EC2, Amazon RDS for SQL

503:27

Server.

503:30

So the right answer here is option D.

503:32

Amazon RDS for SQL Server.

503:40

So with Amazon RDS, your database

503:43

operations are managed by AWS, leaving

503:46

your team free to focus on innovation.

503:49

Amazon RDS handles instant failover,

503:53

data backups, software updates,

503:56

so you can enjoy the efficiencies of the

503:58

AWS cloud for a fast and reliable

504:01

database option.

504:11

Question number 478.

504:13

A development team wants to publish and

504:16

manage web services that provide REST

504:18

APIs. Which AWS service will meet this

504:21

requirement?

504:23

And we have four options. AWS App Mesh,

504:27

Amazon API Gateway, Amazon Cloudfront,

504:32

AWS Cloud Map.

504:35

So the right answer here is option B.

504:38

Amazon API Gateway.

504:44

Amazon API Gateway is a fully managed

504:46

service that makes it easy for

504:48

developers to create, publish, maintain,

504:50

monitor, and secure APIs at any scale.

505:02

Question number 479.

505:04

What is an example of AWS cloud agility?

505:08

And we have four options. Option A,

505:10

access to multiple instance types.

505:14

Option B, access to managed services.

505:17

Option C, using consolidated building to

505:20

produce one bill. Option D, decreased

505:23

acquisition time for new compute

505:25

resources.

505:28

So the right answer here is option D,

505:30

decreased acquisition time for new

505:32

compute resources.

505:43

Agility is the ability to react quickly

505:46

in cloud. It takes a minute or two to

505:48

create a virtual machine that is up and

505:51

running.

505:58

Question number 480.

506:00

What are the advantages of using loose

506:02

coupling as a design parading for cloud

506:05

architectures?

506:07

And we have four options. Option A, it

506:09

facilitates low latency request

506:12

handling. Option B, it allows

506:14

applications to have dependent

506:16

workflows.

506:18

Option C, it prevents cascading failures

506:21

between different components. Option D,

506:24

it allows companies to focus on their

506:26

physical data center operations.

506:30

So the right answer here is option C. It

506:33

prevents cascading failures between

506:35

different components.

506:45

Loose coupling. A change or a failure in

506:48

one component should not cascade to

506:50

other components.

507:01

Question number 481. A business operates

507:04

a website that is hosted on AWS and is

507:07

protected by an application load

507:08

balancer. The business wishes to protect

507:11

its website against SQL injection and

507:14

cross-sight scripting. Which Amazon Web

507:17

Services service should the business

507:20

use? And we have four options. Option A,

507:23

Amazon Guard Duty,

507:26

AWSWF,

507:28

AWS Trusted Advisor, Amazon Inspector.

507:33

So the right answer here is option B.

507:35

AWS WF.

507:44

To protect your applications against SQL

507:46

injection and cross-ite scripting

507:49

attacks, use the built-in SQL injection

507:51

and cross-ite scripting engines.

507:54

Remember that attacks can be performed

507:57

on different parts of the HTTP request

508:00

such as the HTTP header, query string,

508:03

or URI. Configure the AWSWF rules to

508:07

inspect different parts of the HTTP

508:10

request against the built-in M

508:12

mitigation engines.

508:26

Question number 482.

508:29

An online retail company wants to

508:30

migrate its onremises workload to AWS.

508:34

The company needs to automatically

508:35

handle a seasonal workload increase in a

508:38

cost effective manner. Which AWS cloud

508:42

features will help the company meet this

508:44

requirement? Choose two. We have five

508:47

options. Option A, cross region workload

508:50

deployment. Option B, pay as you go

508:52

pricing. Option C, built-in AWS cloud

508:56

trial audit capabilities.

508:58

Option D, autoscaling policies. Option

509:01

E, centralized logging.

509:06

So the right answer here is option B,

509:08

pay as you go pricing.

509:16

And option D, autoscaling policies.

509:27

Question number 483.

509:29

A company's recently released

509:31

application is rapidly gaining

509:33

popularity. To enhance customer service,

509:36

the firm want to establish a phone

509:38

number that would enable it to handle

509:40

the growing amount of calls received by

509:43

its support employees. Which Amazon Web

509:46

Services offering should be utilized to

509:49

fulfill this requirement?

509:51

And we have four options. Option A,

509:53

Amazon Connect. Option B, Amazon

509:56

CloudFront. Option C, Amazon Direct

509:59

Connect. Option D, AWS Trusted Advisor.

510:04

So the right answer here is option A,

510:06

Amazon Connect.

510:31

Question number 484. A business want to

510:34

evaluate streaming user data and reply

510:37

in real time to consumer inquiries.

510:40

Which AWS service satisfies these

510:42

criteria?

510:45

And we have four options. Option A,

510:46

Amazon Quicksite.

510:49

Option B, Amazon Redshift. Amazon

510:51

Kinesis data analytics

510:54

and option D AWS data pipeline.

510:58

So the right answer here is option C

511:01

Amazon Kinesis data analytics.

511:10

Amazon Kinesis data streams is a

511:12

scalable and durable real-time data

511:15

streaming service that can continuously

511:17

capture gigabytes of data per second

511:19

from hundreds of thousands of sources.

511:30

Question number 485. Which of the

511:33

following is an example of a frequent IT

511:35

duty that AWS can do in order to free up

511:39

firm IT resources? Select two. And we

511:43

have five options. Option A, patching

511:45

database softwares.

511:47

Option B, testing application releases.

511:51

Option C, backing up databases. Option

511:54

D, creating database schema. Option E

511:57

running penetration tests.

512:01

So the right answer here is option A

512:03

patching database softwares

512:06

and option C backing up databases.

512:18

Patch manager a capability of AWS system

512:21

manager automates the process of

512:22

patching managed nodes with both

512:25

security related and other types of

512:27

updates. AWS backup automates and

512:30

consolidates backups task previously

512:33

performed service by service removing

512:35

the need to create custom scripts and

512:37

manual process.

512:48

Question number 486. Which AWS service

512:51

helps developers use loose coupling and

512:54

reliable messaging between

512:55

microservices?

512:57

And we have four options. Option A,

512:59

elastic load balancing. Option B, Amazon

513:02

simple notification service. Option C,

513:05

Amazon CloudFront. Option D, Amazon

513:08

simple Q service.

513:12

So the right answer here is option D,

513:14

Amazon simple Q service.

513:24

Amazon simple Q service is a managed

513:26

message queuing service. Technical

513:29

professional and developers used to

513:31

send, store and retrieve multiple

513:33

messages of various sizes as

513:35

synchronously.

513:45

Question number 487.

513:47

How should a web application be deployed

513:49

in the AWS cloud to guarantee high

513:51

availability?

513:53

And we have four options. Option A,

513:55

deploy multiple instances of the

513:57

application in multiple availability

513:58

jones. Option B, deploy multiple

514:01

instances of the application in a single

514:03

availability zone. Option C, deploy the

514:07

application to a compute optimized

514:08

Amazon EC2 instance in a single

514:11

availability zone. Option D, deploy the

514:14

application in one Amazon EC2 instance

514:16

in an auto scaling group.

514:21

So the right answer here is option A,

514:23

deploy multiple instances of the

514:25

application in multiple availability

514:28

zones.

514:36

So this is to achieve high availability

514:39

for any web application deployed in AWS.

514:41

The following features will be present.

514:44

High availability across multiple

514:45

instance. Multiple availability jones.

514:47

Autoscaling of instance based on the

514:50

number of requests coming in. Additional

514:52

security to the instance that is in

514:55

production. No impact to end users

514:57

during the newer version of code

514:59

deployment. No impact during patching

515:02

the instances.

515:09

Question number 488. A company needs to

515:12

implement identity management for a

515:14

fleet of mobile apps that are running in

515:17

the AWS cloud. Which AWS service will

515:20

meet this requirement?

515:23

And we have four options. Option A,

515:25

Amazon Cognitive. Option B, AWS Security

515:28

Hub. Option C, AWS Shield. Option D,

515:33

AWSWF.

515:37

So the right answer here is option A,

515:39

Amazon Cognto.

515:48

Amazon Cognto lets you add user signup,

515:51

sign in, and access control to your web

515:54

and mobile apps quickly and easily.

516:03

Question number 489. Which AWS service

516:06

or feature enables a business to track,

516:09

monitor and control its AWS expenses and

516:12

consumptions over time?

516:16

We have four options. Option A, AWS

516:18

budgets. Option B, AWS cost explorer.

516:23

Option C, AWS organizations. And option

516:26

D, consolidated billing.

516:30

So the right answer here is option B.

516:32

AWS cost explorer.

516:42

AWS cost explorer has an easy to use

516:45

interface that lets you visualize,

516:47

understand, and manage your AWS costs

516:50

and usage over time.

517:00

Question number 490. A huge corporation

517:03

has recruited a developer who requires

517:05

AWS credentials. Which security best

517:08

practices should be adhered to? Select

517:11

two. And we have five options. Option A,

517:14

grant the developer access to only the

517:16

AWS resources needed to perform the job.

517:19

Option B, share the AWS account root

517:21

user credentials with the developer.

517:24

Option C, add the developer to the

517:26

administrators group in AWS IM. Option

517:31

D, configure a password policy that

517:33

ensures the developer password cannot be

517:35

changed. And option E, ensure the

517:38

account password policy requires a

517:40

minimum length.

517:43

So the right answers are option A, grant

517:46

the developer access to only the AWS

517:48

resources needed to perform the job and

517:51

option E ensure the account password

517:53

policy requires a minimum length.

518:04

Question number 491. A business has 500

518:07

terbte image repository that has to be

518:10

moved to Amazon web services for

518:12

processing.

518:14

Which AWS service is the most cost

518:16

effective way to import this data? And

518:19

we have four options. Amazon AWS

518:22

Snowball, AWS Direct Connect, AWSVPN,

518:27

Amazon S3.

518:30

So the right answer here is option A.

518:32

AWS Snowball.

518:38

Snowball is a pabyte scale data

518:41

transport solution that uses secure

518:44

appliances to trans transfer large

518:47

amounts of data into and out of the AWS

518:50

cloud. Using Snowball addresses common

518:52

challenges with large scale data

518:55

transfers, including high network cost,

518:57

long transfer times, and security

518:59

concerns.

519:09

Question number 492.

519:11

What is an AWS cloud best practice in

519:14

terms of design?

519:16

And we have four options. Option A tight

519:18

coupling of components.

519:20

Option B single point of failure.

519:24

Option C high availability. Option D

519:27

overprovisioning of resources.

519:31

So the right answer here is option C,

519:35

high availability.

519:42

Question number 493. A workload hosted

519:45

on AWS will continue to operate

519:48

indefinitely by using a steady number of

519:50

Amazon EC2 instances.

519:53

Which pricing strategy will decrease

519:55

cost while assuring the availability of

519:58

computational resources?

520:00

And we have four options dedicated host

520:03

on demand instances, spot instances or

520:07

reserved instances.

520:10

So the right answer here is option D.

520:12

Reserved instances.

520:20

So reserved instances provide you with

520:22

significant savings on your Amazon EC2

520:25

cost compared to ondemand instance

520:28

pricing. Reserved instances are not

520:30

physical instances, but rather a billing

520:33

discount applied to the use of ondemand

520:37

instances in your account.

520:48

Question number 494. A company needs an

520:51

Amazon AC2 instance for a right-size

520:54

database server that must run constantly

520:57

for one year.

520:58

Which EC2 instance purchasing option

521:01

will meet this requirement most cost

521:03

effectively? And we have four options.

521:06

Standard reserved instances,

521:09

convertible reserved instances, on

521:11

demand instances or spot instance.

521:16

So the right answer here is option A,

521:20

standard reserved instance.

521:26

Standard reserved instances typically

521:27

provide the highest discount level. One

521:30

year standard reserved instances provide

521:32

a similar discount to three-year

521:35

convertible reserved instance.

521:45

Question number 495. A company has

521:48

multiple applications and is now

521:50

building a new multidar application. The

521:53

company will host the new application on

521:55

Amazon EC2 instances. The company wants

521:58

the network routting and traffic between

522:00

the various applications to follow the

522:03

security principle of least privilege.

522:06

Which AWS service or feature should the

522:09

company use to enforce this principle?

522:12

And we have four options. Option A,

522:14

security groups. Option B, AWS shield.

522:18

Option C, AWS global accelerator. Option

522:21

D, AWS direct connect gateway.

522:26

So the right answer here is option A,

522:28

security groups.

522:37

Security groups control the traffic that

522:39

is allowed to reach and leave the

522:41

resources that it is associated with.

522:54

Question number 496. A business is

522:56

developing an application that will need

522:58

the capacity to transmit, save, and

523:01

receive messages across its components.

523:03

Additionally, the corporation requires

523:05

that communication be processed in first

523:08

in first out sequence. Which Amazon Web

523:11

Services service should the business

523:14

use? And we have four options. Option A,

523:17

AWS Step Functions. Option B, Amazon

523:20

simple notification service. Option C,

523:23

Amazon Kinesis data streams. Option D,

523:26

Amazon simple Q service.

523:29

So the right answer here is option D,

523:32

Amazon simple Q service.

523:39

First in first out Q's are available in

523:41

all AWS regions where Amazon SQS is

523:44

available.

523:51

Question number 497. A business require

523:54

24 by7 phone, email, and chat support

523:58

with a response time of less than 1 hour

524:01

in the event of a service outage to a

524:03

production system. Which AWS support

524:06

plan best matches these needs for the

524:08

least amount of money? And we have four

524:11

options basic developer business

524:14

enterprise.

524:18

So the right answer here is option C

524:22

business.

524:28

Question number 498. A customer is

524:31

considering migrating an application

524:33

burden to the Amazon web services cloud.

524:36

Which control becomes AWS responsibility

524:39

after the migration? And we have four

524:41

options. Option A, patching the guest

524:44

operating system.

524:46

Option B, maintaining physical and

524:48

environmental controls. Option C,

524:51

protecting communications and

524:53

maintaining zone security. Option D,

524:56

patching specific applications.

524:59

So the right answer here is option B,

525:01

maintaining physical and environmental

525:03

controls.

525:11

Question number 499.

525:14

What is the function of a VPC internet

525:17

gateway?

525:18

And we have four options. Option A to

525:20

create a VPN connection to the VPC.

525:23

Option B to allow communication between

525:25

the VPC and the internet. Option C to

525:29

impose bandwidth constraints on internet

525:31

traffic. Option D to load balanced

525:34

traffic from the internet across Amazon

525:37

EC2 instances.

525:41

So the right answer here is option B to

525:43

allow communication between the VPC and

525:45

the internet.

525:53

An internet gateway is a horizontally

525:55

scaled, redundant, and highly available

525:57

VPC component that allow communication

526:00

between your VPC and the internet.

526:09

Question number 500, which AWS IM

526:13

feature enables developers to use the

526:15

AWS CLI to access AWS services? And we

526:18

have four options. API keys, access

526:21

keys, username, passwords, SSH keys.

526:28

So the right answer here is option B,

526:30

access keys.

526:37

Access keys or long-term credentials for

526:39

an IM user or the AWS account root user.

526:43

You can use access keys to sign

526:45

programmatic requests to the AWS CLI or

526:48

AWS API directly or using the AWS SDK.

527:01

Question number 501. The company's web

527:04

application requires AWS credentials and

527:07

authorizations to use an AWS service.

527:10

Which IM entity should the company use

527:12

as the best practice? And we have four

527:15

options. IM role, IM user, IM group or

527:19

IM multiffactor authentication.

527:22

So the right answer here is option A. IM

527:25

role?

527:32

Question number 502. Which AWS service

527:35

or feature gives a company the ability

527:37

to control incoming traffic and outgoing

527:40

traffic from Amazon EC2 instances? And

527:43

we have four options. Security groups,

527:46

Amazon Route 53, AWS Direct Connect or

527:50

Amazon PPC.

527:52

So the right answer here is option A,

527:54

security groups.

528:04

The security group acts as a virtual

528:06

firewall for your EC2 instance to

528:09

control incoming and outgoing traffic.

528:11

Inbound rules control the incoming

528:13

traffic to your instance and outbound

528:15

rules control the outgoing traffic from

528:17

your instance. When you launch an

528:19

instance, you can specify one or more

528:21

security groups.

528:31

Question number 503. In AWS, a

528:33

corporation is constructing a new

528:35

archiving system capable of storing

528:37

terabytes of data. The firm will not

528:40

often retrieve the data. Which Amazon S3

528:43

storage type will result in the lowest

528:45

system cost? And we have four options.

528:49

S3 standard infrequent access, S3

528:52

glacier, S3 intelligent tiring and S3

528:56

one zone infrequent access.

529:00

So the right answer here is option B. S3

529:03

Glacier.

529:10

Amazon S3 Glacier is a secure, durable

529:13

and low cost storage class for data

529:15

achieving. You can reliably store any

529:19

amount of data at cost that are

529:21

competitive with our cheapest than on

529:23

premises solutions.

529:32

Question number 504.

529:35

Which AWS support package includes

529:37

access to architectural and operational

529:40

assessments

529:42

as well as 24 by7 email online chat and

529:45

phone support from senior cloud support

529:48

engineers

529:51

and we have four options basic business

529:54

developer enterprise.

529:57

So the right answer here is option D

530:00

enterprise.

530:05

With enterprise support you get 24 into7

530:08

technical support from highquality

530:10

engineers, tools and technologies to

530:13

automatically manage health of your

530:14

environment. Consultative architectural

530:17

guidance delivered in the context of

530:19

your application and use cases and a

530:22

designated technical account manager to

530:24

coordinate access to proactive

530:26

preventative programs and AWS subject

530:29

matter experts. AWS enterprise support

530:32

is recommended if you have business and

530:35

or mission critical workloads in AWS.

530:45

Question number 505. Which of the

530:47

following describe the root user of an

530:50

AWS account? And we have four options.

530:53

Option A, the root user is the only user

530:56

that can be configured with multiffactor

530:58

authentication. Option B, the root user

531:01

is the only user that can access the AWS

531:04

management console. Option C, the root

531:07

user is the first signin identity that

531:10

is available when an AWS account is

531:12

created. Option D, the root user has a

531:15

password that cannot be changed.

531:18

So the right answer here is option C.

531:21

The root user is the first sign-in

531:24

identity that is available when an AWS

531:27

account is created.

531:35

So AWS account root user when you first

531:38

create an Amazon web service account you

531:41

begin with one identity that has

531:43

complete access to all AWS res services

531:46

and resources in the account. This

531:49

identity is called the AWS account root

531:51

user. So you can sign in as the root

531:54

user using the email address and

531:56

password that you use to create the

531:58

account.

532:04

Question number 506.

532:06

The AWS AM recommended practice for

532:09

providing the fewest possible privileges

532:12

is as follows.

532:14

And you have four options. Option A,

532:16

apply an IM policy to an IM group and

532:19

limit the size of the group. Option B,

532:22

require multiffactor authentication for

532:25

all IM users. Option C, require each IM

532:29

user who has different permission to

532:31

have multiple passwords. Option D, apply

532:34

an IM policy only to IM users who

532:37

require it.

532:40

So the right answer here is option D,

532:42

apply an IM policy only to IM users who

532:46

require it.

532:55

By creating an AWS IM policy, IT admins

532:59

can ensure that members of a project

533:02

will only have access to the exact

533:04

resources they'll need to complete the

533:07

project. They can do this by creating a

533:09

policy that enable access to a

533:11

particular resource for a specific date

533:14

range and applying the policy to each IM

533:17

identity.

533:25

Question number 507. To prevent

533:28

fraudulent compute activity, a user need

533:31

a simple method to detect whether any

533:34

Amazon EC2 instance have limited access

533:36

to their ports. Which Amazon Web

533:39

Services offering will meet this

533:41

requirement? And we have four options.

533:44

Option A, VPC flow logs. Option B,

533:48

AWSWF.

533:50

Option C, AWS cloud trial. Option D, AWS

533:54

trusted advisor.

533:57

So the right answer here is option D,

534:00

AWS trusted advisor.

534:13

AWS trusted advisor check security

534:16

groups for rules that allow unrestricted

534:19

access to specific ports. Unrestricted

534:22

access increase opportunities for

534:24

malicious activities. The ports with

534:27

highest risk are flagged red and those

534:30

with less risk are flagged yellow. Ports

534:33

flagged green are typically used by

534:35

applicants. applications that require

534:37

unrestricted access such as HTTP and

534:41

SMTP.

534:51

Question number 508. Which AWS service

534:54

is a content delivery network that

534:56

safely and quickly distributes data,

534:59

video and apps to consumers worldwide?

535:02

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

535:05

Cloud Formation, AWS Direct Connect,

535:08

Amazon CloudFront, Amazon Pinpoint.

535:13

So the right answer here is option C,

535:16

Amazon CloudFront.

535:24

Amazon CloudFront is a fast content

535:26

delivery network service that securely

535:29

delivers data, videos, applications, and

535:32

APIs to customers globally with low

535:34

latency, high transfer speeds, all

535:37

within a developer friendly environment.

535:40

CloudFront is integrated with AWS, both

535:43

physical locations that are directly

535:45

connected to the AWS global

535:47

infrastructure as well as other AWS

535:49

services.

535:56

Question number 509. A company starting

535:59

to build it its infrastructure in the

536:01

AWS cloud. The company wants access to

536:04

technical support during business hours.

536:07

The company also wants general

536:09

architectural guidance as team build and

536:12

test new applications. Which AWS support

536:14

plan will meet this requirement at the

536:17

lowest cost? And we have four options.

536:19

AWS basic support, AWS developer

536:22

support, AWS business support and AWS

536:25

enterprise support.

536:28

So the right answer here is option B.

536:30

AWS developer support.

536:38

Question number 510. A company is

536:40

migrating its public website to AWS. The

536:44

company wants to host the domain name

536:46

for the website on AWS. Which AWS

536:50

service should the company use to meet

536:52

this requirement?

536:53

And we have four options. AWS Lambda,

536:56

Amazon Route 53, Amazon CloudFront, and

537:00

AWS Direct Connect.

537:03

So the right answer here is option B,

537:05

Amazon Route 53.

537:13

Question number 511. A company needs to

537:16

evaluate its AWS environment and provide

537:19

best practice recommendations in five

537:21

categories. Cost, performance, service

537:24

limits, fall tolerance, and security.

537:27

Which AWS service can the company use to

537:30

meet these requirements?

537:32

We have four options. AWS Shield, AWS

537:36

WF, AWS Trusted Advisor, AWS Service

537:40

Catalog.

537:42

So the right answer here is option C.

537:46

AWS trusted advisor.

537:53

AWS trusted advisor is used to evaluate

537:55

its AWS environment and provide best

537:58

practice recommendations in five

538:00

categories. Cost performance, service

538:02

limit, fall tolerance and security.

538:13

Question number 512. Which AWS feature

538:17

is exemplified by ondemand technology

538:20

services that allow businesses to

538:22

substitute variable expenditures for

538:25

upfront fixed expenses. And we have four

538:28

options. High availability, economy of

538:31

scale,

538:33

pay as you go pricing, global reach.

538:37

So the right answer here is option C,

538:40

pay as you go pricing.

538:47

Trade fixed expenses for variable

538:49

expense. Instead of having to invest

538:52

heavily in data centers and servers

538:54

before you know how you are going to use

538:56

them, you can pay only when you consume

538:59

computing resources and pay only for how

539:02

much you consume.

539:12

Question number 513.

539:14

A business is relocating and need an

539:16

encrypted connection to AWS. Which AWS

539:20

service will assist you in fulfilling

539:22

this requirement?

539:24

And we have four options. AWSVPN,

539:27

Amazon Route 53, Amazon API gateway and

539:31

Amazon Connect.

539:34

So the right answer here is option

539:37

A AWSVPN.

539:46

So AWSVPN you can now use additional

539:48

encryption integrity and key exchange

539:51

algorithms for your VPN connections.

539:54

These advanced algorithms provide higher

539:56

security to protect your data, higher

539:59

performance for faster transfer rates

540:02

and help meet compliance compliance

540:05

requirements.

540:17

Question number 514.

540:19

What technology permits compute capacity

540:22

to alter in response to changing load

540:25

conditions?

540:27

And we have four options. Option A, load

540:30

balancing. Option B, automatic failover.

540:33

Option C, round robin. Option D,

540:37

autoscaling.

540:40

So the right answer here is option D

540:42

autoscaling.

540:52

So AWS autoscaling monitors your

540:54

application and automatically adjust

540:56

capacity to maintain steady predictable

540:59

performance at the lowest possible cost.

541:02

Using AWS autoscaling, it's easy to set

541:05

up application scaling for multiple

541:07

resources across multiple services in

541:09

minutes. The service provides a simple

541:13

powerful user interface that lets you

541:15

build scaling plans for resources

541:17

including Amazon C2 instance and spot

541:21

fleets. Amazon ECS tasks, Amazon Dynamob

541:25

tables and indexes and Amazon Aurora

541:28

replicas. AWS autoscaling makes scaling

541:32

simple with recommendations that allow

541:34

you to optimize performance, cost or

541:37

balance between them. If you're already

541:39

using Amazon EC2 autoscaling to

541:41

dynamically scale your Amazon EC2

541:44

instance, you can now combine it with

541:46

AWS autoscaling to scale additional

541:49

resources for other AWS services. With

541:52

AWS autoscaling, your applications

541:55

always have the right resource at the

541:57

right time.

542:04

Question number 515.

542:06

Which AWS service provides the

542:08

capability to view end-to-end

542:10

performance metrics and troubleshoot

542:12

distributed applications? And we have

542:15

four options. AWS cloud9, AWS codear,

542:20

AWS cloud map and AWS X-ray.

542:25

So the right answer here is option D.

542:28

AWS X-ray.

542:35

So AWS X-Ray makes it easy for

542:37

developers to analyze the behavior of

542:39

their production distributed

542:41

applications

542:43

with end-to-end tracing capabilities.

542:46

You can use X-ray to identify

542:48

performance bottlenecks, edge case

542:50

errors, and other hard to detect issues.

542:54

X-ray supports applications either in

542:57

development or in production of any type

543:00

or size from simple as synchronous event

543:04

calls and threet web application to

543:07

complex distributed applications built

543:09

using a microservices architecture. This

543:12

enables developers to quickly find and

543:15

address problems in their applications

543:17

and improve the experience for end users

543:20

of their applications.

543:29

Question number 516.

543:32

A major corporation has a workload that

543:35

demands on premises hardware. The

543:37

organization want to continue using the

543:39

same management and control plane

543:42

service as it does on AWS.

543:45

Which Amazon Web Service offering should

543:48

the business employ to achieve these

543:50

requirements? And we have four options.

543:52

Option AWS device form. Option B AWS

543:56

Fargate. Option C AWS outposts. And

544:00

option D AWS ground station.

544:04

The right answer here is option C AWS

544:07

outposts.

544:13

AWS Outpost is a family of full fully

544:17

managed solutions delivering AWS

544:18

infrastructure and services to virtually

544:21

any on premises or edge location for a

544:24

truly consistent hybrid experience.

544:28

Outpost solution allow you to extend and

544:30

run native AWS services on premises and

544:34

is available in a variety of form

544:36

factors from one UU and 2U outpost

544:39

servers to 42U outpost racks and

544:42

multiple rack deployments.

544:44

With AWS outpost, you can run some AWS

544:47

services locally and connect to a broad

544:50

range of services available in the local

544:52

AWS region. run applications and

544:55

workloads on premises using familiar AWS

544:59

services, tools, and APIs. Outpost

545:02

supports workloads and devices requiring

545:04

low latency access to on-remises

545:06

systems, local data processing, data

545:09

residency, and application migration

545:12

with local system interdependencies.

545:21

Question number 517. A business operates

545:24

an e-commerce application that is hosted

545:26

in Europe to reduce latency for

545:29

international customers accessing the

545:31

website. The firm would want to catch a

545:34

frequently viewed static information

545:37

closer to the c consumers. Which Amazon

545:41

web service offering will meet this

545:43

requirement? We have four options.

545:45

Amazon Elastic Achie, Amazon CloudFront,

545:49

Amazon Elastic File System, Amazon

545:52

Elastic Block Store.

545:56

So the right answer here is option B.

545:58

Amazon CloudFront.

546:04

Amazon CloudFront employs a global

546:07

network of edge locations and regional

546:10

edge catchies that catch copies of your

546:13

content close to your viewers. Amazon

546:16

CloudFront ensures that enduser request

546:19

are served by the closest edge location.

546:22

As a result, viewers request travel a

546:25

short term short distance improving

546:28

performance of your viewers for files

546:31

not catched at the edge location and the

546:33

regional edge cgies. Amazon CloudFront

546:36

keeps persistent connections with your

546:39

origin servers so that those files can

546:41

be fetched from the origin servers as

546:44

quickly as possible.

546:54

Question number 518.

546:57

Which of the following is not a

546:58

recommended approach for IM user

547:01

management? Select two. And we have five

547:04

options. Option A, require IM users to

547:07

change their passwords after a specified

547:09

period of time. Option B, prevent IM

547:12

users from reusing previous passwords.

547:16

Option C, recommended that the same

547:18

password be used on AWS and other sites.

547:22

Option D, require IM users to store

547:25

their passwords in raw text. Option E,

547:28

disable multiffactor authentication for

547:30

IM users.

547:34

So the right answers are option D

547:37

require IM users to store their

547:40

passwords in raw text and option E

547:43

disable multiffactor authentication for

547:45

IM users.

547:58

Question number 519.

548:00

Which Amazon Web Services feature assist

548:03

in identifying harmful or illegal

548:05

activity in AWS accounts and workloads?

548:09

And we have four options. Option A,

548:10

Amazon recognition. Option B, AWS

548:14

Trusted Advisor.

548:16

Option C, Amazon Guard Duty. And option

548:18

D, Amazon Cloudatch.

548:21

So the right answer here is option C,

548:24

Amazon Guard Duty.

548:30

Amazon God duty is a continuous security

548:33

monitoring service that analyzes and

548:35

processes the following data sources.

548:38

AWS cloud trial management event logs.

548:41

AWS cloud trial data event for S3. DNS

548:45

logs, EKS audit logs and VPC flow logs.

548:49

It uses threat intelligence feeds such

548:52

as list of malicious IP addresses and

548:54

domains and machine learning to identify

548:56

unexpected and potential unauthorized

548:59

and malicious activities within your AWS

549:01

or environment.

549:09

Question number 520. Which AWS service

549:13

or functionality provides technical

549:14

support to users who dis subscribe to

549:17

the AWS basic support plan?

549:20

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

549:23

senior support engineers. Option B, AWS

549:26

technical account manager. Option C, AWS

549:29

trusted advisor. Option D, AWS

549:32

discussion forums.

549:35

So the right answer here is option C,

549:39

AWS trusted advisor.

549:46

So basic support is included for all AWS

549:50

customers and includes customer service

549:52

and communities,

549:55

AWS tested advisor, AWS personal health

549:58

dashboard.

550:07

Question number 521.

550:10

Which as service provides threat

550:12

detection by monitoring for malicious

550:14

activities and unauthorized actions to

550:17

protect AWS accounts, workloads and data

550:19

that is stored in Amazon S3.

550:22

And we have four options AWS Shield, AWS

550:26

Firewall Manager, Amazon Guard Duty,

550:29

Amazon Inspector.

550:33

So the right answer here is option C,

550:36

Amazon Guard Duty.

550:43

Amazon Guard Duty is a threat detection

550:45

service that continuously monitors your

550:47

A+ accounts and workloads for malicious

550:50

activity and delivers detailed security

550:53

findings for visibility and remediation.

551:06

Question number 522.

551:09

Which AWS service enables you to get AWS

551:12

security and compliance information on

551:14

demand?

551:16

And we have four options. AWS cloud

551:19

trial, AWS artifact, AWS health, Amazon

551:24

cloud.

551:26

So the right answer here is option B.

551:29

AWS artifact.

551:33

So AWS artifact is your go-to central

551:36

resource for compliance related

551:38

information that matters to you. It

551:40

provides on demand access to AWS

551:43

security and compliance reports and

551:45

select online agreements. The reports

551:48

available in AWS artifacts include

551:51

service organization control reports,

551:53

payment card industry reports and

551:56

certifications from accreditiation

551:58

bodies across geographies and compliance

552:00

verticals that validate the

552:03

implementation and operating

552:04

effectiveness of AWS security controls.

552:08

Agreements available in AWS artifacts

552:10

include business associate addit and

552:14

non-disclosure agreement.

552:26

Question number 523.

552:28

Which Amazon Web Services service makes

552:31

use of edge locations? And we have four

552:34

options. Option A, Amazon Aurora. Option

552:37

B, AWS Global Accelerator. Option C,

552:40

Amazon Connect. Option D, AWS Outposts.

552:46

So the right answer here is option B.

552:49

AWS Global Accelerator.

552:57

AWS Global Accelerator and Amazon

553:00

CloudFront are separate services that

553:03

use the AWS Global Network and its edge

553:06

locations around the world.

553:15

Question number 524.

553:18

Which of the following AWS capabilities

553:20

allows a user to deploy an Amazon

553:22

Elastic Compute Cloud instance that has

553:26

already been configured.

553:28

And we have four options. Option A,

553:30

Amazon Elastic Block Store. Option B,

553:33

Amazon Machine.

553:35

Option C, Amazon EC2 Systems Manager.

553:39

Option D, Amazon AppStream 2.0.

553:46

So the right answer is option B, Amazon

553:48

machine image.

553:54

To use Amazon EC2, you simply select a

553:58

preconfigured template Amazon machine

554:00

image to get up and running immediately

554:03

or create an EMI containing your

554:05

applications libraries, data, and

554:07

associated configuration settings.

554:20

Question number 525. Which AWS service

554:24

can a company use to store and manage

554:26

Docker images?

554:28

And we have four options. Option A,

554:29

Amazon Dynamob.

554:31

Option B, Amazon Kinesis data streams.

554:35

Option C, Amazon Elastic Container

554:37

Registry. Option D, Amazon Elastic File

554:40

System.

554:44

So the right answer here is option C,

554:46

Amazon Elastic Container Registry.

554:58

Amazon Elastic Container Registry is a

555:01

highly available and secure private

555:03

container reg rep repository that makes

555:05

it easy to store and manage your Docker

555:08

container images encrypting and

555:10

compressing images so they are fast to

555:14

pull and secure.

555:23

Question number 526.

555:25

A business wishes to send its traffic

555:28

directly and confidentially

555:30

to a virtual private cloud rather than

555:33

through the public network. Which mode

555:35

of connection enables this capacity?

555:39

And we have four options. AWSVPN,

555:42

AWS Direct Connect, VPC NAT gateway and

555:46

VPC internet gateway.

555:49

So the right answer here is option B.

555:52

AWS direct connect.

555:55

[Music]

555:59

Direct connect can be used to establish

556:01

a private virtual interface from your on

556:04

premises directly to AWS VPC. It can

556:07

provide you private high bandwidth

556:10

network connection between your network

556:11

and VPC. With the help of multiple

556:14

virtual interfaces, you can establish

556:16

private connectivity to multiple VPCs.

556:29

Question number 527.

556:32

can be utilized to automate and manage

556:35

AWS setups that are safe, well

556:38

architected and multi-account.

556:40

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

556:43

share responsibility model. Option B,

556:46

AWS control tower. Option C, AWS

556:50

security hub. Option D, AWS well

556:53

architected tool.

556:57

So the right answer is option B, AWS

557:00

control tower. Control

557:08

tower automates the process of setting

557:10

up a new baseline multi-account AWS

557:13

environment that is secure, well

557:15

architected and ready to use. Control

557:18

tower incorporates the knowledge that

557:21

AWS provisional service has gained over

557:23

the course of thousands of successful

557:25

customer engagements.

557:31

[Music]

557:34

Question number 528. A company needs an

557:37

automated security assessment report

557:39

that will identify our intended network

557:43

access to Amazon EC2 instances. The

557:46

report also must identify operating

557:48

system vulnerabilities on those

557:50

instances. Which AWS service or a

557:53

feature should the company use to meet

557:55

this requirement?

557:57

And we have four options. AWS trusted

558:00

advisor, security groups, Amazon Mackie,

558:04

Amazon Inspector.

558:07

So the right answer here is option D,

558:09

Amazon Inspector.

558:16

Amazon Inspector is an automated

558:19

vulnerabilities management service that

558:21

continually scans AWS workloads for

558:25

software vulnerabilities and unintended

558:28

network exposure.

558:40

Question number 529.

558:42

Which AWS support plan is the least

558:44

expensive that provides for an 1 hour

558:47

goal response time for support cases? We

558:51

have four options. Option A enterprise.

558:53

Option B business. Option C developer

558:57

and option D basic.

559:00

So the right answer is option B

559:02

business.

559:07

We recommend AWS business support if you

559:10

have production workloads on AWS and

559:12

want 24 into7 access to technical

559:15

support and architectural guidance in

559:18

the context of your specific use cases

559:21

in addition to enhanced technical

559:23

support and architectural guidance.

559:25

Business support provides access to

559:27

third-party software support

559:30

documentation and forums. AS trusted

559:33

advisor, AWS personal health dashboard,

559:36

AWS support API and launch and event

559:39

planning.

559:49

Question number 530.

559:51

Which AWS hybrid storage offering allows

559:54

user to effortlessly integrate on

559:57

premises application with AWS cloud

559:59

storage?

560:01

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

560:03

backup. Option B, Amazon connect. Option

560:07

C, AWS direct connect. And option D, AWS

560:10

storage gateway.

560:13

So the right answer is option D AWS

560:16

storage gateway.

560:24

AWS storage gateway is a set of hybrid

560:27

cloud storage services that provide on

560:30

premises access to virtually unlimited

560:32

storage, cloud storage.

560:42

Question number 531.

560:44

A user needs to prepare a report that

560:46

summarizes the status of AWS accounts

560:49

major security checks. The report must

560:52

contain the following permissions on

560:54

Amazon S3 bucket are now inactive.

560:57

Whether or not multiffactor

560:59

authentication is enabled for the root

561:01

user of the AWS account. If any security

561:04

groups are set to enable unlimited

561:06

access, this will be shown. Where can I

561:09

get all of these information in one

561:11

place? We have four options. Option A,

561:14

Amazon Quicksite dashboard. Option B,

561:17

AWS cloud trial trails. Option C, AWS

561:21

trusted advisor report. And option D, IM

561:25

credential report.

561:28

So the right answer here is option C,

561:31

AWS trusted advisor report.

561:39

Question number 532.

561:42

A pharmaceutical company infrastructure

561:44

is managed in a single AWS region. The

561:47

organization want to link hundreds of

561:50

VPCs across many AS accounts. Which AWS

561:53

service or feature should the business

561:55

use to streamline administration and

561:58

save operating costs?

562:00

We have four options. Option A VPC

562:02

endpoint. Option B AWS direct connect.

562:06

Option C AWS transit gateway. And option

562:10

D VPC pairing.

562:13

So the right answer here is option C AWS

562:17

transit K2

562:28

AWS transit gateway connects PPCs and on

562:31

premises networks through a central hub.

562:33

These simplify your network and puts an

562:36

end to complex peering relationships. It

562:39

acts as a cloud router. Each new

562:41

connection is only made once.

562:51

Question number 533. A global company is

562:54

building a simple time tracking mobile

562:56

app. The app needs to operate globally

562:59

and must store collected data in a

563:01

database. Data must be accessible from

563:04

the AWS region that is closest to the

563:07

user. What should the company do to meet

563:10

these data storage requirements with the

563:12

least amount of operational overhead?

563:16

And we have four options. Option A, use

563:19

Amazon EC2 in multiple regions to host

563:21

separate databases.

563:23

Option B, use Amazon RDS cross region

563:26

replication.

563:28

Option C, use Amazon Dynamob global

563:31

tables. And option D, use AWS database

563:35

migration service.

563:39

So the right answer here is option C.

563:42

Use Amazon Dynamob global tables.

563:53

Global tables built on the global Amazon

563:57

Dynamob footprint provide you with a

563:59

fully managed multi-reion and

564:01

multi-active database that delivers fast

564:04

local read and write performance for

564:07

massively scaled global applications.

564:10

Global tables replicate your Dynamo DB

564:13

tables automatically across your choice

564:15

of AWS regions.

564:23

Question number 534.

564:25

One advantage of Amazon Elastic Computer

564:28

Cloud on demand pricing is the

564:31

following. And we have four options.

564:33

Option A, the ability to bid for a lower

564:35

hourly cost. Option B, paying a daily

564:39

rate regardless of time used. Option C,

564:42

paying only for time used. Option D,

564:46

prepaying for instances and paying a

564:49

lower hourly rate.

564:52

So the right answer here is option C,

564:55

paying only for time used.

565:03

On demand capacity reservations are

565:05

priced exactly the same as their

565:07

equivalent

565:09

instance usage. If a capacity

565:11

reservation is fully utilized, you only

565:14

pay for instance usage and nothing

565:16

towards the capacity reservation. If you

565:18

if a capacity reservation is partially

565:20

used, you pay for the instance used and

565:23

for the unused portion of the capacity

565:25

reservation.

565:38

Question number 535.

565:41

Which task is a customer's

565:42

responsibility according to the AWS

565:44

share responsibility model. And we have

565:47

four options. Option A, management of

565:49

the guest operating system. Option B,

565:52

maintenance of the configuration of

565:54

infrastructure devices. Option C,

565:57

management of the host operating system

565:59

and virtualization.

566:01

Option D, maintenance of the software

566:03

that powers availability jones.

566:08

So the right answer here is option A

566:11

management of the guest operating

566:13

systems.

566:20

Question number 536.

566:22

Which AWS service enables you to shiftly

566:26

conduct one-time queries on Amazon S3

566:28

data?

566:31

And we have four options. Amazon EMR,

566:34

Amazon Dynamob, Amazon Red Shift, Amazon

566:38

Athena.

566:41

So the right answer here is option D,

566:44

Amazon Athena.

566:48

So Amazon Athena is an interactive query

566:51

service that makes it easy to analyze

566:53

data in Amazon S3 using standard SQL.

566:57

Ethna is serverless so there is no

566:59

infrastructure to manage and you pay

567:02

only for the queries that you run.

567:13

Question number 537.

567:16

A company needs to deliver new website

567:18

features quickly in an interactive

567:21

manner to minimize the time to market.

567:24

Which AWS cloud concept does these

567:26

requirement represents? And we have four

567:29

options. Option A, reliability,

567:31

elasticity, agility, and high

567:34

availability.

567:37

So the right answer here is option C,

567:40

agility.

567:49

Question number 538.

567:51

Which VPC component adds an additional

567:54

layer of protection to the subnet? And

567:57

we have four options. Option A security

568:00

groups, option B, network ACL. Option C,

568:04

NAT gateways. And option D root tables.

568:09

So the right answer here is option B

568:12

network ACL.

568:21

Access control list ACL are network

568:24

traffic filters that can control

568:26

incoming or outgoing traffic. ACL's work

568:29

on a set of rules that define how to

568:32

forward or block a packet at the

568:34

router's interface. An ACL is the same

568:37

as stateless firewall which only

568:39

restricts blocks or allows the packets

568:42

that are flowing from source to

568:44

destination.

568:51

[Music]

568:54

Question number 539.

568:56

A company wants to increase its ability

568:58

to recover its infrastructure in the

569:00

case of a natural disaster. Which pillar

569:03

of the AWS well architected framework

569:05

does this ability represents?

569:08

And we have four options. Option A cost

569:11

optimization.

569:12

Option B performance efficiency. Option

569:15

C reliability and option D security.

569:24

So the right answer here is option C

569:27

reliability.

569:36

The ability of a system to recover from

569:38

infrastructure or service disruptions,

569:41

dynamically acquire computing resources

569:44

to meet demand and mitigate disruptions

569:47

such as misconfigurations or transient

569:50

network issues.

570:00

Question number 540.

570:03

Which AWS support package is the least

570:06

expensive that includes a dedicated AWS

570:08

technical account manager? And we have

570:11

four options. AWS developer support, AWS

570:15

enterprise support, AWS basic support

570:18

and AWS business support.

570:22

So the right answer here is option B.

570:25

AWS enterprise support.

570:33

Question number 541.

570:35

Which tool is suitable for monitoring

570:37

Amazon Web Services Service Limits?

570:42

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

570:45

total cost of ownership calculator.

570:47

Option B AWS trusted advisor. Option C

570:52

AWS personal health dashboard. Option D,

570:56

AWS cost and usage report.

571:00

So the right answer here is option B,

571:02

AWS trusted advisor.

571:12

The trusted advisor analyze your AWS

571:14

account and provides recommendation,

571:16

cost optimization, performance,

571:19

security, fall tolerance, service

571:21

limits.

571:28

Question number 542.

571:31

Which AWS service or functionality

571:33

involves the implementation of an

571:35

internet service provider and a

571:38

collocation facility?

571:41

We have four options. AWSVPN,

571:44

Amazon Connect, AWS Direct Connect,

571:47

Internet Gateway.

571:50

So the right answer here is option

571:53

C AWS direct connect.

572:02

Question number 543.

572:05

Which AWS service tracks API calls and

572:08

user activity?

572:11

And we have four options. AWS

572:13

organization,

572:15

AWS Config, Amazon Cloudatch, AWS Cloud

572:20

Trial.

572:22

So the right answer is option D. AWS

572:25

cloud trial.

572:30

So AWS cloud trial enables auditing,

572:33

security monitoring and operational

572:35

troubleshooting by tracking user

572:37

activity and API usage.

572:40

Cloud Trail logs continuously monitor

572:42

and retain account activity related to

572:45

actions across your AWS infrastructure,

572:48

giving you control over storage analysis

572:51

and remediation actions.

572:59

Question number 544.

573:02

Which cloud architectural design concept

573:04

are advised for rearchitecting a huge

573:07

monolithic application? select and we

573:10

have five options. Option A, use manual

573:13

monitoring. Option B, use fixed servers.

573:18

Option C, implement loose coupling.

573:21

Option D, relay on individual

573:22

components. And option A, design for

573:25

scalability.

573:27

So the right answer here is option C,

573:30

implement loose coupling.

573:33

And option E, design for scalability.

573:44

Rearchitecting applications involves

573:46

sweeping change where an old monolithic

573:49

application is completely revamped

573:51

according to modern microservices

573:53

architecture. Using individual

573:55

components to rearchitect a big

573:57

application is one part of the process.

574:00

The most important part is to design the

574:02

application for scalability because the

574:05

level of investment for a monolithic

574:08

application can only be justified when

574:10

resilence and scalability is needed.

574:18

Question number 545.

574:21

The worldwide architecture of Amazon Web

574:23

Services is compromised of regions,

574:26

availability zones and what else?

574:29

And we have four options. VPCs, data

574:32

centers,

574:34

dark fiber network links, edge

574:37

locations.

574:39

So the right answer here is option B,

574:42

data centers.

574:50

Question number 546.

574:52

A business must monitor its AWS accounts

574:55

and determine when an API request is

574:58

performed against its AWS resources.

575:01

Which AWS product or service is most

575:04

appropriate for meeting these

575:05

requirements?

575:07

And we have four options. Amazon

575:09

Cloudatch, Amazon Inspector, AWS Cloud

575:13

Trial, AWS IM.

575:18

So the right answer here is option C.

575:21

AWS cloud trail.

575:32

AWS cloud trail monitors and records

575:35

account activity across your AWS

575:37

infrastructure giving you control over

575:39

storage analysis and remediation

575:42

actions.

575:50

Question number 547.

575:53

Which AWS service feature or tools uses

575:57

machine learning to continuously monitor

575:59

cost and usage for unusual cloud

576:02

spending?

576:04

And we have four options. Option A,

576:07

Amazon lookout for metrics.

576:09

Option B, AWS budgets.

576:12

Option C, Amazon Cloudatch. Option D,

576:16

AWS cost anomaly detection.

576:21

So the right answer here is option D AWS

576:24

cost anomaly detection.

576:31

AWS cost anomaly detection spends you

576:35

sends you a notification when the

576:37

difference between your actual spend and

576:39

normal spend pattern exceeds the

576:41

threshold. For example, suppose that

576:44

your normal spend pattern is $100 and

576:48

you get a $10 threshold. Then alert

576:52

recipients get anomaly notification when

576:54

the cost exceeds $110.

577:07

Question number 548.

577:09

Which AWS cloud feature will enable a

577:12

multinational corporation to meet its

577:15

demand for low latency to all its

577:18

customers?

577:19

And we have four options. Option A fall

577:22

tolerance. Option B global reach. Option

577:26

C pay as you go pricing and option D

577:29

high availability.

577:33

The right answer here is option B global

577:35

range.

577:44

Question number 549.

577:47

A business currently operates in one AWS

577:50

region and is extending operations to a

577:53

second. In the second region, the

577:55

organization is utilizing the identical

577:58

AWS cloud formation template as in the

578:01

original region. When the organization

578:03

seeks to deploy Amazon EC2 on demand

578:06

instances in the second region, it

578:09

encounters errors. What might possibly

578:13

be the source of these error messages?

578:15

And we have four options. Option A, a

578:18

new EC2 key pair has not been created

578:22

for the EC2 instance. Option B, the

578:25

requested EC2 instant types are not

578:27

available in the second region. Option

578:30

C, the company cannot operate in a

578:32

second region until it updates its AWS

578:35

contract. Option D, the company has not

578:38

configured AWS budgets to monitor the

578:41

budget for the EC2 instance.

578:45

So the right answer is option A. A new

578:48

EC2 key pair has not been created for

578:51

the EC2 instances.

579:10

Question number 550.

579:13

Which principles are used while

579:15

architecting apps for AWS cloud

579:18

reliability? Select two. And we have

579:20

five options. Option A, design for

579:23

automated failure recovery. Option B,

579:26

use multiple availability jones. Option

579:29

C, manage changes via documented

579:33

processes. Option D, test for moderate

579:36

demand to ensure reliability. Option E,

579:39

backup recovery to an on-remises

579:42

environment.

579:45

So the right answer here is option A

579:47

design for automated failure recovery

579:50

and option B use multiple availability

579:53

zone.

580:04

The reliability pillar encompasses the

580:07

ability of a workload to perform its

580:09

intended function correctly and

580:11

consistently when it's expected to.

580:14

These includes the ability to operate

580:16

and test the workload through its total

580:18

life cycle.

580:20

There are five design principle for

580:22

reliability in the cloud. Automatically

580:25

recover from failure. Test recovery

580:28

procedures. Scale horizontally to

580:30

increase aggregate workload

580:32

availability. Stop guessing capacity.

580:35

Manage change in automation.

580:45

Question number 551.

580:47

A company wants to migrate to AWS and

580:49

use the same security software it uses

580:52

on premises. The security software

580:54

vendor offers its security software as a

580:56

service on AWS. Where can the company

580:59

purchase the security solution? We have

581:02

four options. Option A, AWS partner

581:04

solution finder. Option B, AWS support

581:07

center. Option C, AWS management

581:10

console. Option D, AWS marketplace.

581:16

So the right answer here is option D,

581:18

AWS marketplace.

581:26

AWS marketplace provides a new sales

581:28

channel for ISVS and consulting partners

581:31

to sell their solutions to AWS

581:33

customers. We make it easy for customers

581:36

to find, buy, deploy and manage software

581:39

solutions including SAS in a matter of

581:42

minutes.

581:51

Question number 552.

581:53

AWS is responsible for which of the

581:55

following security related elements of

581:57

hosting an Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud

582:00

instance? Amazon EC2. And we have four

582:04

options. Option A security of private

582:06

keys. Option B hypervisor software

582:10

updates. Option C security updates to

582:13

software running on the instance. Option

582:16

D, policies controlling instance access.

582:20

So the right answer here is option B,

582:24

hypervisor software updates.

582:34

Question number 553.

582:37

Which of the following statement mostly

582:39

accurately characterizes elastic load

582:42

balancing?

582:43

And we have four options. Option A, it

582:46

translates a domain name into an IP

582:49

address using DNS. Option B, it

582:52

distributes incoming application traffic

582:54

across one or more Amazon EC2 instance.

582:58

Option C, it collects metrics on

583:00

connected Amazon EC2 instances. Option

583:04

D, it automatically adjusts the number

583:06

of Amazon EC2 instances to support

583:09

incoming traffic.

583:11

So the right answer here is option B. It

583:15

distributes incoming application traffic

583:17

across one or more Amazon EC2 instance.

583:29

Elastic load balancing automatically

583:31

distributes incoming application traffic

583:33

across multiple targets and virtual

583:36

appliances in one or more availability

583:38

zones.

583:45

Question number 554.

583:47

Which feature of the AWS cloud enables

583:50

customer to reduce ideal CPU capacity?

583:54

And we have four options. Agility,

583:56

elasticity, reliability, and durability.

584:01

The right answer is option B,

584:04

elasticity.

584:10

So cloud elasticity is the ability to

584:13

gain or reduce computing resources such

584:16

as CPU processing, RAM, input output

584:19

bandwidth and storage capacities on

584:21

demand without causing system

584:23

performance disruptions. This is often

584:26

an automatic process in cloud computing.

584:38

Question number 555.

584:41

Which of the following is a managed AWS

584:43

service that is used specifically for

584:46

extract, transform and load data? And we

584:50

have four options. Amazon Athena, AWS

584:53

Glue, Amazon S3, AWS noble edge.

584:59

So the right answer here is option B.

585:02

AWS Glue.

585:07

So AWS Glue is another offering from AWS

585:11

and is a serverless ETL extract,

585:13

transform and load service on the cloud.

585:16

It is fully managed cost-effective

585:18

service to categorize your data, clean

585:21

and enrich it and finally move it from

585:24

source system to target systems.

585:34

Question number 556.

585:36

A corporation is developing a mobile

585:38

application to give its clients with

585:41

shopping suggestions. The business

585:43

intends to include a graph database into

585:45

the shopping recommendation engine.

585:48

Which Amazon web service database

585:50

service should the business use? And we

585:53

have four options. Option A, Amazon

585:55

Dynamob. Option B, Amazon Aurora. Option

585:59

C, Amazon Neptune. And option D, Amazon

586:02

Document DB with MongoDB compatibility.

586:08

So the right answer here is option C,

586:12

Amazon Neptune.

586:19

So, Amazon Neptune is a fast, reliable,

586:22

fully managed graph database service

586:24

that makes it easy to build and run

586:26

applications.

586:33

Question number 557.

586:36

Which of the following actions are

586:38

controlled with AWS identity and access

586:40

management? Choose two. And we have five

586:43

options. Option A, control access to AWS

586:46

service APIs and to other specific

586:49

resources. Option B, provide intelligent

586:52

thread detection and continuous

586:54

monitoring. Option C, protect the AWS

586:57

environment using multiffactor

586:59

authentication. Option D, grant users

587:02

access to AWS data centers. Option E,

587:05

provide firewall protection for

587:07

applications from common web attacks.

587:12

So the right answer here is option A

587:15

control access to AWS service APIs and

587:19

to other specific resources.

587:24

Option C protect the AWS environment

587:26

using multiffactor authentication MFA.

587:35

AWS multiffactor authentication is an

587:37

AWS identity and access management best

587:40

practice that requires a second

587:42

authentication factor in addition to

587:44

username and password signing

587:46

credentials. You can enable MFA at the

587:49

AWS account level and for root and IM

587:53

users you have created in your account.

588:01

Question number 558.

588:04

A business wishes to establish a

588:06

dedicated link between its on-remises IT

588:08

infrastructure and AWS region resources.

588:12

Additionally, the organization wishes to

588:14

decrease network latency and congestion.

588:18

Which Amazon Web Services service or

588:21

functionality should the business

588:23

select? And we have four options.

588:26

AWSVPN,

588:28

AWS Private Link, Amazon Connect, and

588:31

AWS Direct Connect.

588:34

So the right answer here is option D AWS

588:37

direct connect.

588:48

So AWS direct connect cloud service is

588:50

the shortest path to your AWS resources.

588:53

While in transit, your network traffic

588:56

remains on the AWS global network and

588:58

never touches the public internet. These

589:00

reduces the chance of hitting

589:02

bottlenecks or unexpected increase in

589:04

latency. When creating a new connection,

589:07

you can choose a hosted connection

589:09

provided by an AWS direct connect

589:11

delivery partner or choose dedicated

589:14

connection from AWS.

589:26

Question number 559.

589:28

Which AWS service allows clients to

589:31

audit and monitor AWS resource changes?

589:34

And we have four options. AWS trusted

589:37

advisor, Amazon Guard Duty, Amazon

589:40

Inspector, and AWS Config.

589:44

So the right answer here is option D.

589:47

AWS config.

589:53

So AWS Config is a service that enables

589:56

you to access, audit, and evaluate the

589:59

configuration of your AWS resources.

590:01

Config continuously monitors and records

590:03

your AWS resource configurations and

590:06

allows you to automate the evaluation of

590:09

recorded configurations against desired

590:11

configurations. With config, you can

590:14

review changes in configurations and

590:16

relationship between AWS resources. Dive

590:19

into detailed resource configuration

590:21

histories and determine your overall

590:24

compliance against the configuration

590:27

specified in your internal guidelines.

590:29

These enables you to simplify compliance

590:32

auditing, security analysis, change

590:34

management and operational

590:36

troubleshooting.

590:44

Question number 560. Which of the

590:46

following is an advantage of using AWS

590:49

cloud computing platform?

590:52

And we have four options. Option A,

590:55

permissive security removes the

590:56

administrative burden. Option B, ability

591:00

to focus on revenue generating

591:01

activities.

591:03

Option C, control over cloud network

591:06

hardware. Option D, choice of specific

591:09

cloud hardware vendors.

591:12

So the right answer here is option B.

591:14

Ability to focus on revenue generating

591:17

activities.

591:25

Developers and IT staff productivity

591:27

accounted for nearly 30% of overall

591:30

financial benefits. The remaining

591:32

benefits were driven by the flexibility

591:34

and agility of Amazon cloud

591:35

infrastructure services which makes it

591:38

easier to try new business models,

591:40

support revenue generating applications

591:42

and provide more reliable services to

591:44

end users.

591:53

Question number 561.

591:55

Which of the following are shared

591:57

controls that apply to both AWS and

591:59

customer? according to the AWS shared

592:02

responsibility model. Choose two and we

592:05

have five options. Option A resource

592:07

configuration management, option B

592:10

network data integrity, option C

592:13

employee awareness and training, option

592:16

D physical and environmental security,

592:19

option E, replacement and disposal of

592:21

disk drives.

592:26

So the right answer here is option A

592:28

resource configuration management

592:35

and option C employee awareness and

592:37

training.

592:47

So controls which apply to both the

592:49

infrastructure layer and customer

592:50

layers. But in completely separate

592:52

constants or perspectives in a shared

592:55

control AWS provides the requirements

592:57

for the infrastructure and the customer

592:59

must provide their own control

593:01

implementation within their use of AWS

593:04

services. Examples include in patch

593:08

management, AWS is responsible for

593:10

patching and fixing flaws within the

593:12

infrastructure, but customers are

593:14

responsible for patching their guest OS

593:16

and applications. In configuration

593:18

management, AWS maintains the

593:20

configuration of its infrastructure

593:22

devices, but a customer is responsible

593:24

for configuring their own guest

593:26

operating system, databases, and

593:28

applications. and awareness and

593:30

training. AWS trains AWS employees,

593:34

but a customer must train their own

593:36

employees.

593:44

Question number 562.

593:46

Which AWS service or feature gives

593:49

information about planned events that

593:51

are now occurring or may occur in the

593:54

near future and may impact an AWS

593:56

account?

593:57

We have four options. AWS config, AWS

594:01

systems manager, AWS health personal

594:05

health dashboard and AWS trusted

594:07

advisor.

594:10

So the right answer here is option C AWS

594:13

personal health dashboard.

594:22

So AWS personal health dashboard

594:24

provides alerts and guidance for AWS

594:26

events that might affect your

594:28

environment. While the service health

594:31

dashboard shows the general status of

594:33

AWS service, the personal health

594:35

dashboard provides proactive and

594:37

transparent notifications about your

594:39

specific AWS environment.

594:48

Question number 563.

594:51

A business has many Amazon Web Services

594:54

accounts and want to streamline and

594:56

unify its billing process. Which AWS

594:59

service is capable of doing this?

595:03

And we have four options. AWS cost and

595:05

usage report, AWS organizations,

595:09

AWS cost explorer, AWS budgets.

595:14

So the right answer here is option B,

595:17

AWS organizations.

595:24

You can use the consolidated billing

595:26

feature in AWS organization. consolidate

595:29

billing and payment for multiple AWS

595:31

accounts or multiple Amazon Internet

595:34

Service Private Limited accounts. Every

595:36

organization in AWS organization has a

595:39

master account that pays the charge for

595:41

all the member accounts.

595:47

Question number 564.

595:50

What does it imply when a customer uses

595:52

AWS to construct a hybrid cloud

595:54

architecture? And we have four options.

595:57

Option A, all resources run using on

596:00

premises infrastructure. Option B, some

596:03

resources run on premises and some run

596:05

in a collocation center. Option C, all

596:09

resources run in the AWS cloud. Option

596:12

D, some resources run on premises and

596:14

some run in the AWS cloud.

596:19

So the right answer here is option D.

596:22

Some resources run on premises and some

596:24

run in the AWS cloud.

596:37

Hybrid cloud combines the unifies public

596:40

cloud, private cloud and on- premises

596:42

infrastructure to create a single

596:44

flexible cost optimal IT infrastructure.

596:54

Question number 565.

596:58

What is the least expensive AWS support

597:01

plan that contains a full set of AWS

597:03

trusted advisor best practice checks?

597:06

And we have four options. AWS enterprise

597:08

support, AWS business support, AWS

597:11

developer support and AWS basic support.

597:16

So the right answer here is option B.

597:19

AWS business support

597:24

AWS business support and AWS enterprise

597:27

support customers can access all checks

597:29

including cost optimization, security,

597:32

fault tolerance, performance and service

597:34

quotas.

597:42

Question number 566.

597:44

A business wishes to anticipate its AWS

597:47

cloud expenses for the following year

597:49

based on historical AWS cloud spending

597:53

patterns. Which Amazon Web Services

597:56

offering should the business employ to

597:58

achieve these requirements? And we have

598:01

four options. Option A, AWS control

598:04

tower, option B, cost explorer, option

598:08

C, AWS ops works. And option D AWS cloud

598:11

formation.

598:13

So the right answer here is option B,

598:16

cost explorer.

598:24

AWS cost explorer has an easy to use

598:27

interface that lets you visualize,

598:29

understand, and manage your AWS cost and

598:32

usage over time?

598:37

Question number 567.

598:39

Which AWS service provides domain

598:42

registration, DNS routting and service

598:45

health checks?

598:47

And we have four options. AWS direct

598:49

connect, Amazon Route 53, Amazon

598:53

CloudFront and Amazon API Gateway.

598:59

So the right answer here is option B,

599:01

Amazon Route 53.

599:12

So, Amazon root 53 is a highly available

599:14

and scalable cloud domain name system

599:17

web service. It is basically designed

599:20

for developers and corporate to route

599:22

the end users to internet applications

599:24

by translating human readable names like

599:27

www.shapingpixel.com

599:30

into the numeric IP addresses like

599:33

92.0.1 0.1.1

599:35

that computers use to connect to each

599:38

other. You cannot use Amazon Route 53 to

599:41

connect your on premises network with

599:43

AWS cloud.

599:53

Question number 568.

599:56

Which AWS service or feature can help to

599:58

improve network security by restricting

600:01

request for a web application hosted on

600:04

AWS from a certain network. Select two.

600:09

And we have five options AWS WF, AWS

600:13

Trusted Advisor, AWS Direct Connect or

600:17

AWS organizations

600:19

and network ACL.

600:24

So the right answer here is option A AWS

600:27

W AF

600:34

and option E network ACL.

600:42

So AWS WAF is a web application firewall

600:46

that helps protects your web application

600:48

or API against common web exploits.

600:52

and bots that may affect availability,

600:55

compromise security, or consume

600:57

excessive resources.

600:59

A network access control list, ACL, is

601:02

an optional layer of security for your

601:05

VPC that acts as a firewall for

601:07

controlling traffic in and out of one or

601:09

more subnets.

601:18

Question number 569.

601:20

Which components are necessary to

601:23

configure an AWS site toightVPN

601:26

connection successfully? Selected. And

601:29

we have five options. Option A internet

601:31

gateway. Option B NAT gateway. Option C

601:36

customer gateway. Option D transit

601:38

gateway. And option E virtual private

601:41

gateway.

601:43

So the right answer here is option C

601:46

customer gateway.

601:51

Option D, transit gateway.

602:01

Question number 570.

602:04

Which AWS service should be used to

602:06

migrate a company's onremises MySQL

602:09

database to Amazon RDS?

602:12

And we have four options. AWS Direct

602:14

Connect, AWS server migration service,

602:18

AWS database migration service, AWS

602:21

schema conversion tool.

602:25

So the right answer here is option C.

602:28

AWS database migration service.

602:40

AWS database migration service is a

602:42

cloud service that makes it possible to

602:44

migrate relational database, data

602:47

warehouses, NoSQL databases and other

602:50

types of data stores. You can use AWS

602:53

DMS to migrate your data into the AWS

602:56

cloud or between combination of cloud

602:58

and on-remises setups.

603:06

Question number 571.

603:10

Which benefits does a company gain when

603:12

the company moves from on premises IT

603:14

architecture to the AWS cloud? Choose

603:17

two. And we have five options. Option A,

603:20

reduced or eliminated task for hardware

603:23

troubleshooting, capacity planning and

603:26

procurement. Option B, elimination of

603:29

the need for trained IT staff. Option C,

603:33

automatic security configuration of all

603:35

applications that are migrated to the

603:38

cloud. Option D, elimination of the need

603:41

for disaster recovery planning. Option

603:44

E, faster deployment of new features and

603:47

applications.

603:49

So the right answer here is

603:53

option A reduced or eliminated task for

603:56

hardware troubleshooting, capacity

603:57

planning and procurement and option E

604:01

faster deployment of new features and

604:03

applications.

604:09

Question number 572.

604:12

A business needs security against

604:14

increased distributed denial of service

604:16

assaults on its website as well as help

604:20

from AWS professional in the case of

604:22

such an attack. Which AWS managed

604:25

service will satisfy these criteria? And

604:28

we have four options. Option AWS Shield

604:31

advanced, option B AWS firewall manager,

604:36

option C AWS WF and option D Amazon

604:40

Guard Duty.

604:44

So the right answer here is option A as

604:48

shield advanced.

604:54

So AWS shield is is a managed

604:57

distributed denial of service protection

605:00

service that safeguards applications

605:02

running on AWS. AWS Shield provides

605:04

always on detection and auto automatic

605:08

inline mitigations that minimize

605:09

applications downtime and latency. So

605:12

there is no need to engage AWS support

605:14

to benefit from DDOS protection. There

605:17

are two types of AWS shield standard and

605:20

advanced.

605:29

Question number 573.

605:31

Which of the following is a benefit of

605:33

decoupling an AWS cloud architecture?

605:37

And we have four options. Option A,

605:39

reduced latency. Option B, ability to

605:42

upgrade components independently.

605:45

Option C, decreased costs. Option D,

605:49

favor components to manage.

605:53

So the right answer here is option P,

605:55

ability to upgrade components

605:57

independently.

606:06

Question number 574.

606:09

A cloud practitioner requires a

606:10

dedicated link between AWS resources and

606:13

an on- premises system that is constant

606:16

and devoted. Which AWS service satisfies

606:20

these criteria?

606:22

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

606:25

Direct Connect, AWSVPN,

606:28

Amazon Connect or AWS data pipeline.

606:33

So the right answer here is option A,

606:36

AWS Direct Connect.

606:42

So you can use AWS direct connect to

606:45

establish a private virtual interface

606:48

from your on- premises network directly

606:50

to your VPC Amazon VPC providing you

606:53

with a private high bandwidth network

606:56

connection between your network and your

606:59

VPC

607:00

with multiple virtual interfaces.

607:03

You can even establish private

607:05

connectivity to multiple VPCs while

607:08

maintaining network isolation.

607:17

Question number 575.

607:20

Which task is the responsibility of the

607:22

customer according to the AWS share

607:24

responsibility model? And we have four

607:26

options. Option A, maintain the security

607:29

of the hardware that runs Amazon EC2

607:32

instance. Option B, patch the guest

607:35

operating system of Amazon EC2

607:37

instances. Option C, protect the

607:40

security of the AWS global

607:41

infrastructure.

607:43

Option D, patch Amazon RDS software.

607:48

So the right answer is option B, patch

607:51

the guest operating system of Amazon EC2

607:53

instances.

608:03

Question number 576.

608:05

A business requires the migration of a

608:07

significant amount of data from an

608:09

on-remises data center to the AWS cloud.

608:12

The internet connection at the workplace

608:14

is sluggish and unstable.

608:18

Which Amazon Web Services service is

608:20

capable of facilitating this data

608:22

transfer? And we have four options.

608:25

Amazon S3 Classier, AWS Snowball, AWS

608:30

Storage Gateway, Amazon Elastic File

608:33

System.

608:36

So the right answer here is option B,

608:38

AWS Snowball.

608:51

Snowball is a pabyte scale data

608:53

transport solution that uses secure

608:55

appliances to transfer

608:58

large amount of data into and out of AWS

609:02

cloud. Using Snowball addresses common

609:04

challenges with large scale data

609:07

transfers, including high network cost,

609:09

long transfer times, and security

609:11

concerns.

609:19

Question number 577.

609:22

Which AWS service or functionality

609:24

allows customers to encrypt data stored

609:26

in Amazon S3 during the storage process?

609:30

And we have four options. Option A, IM

609:33

policies. Option B serverside

609:36

encryption.

609:37

Option C Amazon card duty. Option D

609:41

client side encryption.

609:44

So the right answer here is option D.

609:47

Client side encryption.

609:54

Client side encryption encrypt data

609:57

client side and upload the encrypted

609:59

data to Amazon S3. In this case you

610:02

manage the encryption process, the

610:04

encryption keys and related tools.

610:12

Question number 578.

610:14

Which AWS organization features can be

610:18

used to track charges across multiple

610:20

accounts and report the combined use

610:22

cost?

610:24

And we have four options. Option A

610:27

service control policies. Option B cost

610:30

explorer.

610:32

Option C consolidated billing. Option D

610:35

AWS identity and access management.

610:40

So the right answer here is option C,

610:44

consolidated billing.

610:50

Question number 579.

610:52

Which of the following is a cloud

610:54

benefit that AWS offers to its users?

610:58

And we have four options. Option A, the

611:00

ability to configure AWS data center

611:03

hypervisor.

611:05

Option B, the ability to purchase

611:07

hardware in advance of increased

611:09

traffic. Option C, the ability to deploy

611:13

to AWS on a global scale. Option D,

611:17

compliance audits for users IT

611:19

environments.

611:22

So the right answer is option C, the

611:25

ability to deploy to AWS on a global

611:27

scale.

611:36

Question number 580. AWS provides which

611:40

of the following security related

611:42

services? Select two. And we have five

611:44

options. Option A, multiffactor

611:47

authentication, physical tokens, option

611:50

B, AWS trusted advisor security checks.

611:54

Option C data encryption. Option D

611:57

automated penetration testing. Option E,

612:01

Amazon S3 copyrighted content detection.

612:06

So the right answer is option B AWS

612:08

trusted advisor security checks

612:16

and option C data encryption.

612:33

Question number 581.

612:36

What are the five pillars of the AWS

612:38

well architected framework?

612:41

And we have four options. Option A,

612:43

encryption, documentation, speed, hybrid

612:46

design and cost optimization.

612:49

Option B, containerization, cost

612:52

margins, globalization, marketplace and

612:54

developers operations. Option C,

612:57

network, compute, storage, security and

613:01

developer operations. Option D,

613:04

operational excellence, reliability,

613:06

performance, efficiency, security and

613:08

cost optimization.

613:11

So the right answer here is option D.

613:25

Question number 582. A company accepts

613:28

enrollment application on handwritten

613:30

paper forms. The company uses a manual

613:33

process to enter the form data into its

613:36

backend systems. The company wants to

613:39

automate the process by scanning the

613:41

forms and capturing the enrollment data

613:44

from scanned PDF files. Which AWS

613:47

service should the company use to build

613:49

this process?

613:51

And we have four options. Option A,

613:52

Amazon recognition. Option B, Amazon

613:56

Textract. Option C, Amazon transcribe.

614:00

Option D, Amazon comprehend.

614:05

So the right answer is option B, Amazon

614:08

Textract.

614:14

Amazon Textract is a machine learning

614:16

service that automatically extracts

614:18

text, handwritten, and data from scanned

614:21

documents. It goes beyond simple optical

614:24

character recognition to identify,

614:27

understand and extract data from forms

614:30

and tables.

614:37

Question number 583.

614:40

Which AWS service should a company use

614:42

to organize, characterize and search

614:45

large number of images? And we have four

614:48

options. Option A, Amazon Transcribe.

614:52

Option B, Amazon recognition. Option C,

614:56

Amazon Aurora. Option D, Amazon

614:58

Quicksite.

615:02

So the right answer here is option B,

615:04

Amazon recognition.

615:13

You use the Amazon recognition image API

615:16

operation to analyze images stored in

615:19

Amazon S3 bucket and image bytes loaded

615:22

from the local file system. This section

615:25

also covers getting image orientation

615:27

information from a JPG image.

615:39

Question number 584.

615:42

A company wants to host a private

615:44

version control system for its

615:46

application code in the AWS cloud. Which

615:49

AWS service should the company use to

615:52

meet this requirement?

615:54

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

615:57

code pipeline,

615:59

AWS code star, AWS code commit and AWS

616:04

code deploy.

616:07

So the right answer here is option

616:10

C AWS code commit.

616:19

So AWS AWS code commit will sort code

616:22

binaries and metadata in a redundant

616:24

fashion with high availability.

616:27

You will be able to collaborate with

616:29

local and remote teams to edit, compare,

616:31

sync and revise your code.

616:40

Question number 585.

616:42

Which AWS service or tool can a company

616:45

set up to send notifications that a

616:48

custom spending threshold has been

616:50

reached or exceeded? And we have four

616:52

options. AWS budgets, AWS trusted

616:55

advisor, AWS cloud trial, AWS support.

617:02

So the right answer is option A. AWS

617:04

budgets.

617:12

With AWS budgets, you can choose to be

617:15

alerted by email or SNS notifications

617:17

when actual or forecasted cost and usage

617:20

exceed your budget threshold or when

617:23

your actual RARI and savings plans

617:26

utilization or coverage drops below your

617:29

desired threshold.

617:41

Question number 586.

617:44

Which AWS service is used to host static

617:47

websites? And we have four options.

617:49

Option A, Amazon S3. Option B, Amazon

617:52

Elastic Block Store. Option C, AWS Cloud

617:56

Formation. Option D, Amazon Elastic File

618:00

System.

618:03

So the right answer here is option A.

618:06

Amazon S3.

618:11

Amazon S3 is a cloud storage service

618:13

offered by Amazon web services that

618:16

allows user to store and retrieve data

618:18

from anywhere on the internet. One of

618:21

the features of S3 is ability to host

618:24

static websites which are websites that

618:27

consist of fixed HTML pages and other

618:29

assets such as images, stylesheets, and

618:33

JavaScript files.

618:45

Question number 587.

618:48

Which AWS service contains built-in

618:50

engines to protect web application that

618:52

run in the cloud from SQL injection

618:55

attacks and cross-sight scripting?

618:58

And we have four options AWS WF, AWS

619:02

Shield Advanced, Amazon Guard Duty, and

619:06

Amazon Detective.

619:10

So the right answer here is option A AWS

619:13

W AF.

619:18

AWS WAF helps protect web applications

619:22

from attacks by allowing you to

619:23

configure rules that allow block or

619:26

monitor web request based on conditions

619:29

that you define. These conditions

619:31

include IP addresses, HTTP headers, HTTP

619:35

body, URI strings, SQL injection, and

619:39

cross-site scripting.

619:48

Question number 588.

619:50

A company needs to set up user

619:52

authentication for a new application.

619:55

Users must be able to sign in directly

619:58

with a username and password or through

620:00

a third party provider. Which AWS

620:03

service should the company use to meet

620:05

these requirements?

620:07

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

620:10

sign, single sign on. Option B, AWS Sync

620:14

Signer. Option C, Amazon Cognto. Option

620:18

D, AWS Directory Service.

620:22

So the right answer here is option

620:25

C, Amazon Cognto.

620:31

So Amazon Cognto lets you add user

620:34

signup, sign in, and access control to

620:37

your web and mobile app quickly and

620:39

easily. Amazon Cognto scales to millions

620:42

of users and supports signin with social

620:45

identity providers such as Apple,

620:47

Facebook, Google and Amazon and

620:49

enterprise identity providers via SL 2.0

620:53

and open ID connect.

621:04

Question number 589. A company's IT team

621:07

is managing MySQL database server

621:09

clusters. The IT team has to patch the

621:12

database and take backup snapshots of

621:15

the data in the clusters. The company

621:18

wants to move these workload to AWS so

621:21

that these tasks will be complete

621:24

completed automatically.

621:26

What should the company do to meet this

621:28

requirement?

621:30

We have four options. Option A, deploy

621:32

MySQL database server cluster on Amazon

621:35

EC2 instances. Option B, use Amazon RDS

621:39

with the MySQL database.

621:42

Option C, use an AWS cloud formation

621:45

template to deploy MySQL database

621:47

servers on Amazon EC2 instances. Option

621:51

D, migrate all the MySQL database data

621:54

to Amazon S3.

621:58

So the right answer here is option B.

622:01

Use Amazon RDS with MySQL database.

622:14

Question number 590.

622:16

What is the primary use case of Amazon

622:18

car duty?

622:20

And we have four options. Option A,

622:22

prevention of DOS attacks. Option B,

622:25

protecting against SQL injection

622:27

attacks. Option C, automatic monitoring

622:31

for threats to AWS workloads. Option D,

622:34

automatic provisioning of AWS resources.

622:38

So the right answer here is option C,

622:41

automatic monitoring of threat to AWS

622:44

workloads.

622:49

Amazon Guard Duty is a threat detection

622:52

service that continuously monitors your

622:54

AWS accounts and workloads for malicious

622:57

activity and delivers detailed security

622:59

findings for visibility and remediation.

623:12

Question number 591.

623:15

A company needs to identify personally

623:18

identifiable information such as credit

623:21

card numbers from data that is stored in

623:24

Amazon S3. Which AWS service should the

623:27

company use to meet this requirement?

623:30

And we have four options. Amazon

623:32

Inspector, AWS Shield, Amazon Guard

623:36

Duty, Amazon Mackie.

623:39

So the right answer here is option D.

623:42

Amazon Mackie.

623:51

Mackie automatically detects a large and

623:53

growing list of sensitive data types

623:55

including personally identifiable

623:58

information such as names, addresses,

624:01

and credit card numbers. It also gives

624:03

you constant visibility of the data

624:05

security and data privacy of your data

624:08

stored in Amazon S3.

624:17

Question number 592. A company wants to

624:20

forecast future costs and usage of AWS

624:23

resources based on past consumption.

624:26

Which AWS service or tool will provide

624:28

these forecast

624:30

and we have four options. Option AWS

624:33

cost and usage report. Option B Amazon

624:36

forecast. Option C AWS pricing

624:39

calculator. Option D, cost explorer.

624:44

So the right answer is option D, cost

624:46

explorer.

625:00

Question number 593.

625:02

Which AWS services are serverless?

625:05

Choose two. And we have five options.

625:07

AWS Fargate, Amazon Managed Streaming

625:11

for Apache Kafka, Amazon EMR, Amazon S3,

625:17

Amazon EC2.

625:20

So the right answers here is option A,

625:23

AWS Fargate and option D, Amazon S3.

625:32

Serverless applications generally use

625:34

cloud storage services like Amazon S3 to

625:37

store application data that doesn't fit

625:40

into a database. S3 therefore forms the

625:42

functional basis for all serverless

625:44

solutions that handle large files like

625:47

user generated data, images or video

625:50

content.

626:00

Question number 594.

626:02

Which task is the responsibility of AWS

626:05

according to the AWS shared

626:06

responsibility model?

626:09

And we have four options. Option A,

626:11

apply guest operating system patches to

626:13

Amazon EC2 instances. Option B,

626:16

providing monitoring of human resources

626:19

information management systems. Option

626:22

C, perform automated backup of Amazon

626:25

RDS instance. Option D, optimize the

626:29

cost of running AWS services.

626:35

So the right answer is option C, perform

626:37

automated backups of Amazon RDS

626:39

instance.

626:47

Amazon RDS creates and saves automated

626:50

backups of your data DB instance. Amazon

626:53

RDS creates a storage volume snapshot of

626:56

your DB instance backing of the entire

626:59

DB instance and not just individual

627:02

databases both of which are

627:04

automatically active when you create an

627:06

RDS unless you specify otherwise while

627:09

creating the RDS instance.

627:18

Question number 595. A company needs to

627:21

deploy a postcript SQL database into

627:23

Amazon RDS. The database must be highly

627:26

available and fall tolerant. Which AWS

627:30

solution should the company use to meet

627:32

these requirements?

627:34

We have four options. Option A, Amazon

627:36

RDS with a single availability zone.

627:39

Option B, Amazon RDS snapshots. Option

627:43

C, Amazon RDS with multiple availability

627:46

jones. Option D, AWS database migration

627:50

service.

627:53

So the right answer here is option C,

627:56

Amazon RDS with multi-availability

627:58

jones.

628:03

Your Amazon RDS database instance and

628:05

their deployment in multiple

628:06

availability jones improve the

628:09

reliability and availability of your DB

628:11

instances. These makes them an

628:13

appropriate fit for database workloads

628:15

in production. Multi-asit deployment for

628:18

Amazon RDS instances. AWS RDS instance

628:21

is an isolated database infrastructure

628:23

in the cloud.

628:34

Question number 596. A company wants to

628:37

add facial identification to its user

628:40

verification process on an application.

628:43

Which AWS service should the company use

628:45

to meet this requirement? And we have

628:48

four options. Option A, Amazon Poly,

628:51

Option B, Amazon Transcribe. Option C,

628:55

Amazon Lex. Option D, Amazon

628:57

recognition.

629:00

So the right answer here is option D,

629:02

Amazon recognition.

629:10

Amazon recognition can store information

629:12

about detected faces in serverside

629:15

containers known as collections. You can

629:18

use the facial information that's stored

629:20

in a collection to search for known

629:22

faces and images, stored videos, and

629:25

streaming videos.

629:39

Question number 597.

629:41

A company wants the ability to quickly

629:43

upload its applications to the AWS cloud

629:46

without needing to provision underlying

629:48

resources. Which AWS service will meet

629:51

these requirements?

629:53

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

629:55

cloud formation. Option B, AWS elastic

629:59

beantock.

630:00

Option C, AWS code deploy. Option D, AWS

630:04

code commit.

630:07

So the right answer here is option B,

630:09

AWS elastic beanto.

630:19

With elastic beanto, you can quickly

630:21

deploy and manage applications in the

630:23

AWS cloud without having to learn about

630:26

the infrastructure that runs those

630:28

applications.

630:40

Question number 598. Which AWS service

630:43

monitors CPU utilization on Amazon EC2

630:47

instances?

630:48

And we have four options. Option A, AWS

630:50

Cloud Trail, Option B, Amazon Inspector.

630:54

Option C, AWS Config. Option D, Amazon

630:58

Cloudatch.

631:03

So the right answer here is option D,

631:05

Amazon Cloudatch.

631:17

You can monitor the CPU usage and disk

631:19

reads and rights of your Amazon EC2

631:22

instances and then use that data to

631:24

determine whether you should launch

631:26

additional instances to handle increased

631:28

load. You can also use this data to stop

631:32

under used instances to save money. With

631:35

Cloudatch, you gain systemwide

631:37

visibility into resource utilization,

631:40

application performance, and operational

631:42

health.

631:52

Question number 599. A company needs to

631:55

label its AWS resources so that the

631:58

company can categorize and track cost.

632:00

What should the company do to meet this

632:02

requirement?

632:04

And we have four options. Option A, use

632:07

cost allocation tags. Option B, use AWS

632:11

identity and access management.

632:13

Option C, use AWS organizations.

632:17

Option D, use the AWS cost management

632:20

coverage report.

632:23

So the right answer here is option A,

632:26

use cost allocation tax.

632:38

AWS uses the cost allocation tax to

632:41

organize your resource cost on your cost

632:44

allocation report to make it easier for

632:46

you to categorize and track your AWS

632:48

costs.

632:58

Question number 600. A company wants its

633:02

employees to have access to virtual

633:04

desktop infrastructure to securely

633:06

access company provided desktops through

633:09

the employees personal devices. Which

633:11

AWS service should the company use to

633:14

meet these requirements? And we have

633:16

four options. Option A, Amazon

633:18

AppStream. Option B, AWS AppSync. Option

633:23

C, Amazon FSX for Windows file server.

633:27

Option D, Amazon Workspaces.

633:32

So the right answer here is option D.

633:35

Amazon workspaces.

633:41

Amazon workspaces provide a secure

633:44

managed desktop as a service to your end

633:47

users.

633:55

So that's all in this video guys. I hope

633:58

you like the video. Please subscribe to

634:00

my channel if you're not already done

634:02

so. And uh if you think any of the

634:04

answer is incorrect while going through

634:06

the question and answers, please let me

634:08

know in the comment section with the

634:09

question number and the right answer and

634:11

your explanation please and I wish you

634:14

all the best for your AWS certification

634:16

journey and please let me know once you

634:19

have passed the exam and uh see you in

634:22

the next video and keep learning. Thank

634:24

you.

UNLOCK MORE

Sign up free to access premium features

INTERACTIVE VIEWER

Watch the video with synced subtitles, adjustable overlay, and full playback control.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

AI SUMMARY

Get an instant AI-generated summary of the video content, key points, and takeaways.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

TRANSLATE

Translate the transcript to 100+ languages with one click. Download in any format.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

MIND MAP

Visualize the transcript as an interactive mind map. Understand structure at a glance.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

CHAT WITH TRANSCRIPT

Ask questions about the video content. Get answers powered by AI directly from the transcript.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

GET MORE FROM YOUR TRANSCRIPTS

Sign up for free and unlock interactive viewer, AI summaries, translations, mind maps, and more. No credit card required.